Panpilai Vajanapoom Thesis.pdf - Swinburne Research Bank
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
1 -
download
0
Transcript of Panpilai Vajanapoom Thesis.pdf - Swinburne Research Bank
AN EXAMINATION OF EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP
AND ORGANISATIONAL PERFORMANCE IN
PUBLICLY LISTED COMPANIES OF THAILAND
PANPILAI VAJANAPOOM B.B.A. (Assumption University, Bangkok, Thailand)
M.B.A. (Coventry University, Coventry, England)
A thesis submitted to the fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
Australian Graduate School of Entrepreneurship
Swinburne University of Technology, Australia
2005
DECLARATION
This thesis contains no material which has been accepted at any other
university for the award of a degree, and to the best of my knowledge and
belief, the thesis contains no material previously published or written by
another person, except when due reference is made in the text of the thesis.
Panpilai Vajanapoom Melbourne, Australia
(January 2005)
i
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This thesis could not have been completed without the kind assistance, encouragement and support from many people along the journey. First and foremost, I am deeply grateful to my supervisor, Professor Chris Christodoulou, for his enduring guidance and invaluable assistance that he has provided me from the Day 1 of my study until the completion of this thesis. His constant encouragement, understanding, patience, and professional feedback about the work I was engaged during my entire doctoral study have been invaluable to me. Words cannot express the absolute gratitude and indebtedness that I owe to him. I must especially thank both the Australian Graduate School of Entrepreneurship, Swinburne University of Technology, for the excellent facility they provided for the research programme, and the Swinburne Graduate Research School for awarding me a Higher Education Divisional Research Scholarship. My special appreciation goes to all the participating companies for their generous support and cooperation that I received during the fieldwork in Thailand. I would also like to acknowledge the School of Mathematics, Department of Statistics, Swinburne University of Technology for the excellent statistics courses provided and the statistics lecturers for their guidance and assistance on statistical matters involved in the data analyses for the research. My special thanks also go to Dr. Sheikh Rahman, PhD colleagues and all my friends for their continuous advice and assistance in many ways during my research endeavour. Finally, I would like to take the opportunity to thank my brother, Mr. Korn Vajanapoom and relatives for their encouragement throughout all these years. Especially, I wish to express my deepest thanks and love to my parents, Mr. Nirach Vajanapoom and Mrs. Ratanasri Vajanapoom for being at the centre of my life. Your everlasting love, unconditional support and encouragement sustained me both spiritually and physically during the years of my graduate schooling. “Thank You” for all your love.
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DECLARATION iACKNOWLEDGMENTS iiLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS xiiiLIST OF TABLES xvLIST OF FIGURES xxiABSTRACT xxii
PART ONE INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND 1
Chapter 1 Introduction 3 1.1 Research Background 3
1.2 Research Objectives 5
1.3 Research Process 6
1.4 Organisation of the Thesis 7
1.5 Contribution of This Research 10
Chapter 2 Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
11
2.1 Introduction 11 Section 1: Background on Thailand 11 2.2 Country Profile 11 2.2.1 Historical Background 11 2.2.2 Geographic Location 12 2.2.3 Climate 13 2.2.4 Population 14 2.2.5 Nationality 14 2.2.5.1 Composition 14 2.2.5.2 Language 14 2.2.6 Religion 15 2.2.7 Education 15
iii
2.3 Political Framework 16
2.3.1 Political Background 16
2.3.2 Political and Administration System 17
2.3.2.1 Aspects of the Thai Political System 17
2.3.2.2 Government Structure 17
2.4 Economic Framework 18
2.4.1 Major Economic Sectors 18
2.4.1.1 Agriculture 19
2.4.1.2 Manufacturing 19
2.4.1.3 Services 20
2.4.2 Economic Performance 20
2.4.3 Development of the Private Sector 21
2.5 Cultural Framework 23
2.5.1 Dimensions of Thai Cultural Values 23
2.5.2 Thai Culture and Traditions 24
2.5.3 Thai Working Culture 25
Section 2: Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand 27
2.6 Thai Capital Market 27
2.7 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) 28
2.7.1 Primary Market 29
2.7.2 Secondary Market 29
2.7.2.1 Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET) 29
2.7.2.2 Thai Bond Dealing Centre (TBDC) 30
2.7.2.3 Market of Alternative Investment (MAI) 30
2.8 The Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET) 32
2.8.1 Historical Background of SET 32
2.8.2 Regulatory Structure 33
2.8.3 Selected Main Operations of SET 34
2.8.3.1 Listing 34
2.8.3.2 Supervision of Publicly Listed Companies 34
2.8.3.3 Trading 35
2.9 Characteristics of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand 36
2.9.1 Number of Listed Companies 36
2.9.2 Listing Year 37
2.9.3 Industries Represented 37
iv
2.9.4 Trend in the Number of Publicly Listed Companies 39
2.10 Chapter Summary 39
PART TWO LITERATURE REVIEW 40 Chapter 3 Literature Review 42 3.1 Introduction 42
3.2 An Evolutionary Perspective of Management Models 43
3.2.1 The Emergence of the Rational Goal Model and the Internal Process Model: (Quarter 1: 1900-1925)
43
3.2.2 The Emergence of the Human Relations Model: (Quarter 2: 1926-1950)
44
3.2.3 The Emergence of the Open Systems Model: (Quarter 3: 1951-1975)
45
3.2.4 The Emergence of the Integrative Model: (1976-Present)
46
3.2.5 Summary 48
3.3 Organisational Leadership 48
3.3.1 The Nature of Leadership 49
3.3.2 Definition of Leadership 50
3.3.3 Level of Organisation 51
3.3.4 The Nature of Managerial Work 53
3.3.5 Taxonomies of Leadership Roles 56
3.3.6 Quinn’s (1988) Framework 58
3.3.7 Synthesis of Executive Leadership Roles 60
3.3.8 Leaders’ Behavioural Complexity 62
3.3.9 Summary 64
3.4 CEO Attributes 65
3.4.1 Demographic Characteristics 66
3.4.1.1 Age 66
3.4.1.2 Education 67
3.4.1.3 Functional Background 68
3.4.1.4 Tenure 70
v
3.4.1.5 Work Experience 71
3.4.1.6 Origin of Appointment 72
3.4.2 Personality Characteristics 73
3.4.2.1 Need for Achievement 74
3.4.2.2 Locus of Control 75
3.4.3 Leadership Style 76
3.4.3.1 Classical Leadership Styles 77
3.4.3.2 Leadership Studies 77
3.4.4 Summary 83
3.5 Organisational Performance 83
3.5.1 Performance Measurement 84
3.5.2 Methodology Issues in Measuring Organisational Performance
86
3.5.3 Summary 87
3.6 Contingency Factors 87
3.6.1 Size of Organisation 87
3.6.2 Environmental Conditions 89
3.6.2.1 Dimensions of the Environment 90
3.6.3 Business Strategy 92
3.6.3.1 Strategies and Managerial Characteristics Research
93
3.6.3.2 Typologies of Strategies 94
3.6.4 Summary 97
3.7 Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance 98
3.7.1 Summary 100
3.8 Chapter Summary 100
Chapter 4 Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
101
4.1 Introduction 101
4.2 Theoretical Framework 101
4.3 Key Components of the Framework 103
4.3.1 Sphere 1: Executive Leadership 103
vi
4.3.1.1 CEO Role Behaviour 103
4.3.1.2 CEO Attributes 104
4.3.2 Sphere 2: Organisational Performance 105
4.3.3 Sphere 3: Contingency Factors 106
4.3.3.1 Size of Organisation 106
4.3.3.2 Environmental Conditions 106
4.3.3.3 Business Strategy 107
4.4 Research Questions 108
4.5 Hypotheses Generation 108
4.5.1 Research Question 1: Do CEOs make a difference on organisational performance?
109
4.5.2 Research Question 2 and 5: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance
110
4.5.3 Research Question 3 and 6: CEO Attributes and Organisational Performance
112
4.5.4 Research Question 4: Behavioural Complexity and CEO Attributes
114
4.5.5 Research Question 7: Attributes Requirement for a CEO Position
115
4.6 Chapter Summary 116
PART THREE RESEARCH DESIGN 117
Chapter 5 Research Methodology 119 5.1 Introduction 119
5.2 Population Definition 119
5.3 Survey Approach 121
5.4 Survey Instrument Development 121
5.4.1 The Questionnaire 121
5.4.2 The Questionnaire Pre-testing 122
5.4.3 The Final Questionnaire 123
5.5 Data Collection Procedure 123
5.5.1 Respondent Approach Process 123
5.5.1.1 Introductory Letter 124
5.5.1.2 Telephone and Facsimile Follow-Ups 124
vii
5.5.1.3 The Use of Personal Networks 125
5.5.2 Interview Process 125
5.5.3 Response Rate 126
5.6 Instrument Measurements 126
5.6.1 Executive Leadership 126
5.6.1.1 CEO Role Behaviour 126
5.6.1.2 CEO Attributes 132
5.6.2 Organisational Performance 134
5.6.2.1 Subjective Data 135
5.6.2.2 Objective Data 138
5.6.2.3 Convergent Analysis 139
5.6.3 Contingency Factors 140
5.6.3.1 Size of Firm 140
5.6.3.2 Environmental Conditions 140
5.6.3.3 Business Strategy 143
5.7 Data Analysis Methods 145
5.8 Chapter Summary 146
PART FOUR RESEARCH RESULTS 147
Chapter 6 Analysis of Respondent Companies 149 6.1 Introduction 149
6.2 Profile of Respondent Companies 149
6.2.1 Industries Represented 149
6.2.2 SET Classification 150
6.2.3 Company Size 152
6.2.4 Number of Years Listed on the Thai Stock Exchange 153
6.3 Background of Respondents 153
6.3.1 Gender 153
6.3.2 Age 154
6.3.3 Educational Level 154
6.3.4 Functional Background 156
6.3.5 CEO Experience 157
6.3.5.1 Current Organisation 157
6.3.5.2 Other Organisations 157
viii
6.3.6 Work Experience 158
6.3.6.1 Organisational Experience 158
6.3.6.2 Overseas Work Experience 159
6.3.6.3 Industry Experience 160
6.3.7 Origin of Appointment 160
6.4 Chapter Summary 161
Chapter 7 Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study 163 7.1 Introduction 163
7.2 Impact of Executive Leadership Roles 163
7.3 Leadership Profiles of Organisation 165
7.4 Leadership Types and Organisational Performance 168
7.4.1 Classifying Executive Leadership Roles: Q-Type Cluster Analysis
168
7.4.2 Classifying Executive Leadership Roles: Percentile Breaks 173
7.5 Chapter Summary 178
Chapter 8 Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study 180 8.1 Introduction 180
8.2 Relative Importance of Executive Leadership 180
8.2.1 Impact of Executive Leadership Roles 180
8.2.2 Impact of CEO Characteristics 182
8.3 Impact of Behavioural Complexity on Performance 184
8.3.1 Classifying Executive Leadership Roles: Constructing Behavioural Complexity Index
184
8.3.2 Contingency Factors 186
8.3.2.1 Size 186
8.3.2.2 Environmental Conditions 187
8.3.2.3 Business Strategy 187
8.4 Comparisons of CEO Characteristics 192
8.4.1 CEOs’ Age 192
8.4.2 CEOs’ Educational Level 193
8.4.3 CEOs’ Functional Background 194
8.4.4 CEO Experience 194
8.4.5 Work Experience 196
ix
8.4.6 Origin of Appointment 197
8.5 Comparisons of Leadership Style 198
8.6 Chapter Summary 199
Chapter 9 Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
202
9.1 Introduction 202
9.2 Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance 202
9.2.1 Impact of Executive Leadership Roles 203
9.2.2 Impact of CEO Attributes 204
9.3 Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance 206
9.3.1 Constructing Behavioural Complexity Index 207
9.3.2 Contingency Approach 208
9.3.2.1 The Effect of Size 208
9.3.2.2 The Effect of Environmental Factors 209
9.3.2.3 The Effect of Business Strategy 209
9.4 CEO Attributes and Organisational Performance 215
9.4.1 Comparing CEO Attributes of High and Low Performers: Constructing Performance Index
215
9.4.2 Comparing CEO Attributes of High and Low Performers: Q-Type Cluster Analysis
217
9.4.3 Contingency Approach 221
9.4.3.1 Size 221
9.4.3.2 Environmental Conditions 223
9.4.3.3 Business Strategy 226
9.5 Behavioural Complexity and CEO Attributes 230
9.5.1 Q-Type Cluster Analysis on Leadership Roles 230
9.5.2 Constructing Behavioural Complexity Index on Leadership Roles
232
9.6 CEO Attributes and Contingency Factors 236
9.6.1 Comparison between Small and Large Firms 236
9.6.2 Comparison between Stable and Turbulent Environment 239
9.6.3 Comparison between Business Strategy 241
9.7 Chapter Summary 244
x
Chapter 10 Additional Findings: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
246
10.1 Introduction 246
10.2 Key Success Attributes for Thai Executive Leadership 246
10.3 Strengths and Weaknesses of CEOs 247
10.3.1 Strengths of CEOs 248
10.3.2 Weaknesses of CEOs 254
10.4 CEO Succession Criteria 260
10.5 Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development 264
10.6 Leadership Style and CEO Attributes 270
10.7 CEOs’ Origin of Appointment and CEO Attributes 271
10.8 Chapter Summary 274
PART FIVE CONCLUSIONS 276 Chapter 11 Conclusions and Implications 278 11.1 Introduction 278
11.2 Characteristics of Respondent Companies 278
11.3 Results of Thai Replication 280
11.3.1 Results of Thai Replication (H&Q) 281
11.3.2 Results of Thai Replication (Z) 283
11.4 Major Findings from Extended Thai Study 286
11.4.1 Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance
286
11.4.2 Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance
288
11.4.3 CEO Attributes and Organisational Performance 289
11.4.4 Behavioural Complexity and CEO Attributes 292
11.4.5 CEO Attributes and Contingency Factors 293
11.5 Summary of Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
294
11.6 Implications of Results 296
11.6.1 Implications to Theory 296
xi
11.6.2 Implications to Practice 297
11.6.3 Implications to Research Methodology 299
11.7 A Final Overview 300
11.8 Chapter Summary 302
Chapter 12 Limitations and Future Research 303 12.1 Introduction 303
12.2 Limitations of This Study 303
12.3 Future Research Directions 304
12.4 Chapter Summary 305
References 306
Appendix A List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand 324
Appendix B Introductory Letter, Reference Letter and Research Questionnaires
331
Appendix C Factor Analysis 356
Appendix D Industry Classification 406
Enclosure Floppy Disc - Database
xii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS & And
$ US Dollar
% Percentage
Adj Adjust
ANOVA Analysis of Variance
ASCO Association of Securities Companies
ASSET Automated System for the Stock Exchange of Thailand
Baht Thai Currency
BBL Bangkok Bank Co. Limited.
B.E. Buddhist Era
BOD Board of Director
BSE Bangkok Stock Exchange
e.g. For Example
etc et cetera
CEO(s) Chief Executive Officer(s)
COO Chief Operating Officer
GDP Gross Domestic Product
H&Q Hart and Quinn
i.e. That is
IMF International Monetary Fund
KMO Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin Measure of Sampling
MAI Market of Alternative Investment
MBA Master of Business Administration
MD Managing Director
MOF Ministry of Finance
MOC Ministry of Commerce
N Number
NIB National Identity Board
NESDB National Economic and Social Development Board
NSO National Statistical Office
OEC Office of Education Council
xiii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS (CONTINUED) PCA Principle Component Analysis
Q Question
ROA Return on Assets
S.E. Standard Error
SEC Securities and Exchange Commission
SET Stock Exchange of Thailand
SIC Standard Industrial Classification
SD Standard Deviation
SMEs Small-Medium Enterprises
TAT Tourism Authority of Thailand
TBDC Thai Bond Dealing Centre
Thai Replication (H&Q)
Thai replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study by employing the same analytical tools and techniques for data analyses
Thai Replication (Z)
Thai replication of Zakliki’s (1996) study by employing the same analytical tools and techniques for data analyses
US United States
USSR The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Z Zakliki Study
xiv
LIST OF TABLES 2.1 Economic Performance Indicators (1998-2002) 18
2.2 The Number of Listed Companies on the SET and MAI 36
2.3 Listing Year of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand 37
2.4 Number of Shares and Market Values by Industrial Sectors 38
3.1 Characteristics of Four Management Models 46
3.2 Summary of Ten Executive Roles 54
3.3 Taxonomies of Leadership Roles 57
3.4 Summary of Four Executive Leadership Roles 62
3.5 Theme of Leadership Style/Behaviour Research 80
3.6 Strategic Dimensions and Characteristics Studies 94
5.1 Executive Leadership Roles Scale 127
5.2 Executive Leadership Roles Measures (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q),Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
129
5.3 Executive Leadership Roles Measures (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
130
5.4 Extended Thai Study: Executive Leadership Roles Measures 131
5.5 Leadership Style Scale 133
5.6 Leadership Style Scores 134
5.7 Organisational Performance Scale 135
5.8 Organisational Performance Measures (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q),Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
136
5.9 Organisational Performance Measures (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
137
5.10 Extended Thai Study: Organisational Performance Measures 138
5.11 Correlation between Subjective and Objective Data (Comparing SET Classification and SIC Group)
139
5.12 Environmental Dimensions and Indicators I 141
5.13 Environmental Dimensions and Indicators II 141
5.14 Environmental Dimensions Scores 142
5.15 Environment Classification 143
5.16 Strategy Dimensions and Descriptions 144
6.1 Distribution of Company Activities by SIC Code 150
xv
LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED) 6.2 Distribution of Company Activities by SET Code 151
6.3 Company Size Measured by Number of Employees 152
6.4 Number of Years Listed on Thai Stock Exchange 153
6.5 Summary of Respondents’ Gender 154
6.6 Summary of Respondents’ Age 154
6.7 Summary of Respondents’ Educational Level 155
6.8 Summary of Respondents’ Overseas Education 155
6.9 Summary of Respondents’ Functional Background 156
6.10 Summary of Respondents’ CEO Tenure in Current Firms 157
6.11 Summary of Respondents’ CEO Tenure in Other Firms 158
6.12 Number of Years Respondents’ Stayed in Current Firms 159
6.13 Summary of Respondents’ Overseas Work Experience 159
6.14 Summary of Respondents’ Industry Experience 160
6.15 Summary of Respondents’ Origin of Appointment 161
7.1 Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Roles (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
164
7.2 Firms Classification on Their Performance Level Basis 166
7.3 ANOVA: Leadership Profiles of High and Low Performing Firms (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
167
7.4 Q-Type Cluster Analysis on Roles (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
169
7.5 ANOVA: Leadership Types (Q-Type Cluster Analysis) and Organisational Performance (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
171
7.6 Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Types (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
172
7.7 Percentile Breaks of Leadership Roles (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
174
xvi
LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED) 7.8 ANOVA: Leadership Types (Percentile Breaks) and Organisational
Performance (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
175
7.9 Multiple Regression: Leadership Types (Percentile Breaks) on Organisational Performance (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
177
8.1 Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Roles (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
181
8.2 Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on CEO Characteristics
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study) 183
8.3 Classifying Cases: Scoring the Level of Performing Leadership Roles 184
8.4 ANOVA: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
185
8.5 Multiple Regression: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance by Size (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
188
8.6 Multiple Regression: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance by Environmental Conditions (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
189
8.7 Multiple Regression: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance by Business Type (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
190
8.8 Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance: Contingency Approach (Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
191
8.9 Summary of CEOs’ Age 192
8.10 Summary of CEOs’ Educational Level 193
8.11 Summary of CEOs’ Holding an MBA Degree 193
8.12 Summary of CEOs’ Functional Background 194
8.13 Summary of CEO Tenure in the Current Position 195
8.14 Summary of CEO Experience in Other Organisations 195
8.15 Summary of CEOs’ Total Tenure in the Firm 196
8.16 Summary of CEOs’ Industry Experience 197
8.17 Summary of CEO Tenure and Work Experience 197
8.18 Summary of CEOs’ Origin of Appointment 198
xvii
LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED) 8.19 Summary of Leadership Style 198
8.20 Dimensions of Leadership 199
9.1 Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Roles
204
9.2 Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on CEO Attributes 205
9.3 Scoring the Level of Behavioural Complexity 207
9.4 ANOVA Results: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance 208
9.5 Multiple Regression: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance (Comparing Small and Large Firms)
211
9.6 Multiple Regression: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance (Comparing Stable and Turbulent Environment)
212
9.7 Multiple Regression: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance (Comparing Business Types)
213
9.8 Business Strategy (Comparing High Performers and Low Performers) 214
9.9 Firm Classification Based on Performance Level 216
9.10 ANOVA Results for CEO Attributes 217
9.11 Q-Type Cluster Analysis: Final Cluster Centre and Descriptive Statistic in Each Cluster
218
9.12 T-Test Results for CEO attributes 219
9.13 Comparing High Performers vs. Low Performers 220
9.14 T-Test Results for CEO Attributes (Comparing Small and Large Firms) 222
9.15 Cramer’s V Test for CEO Attributes (Comparing Small and Large Firms) 223
9.16 T-Test Results for CEO Attributes (Comparing Stable and Turbulent Environment)
224
9.17 Cramer’s V Test for CEO Attributes (Comparing Stable and Turbulent Environment)
225
9.18 T-Test Results for CEO Attributes (Comparing Business Strategy) 227
9.19 Cramer’s V Results for CEO Attributes (Comparing Business Strategy) 228
9.20 Q-Type Cluster Analysis: Final Cluster Centre and Descriptive Statistic in Each Cluster
231
9.21 ANOVA Results: Leadership Types and CEO Attributes 232
9.22 Scoring the level of Performing Leadership Roles 233
9.23 ANOVA Results: Leadership Types and CEO Attributes 234
xviii
LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED) 9.24 CEO Attributes of High vs. Low Complexity 235
9.25 T-Test Results for CEO Attributes 237
9.26 Relationship between CEO Attributes and Firm Size 238
9.27 T-Test Results for CEO Attributes 239
9.28 Relationship between CEO Attributes and Environmental Conditions 240
9.29 ANOVA Results: CEO Attributes and Business Strategy 242
9.30 Relationship between CEO Attributes and Business Strategy 243
10.1 Key Success Attributes for Thai Executive Leadership 247
10.2 Summary of CEOs’ Strengths 248
10.3 CEOs’ Strengths by Firm Group 249
10.4 CEOs’ Strengths by Size of Firm 250
10.5 CEOs’ Strengths by Environmental Conditions 251
10.6 CEOs’ Strengths by Business Strategy 252
10.7 CEOs’ Strengths by Behavioural Complexity Group 253
10.8 CEOs’ Strengths by Leadership Style 254
10.9 Summary of CEOs’ Weaknesses 255
10.10 CEOs’ Weaknesses by Firm Groups 256
10.11 CEOs’ Weaknesses by Size of Firm 256
10.12 CEOs’ Weaknesses by Environmental Conditions 257
10.13 CEOs’ Weaknesses by Business Strategy 258
10.14 CEO Weaknesses by Behavioural Complexity Group 258
10.15 CEO Weaknesses by Leadership Style 259
10.16 CEO Succession Criteria 260
10.17 CEO Succession Criteria by Firm Groups 261
10.18 CEO Succession Criteria by Size of Firm 262
10.19 CEO Succession Criteria by Environmental Conditions 263
10.20 CEO Succession Criteria by Business Strategy 264
10.21 Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development 265
10.22 Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development by Firm Groups
266
xix
LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED) 10.23 Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
by Size of Firm 267
10.24 Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development by Environmental Conditions
268
10.25 Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development by Business Strategy
269
10.26 T-Test Results for Leadership Style 270
10.27 Relationship between Leadership Style and CEO Attributes 271
10.28 T-Test Results for CEOs’ Origin of Appointment 272
10.29 Relationship between Origin of Appointment and CEO Attributes 273
xx
LIST OF FIGURES 1.1 Summary of Research Process Flowchart 7
1.2 Organisation of the Thesis 9
2.1 Geographic Location of Thailand 13
2.2 SET Index and Turnover of Corporate Securities (1975-2002) 21
2.3 Regulatory Hierarchy of The Thai Capital Market 31
2.4 SET’ s Regularly Structure 33
2.5 Listing Procedure for Publicly Listed Companies 35
3.1 Competing Values Framework of Leadership Roles 59
3.2 Executive Leadership Roles Plotted on Competing Values Framework 60
3.3 Executive Leadership-A Model of Competing Roles 61
3.4 The Leadership Grid 80
3.5 Domains of Organisational Performance 86
4.1 Theoretical Framework 102
xxi
ABSTRACT
Despite great interest for many years on the effect of executive leadership on
organisational performance, there has been limited research into executive leadership
particularly the impact of CEOs’ behavioural complexity on organisational performance
or the association between the behavioural complexity and CEO attributes in developing
Asian countries such as Thailand. The main purpose of this thesis is to examine the
impact of CEOs’ executive leadership on organisational performance in publicly listed
companies of Thailand.
This study has built upon Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study based on the Competing
Values Framework about executive leadership roles and Zakliki’s (1996) study that
further developed a new integrative framework to examine CEOs’ executive leadership
by incorporating the concept of behavioural complexity and CEO attributes including
demographic characteristics, personality traits and leadership styles. Executive
leadership was tested against the three domains of organisational performance, namely
financial, business and organisational effectiveness in publicly listed companies of
Thailand. The contingency factors namely firm size, environmental conditions and
business strategy were also incorporated into the study in order to describe CEOs’
executive leadership and its relationship with organisational performance under different
conditions.
The research fieldwork was conducted in Thailand by the use of personal interviews
over a four and half-month period in 2003 and one hundred and twenty three CEOs
participated in total, representing an effective response rate of 51.25 per cent. Non-
response bias analysed showed that there was no important difference between the
respondents and non-respondents in term of industry or size classification.
Thai replication (H&Q) results showed a low significant relationship between the roles
played by CEOs and organisational performance, which was consistent with Hart and
Quinn’s (1993) study and Zakliki’s (1996) replication of Hart and Quinn. The Thai
replication (H&Q) revealed similar results with the original (H&Q) study and showed
xxii
that high behavioural complexity CEOs was predictive of higher firm performance with
respect to business performance and organisational effectiveness. In all these three
studies high behavioural complexity of the CEOs had little to do with financial
performance of firms.
Thai replication (Z) results showed that executive leadership including leadership roles
and CEO characteristics had more impact on the organisational effectiveness than other
aspects of firm performance. Both studies showed a similarity in that high behavioural
complexity of CEOs was associated with higher firm performance for organisational
effectiveness in general and for large firms and for firms following an analyser type of
strategy. Both studies also revealed that there was no association between CEO
behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of situational factors.
The major results from the extended Thai study were examined against each of the
seven research questions generated for this research. It was found that CEOs make a
difference but there is a limited connection between executive leadership and firm
performance. Executive leadership including leadership roles and CEO attributes had
greater impact on organisational effectiveness than other firm performance dimensions.
High behavioural complexity of CEOs had a positive association with higher business
performance and organisational effectiveness in general, in large firms and for firms
following an analyser type of strategy. High behavioural complexity group also had a
positive relationship with organisational effectiveness in a stable environment and for
firms pursuing a prospector strategy. There was no association between high
behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of any situational factors
except for the firms pursuing the analyser strategy. This study was able to show a broad
pattern in firms following an analyser type of strategy, namely that they had high
behavioural complexity CEOs with an internal locus of control and a positive
association with all three firm performance dimensions namely financial performance,
business performance, and organisational effectiveness. This pattern which was not
detected in previous studies may have been identified because of the refinement of the
instrument and the classification system. This finding is particularly important as it
xxiii
demonstrates an association between behavioural complexity and financial performance
is possible in certain specific situations.
This research identified that CEOs in high performing firms had a relatively longer
tenure in the existing position, a longer tenure in the current firm, a higher need for
achievement, a greater internal locus of control, an internal origin of appointment and
an autocratic leadership style. Further by applying contingency factors, the results found
that high performing firms tended to be associated with CEOs who have particular
attributes with the specific attribute requirements being dependent on the situation.
High behavioural complexity CEOs had a higher need for achievement, more internal
locus of control, autocratic leadership style and were less likely to come from a
planning and management background.
Attributes required in CEOs to be effective were determined by the situational context
namely firm size, environmental conditions and business strategy. CEO attributes
differed in smaller firms compared to larger firms, in stable environments compared
with turbulent environments as well as for defenders firms compared with prospector
firms and analyser firms.
Additional findings on other dimensions on executive leadership in Thailand identified
the key success attributes required for effective leaders, the major strengths and
weaknesses of CEOs, the main criteria for appointing CEOs, the important knowledge
and skills required for executive development, the leadership style and the CEO’s origin
of appointment. The data analyses were performed with respect to firm groups,
contingency factors, behavioural complexity group, and leadership style.
Overall, the findings from this research have significant implications for top
management theory, executive development, CEO selection, management education,
and research methodology. Future research with other types of organisations, replicating
these findings in another context other than just in Thailand and expanding the list of
contingency factors investigated would be worthwhile to help further understand the
relationship between executive leadership and organisational performance.
xxiv
PART ONE
INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter2 Background on Thailand
and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
1
Chapter 1: Introduction
Part one of this thesis presents the research background and provides essential
background information about Thailand and the publicly listed companies of Thailand
as the population of this study. Chapter 1 encapsulates the research background, the
research objectives, the research processes, the organisation of the thesis, and
contributions of the research in this thesis. Chapter 2 introduces an overview of
Thailand’s social, political, economic and cultural frameworks and is followed by the
background on the Thai capital market, the Thai independent state financial institutions
and the characteristics of publicly listed companies of Thailand, the industries
represented as well as the trend in the number of publicly listed companies.
2
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Research Background
Leadership has been one of the most widely discussed and researched topics in the area
of management literature for several decades. Both scholars and practitioners have been
heralding the importance of leaders to the revitalization and success of organisational
performance. Despite the great interest in the area of leadership, many of the studies
have been conducted on middle managers in organisations (Yukl 2002) and primarily
concerned with the relationship between leaders and their immediate followers (Bass
1990).
In recent years the attention of much management research has been on executive
leadership involving CEOs, senior executives, and the top management team. Executive
leadership focuses on the executives who have overall responsibility for an organisation
and are surrounded by ambiguity and complexity of the environment. It also includes
their characteristics, what they do, how they do it, and particularly, how they affect firm
outcomes (Finkelstein and Hambrick 1996). An examination and understanding of top
leaders can increase an understanding of many organisational phenomena.
As part of leadership research, there have been many attempts to understand effective
leadership. Systematic research first focused on the trait theory (see Bass 1990 for
review). Researchers have tried to identify universal factors that are associated with
successful leaders. The subsequent research was concerned with trying to identify
effective leadership behaviour. Research within this paradigm became known as the
behavioural school of leadership such as the Michigan State Group and the Ohio State
Group. Researchers then began to examine the influence process between leaders and
others and then to a more situational view of leadership (Yukl 1989). There also exists
another group of leadership theories, which focus on the role of the leader with certain
3
Chapter 1: Introduction
responsibilities and functions (e.g. Mintzberg 1973; Katz and Kahn 1978; Kotter 1988;
Quinn 1988). Fundamentally, this research employed a role theory of leadership to
evaluate the impact of the top leaders’ role behaviour on firm performance.
Competing Values Framework and Behavioural Complexity
There are a number of scholars who have identified the roles that are played by
successful leaders. Quinn (1988), who developed the Competing Values Framework,
one of the most popular conceptualisations of roles in that it argued that all leaders face
competing or paradoxical requirements. Effective leaders need to balance the
requirements of an external focus as well as an internal organisational focus. Leaders
must provide structure and predictability to the organisations while still allowing for
flexibility and stability. The need to achieve balance of the diverse managerial roles is
the key to being an effective leader.
The work of role theorists (e.g. Hooijberg and Quinn 1992) argued that the Competing
Values Framework of leadership roles provides a measure of behavioural complexity.
Behavioural complexity refers to “the ability to perform the multiple roles and
behaviour that circumscribe the requisite variety implied by an organisational or
environmental context” (Denision, Hooijberg, and Quinn 1995, p.526). Executives who
possess a broad behavioural repertoire and able to balance their paradoxical roles are
more likely to succeed than leaders who fulfil one or two roles to the exclusion of others
(Hooijberg 1996).
Hart and Quinn (1993) developed the model of four executive leadership roles built
upon the Competing Values Framework (Quinn 1988) and associates (e.g. Quinn and
Rohrbaugh 1983; Quinn and Cameron 1988). They argued that the ability to play the
multiple and competing roles by CEOs enhances better firm performance. Zakliki
(1996) has replicated Hart and Quinn’s (1993) work, and he found that CEO
behavioural complexity was associated with higher firm performance in general, in
large firms and for firms pursuing some types of strategies.
4
Chapter 1: Introduction
Hooijberg and Schneider (2001) have argued that the need for behavioural complexity is
a direct result of the social complexity of the leader’s environment. Viewed from
another perspective, lack of behavioural complexity may cause many leaders to fail in
their career and even to destroy their firms. Velsor and Leslie (1995), accordingly, have
argued that the ability to develop or adapt to the evolving demand of the jobs over time
is the most frequent success factor for North American and European executives.
It was clear from the existing literature review that only in the past decades have
researchers investigated issues relating to the behavioural complexity in Western
countries. There has been very limited empirical research that evaluates the impact of a
leader’s behavioural complexity on organisational performance or the association
between behavioural complexity and attributes, especially in developing Asian
countries such as Thailand. It is necessary to generalise and validate the research
findings on behavioural complexity in other settings.
This study has built upon Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study and Zakliki’s (1996) study that
further developed a new integrative framework to examine CEOs’ executive leadership
by incorporating the concept of behavioural complexity, and CEO attributes including
demographic characteristics, personality traits and leadership styles, and to identify their
impacts on organisational performance in publicly listed companies of Thailand. Several
studies (e.g. Kotter 1988; Boal and Whithead 1992) have argued that any studies on
leaders at the strategic level of organisation must focus both on traits and behaviours.
The contingency factors namely firm size, environmental conditions, and business
strategy were also incorporated into the new framework in order to describe CEOs’
executive leadership and its relationship with firm performance under different
conditions.
1.2 Research Objectives
The basic purpose of this research is to examine the impact of executive leadership
including role behaviour and attributes on organizational performance whilst incorporating
the impact of contingency factors for the publicly listed companies of Thailand. In order
5
Chapter 1: Introduction
to address the basic purpose of this research, the following research objectives were
formulated to guide the fieldwork in Thailand:
1. To examine the importance of executive leadership on organisational performance.
2. To examine the role behaviour pattern played by CEOs in high performing firms.
3. To explore CEOs’ common demographic characteristics, personality traits and
leadership styles in high performing firms.
4. To identify CEO attributes and their association with behavioural complexity.
5. To investigate the pattern of CEOs’ role behaviour across different situations.
6. To compare the Thai results with the comparable Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study and
the Zakliki’s (1996) study.
7. To explore additional findings on executive leadership in a Thai management
context.
1.3 Research Process
Figure 1.1 is a summary of research process in this thesis. Firstly, the most important
step was to identify the research questions after an extensive literature review including
academic literature, and relevant publications in Thailand. The theoretical framework
was established and hypotheses were generated after reviewing the related literature.
The research methodology was then designed based on the theoretical framework to
tackle the particular research questions. The questionnaire was developed based on the
theoretical framework and was pre-tested before conducting the fieldwork in Thailand.
The survey instruments were the basis of the personal interviews with CEOs in publicly
listed companies of Thailand. The final steps in the research process were the data
analysis, interpretation of the data and the thesis write-up.
6
Chapter 1: Introduction
Figure 1.1
Summary of Research Process Flowchart
Secondary Data Survey
Research Questions Identification
Literature Review
Theoretical Framework Establishment
Primary Data Collection
Data Analysis
Questionnaire Design and Pre-testing
Interpretation
Thesis Write Up
1.4 Organisation of the Thesis
Figure 1.2 outlines the organisation of the thesis by chapters. This thesis comprises
twelve chapters grouped into five parts.
Part one of this thesis consists of two chapters and aims to provide an overview picture
of research, essential background information about Thailand and particularly of
publicly listed companies of Thailand. Chapter 1 describes the research background, the
7
Chapter 1: Introduction
research objectives, the research processes, the organisation of the thesis, and
contributions of the research in this thesis. Chapter 2 introduces an overview of
Thailand’s social, political, economic and cultural frameworks and is followed by
the background on the Thai capital market, the Thai independent state financial
institutions and the characteristics of publicly listed companies of Thailand, the
industries represented as well as the trend in the number of publicly listed companies.
Part two covers chapters 3 and 4. Chapter 3 reviews the existing literature on various
facets of management and leadership starting from an evolution of management models
then examines organisational leadership, the CEO attributes, the organisational
performance, the contingency factors and then the studies on the link between executive
leadership and organisational performance. Chapter 4 conceptualises the findings from
the literature review in chapter 3 and develops a theoretical framework built upon the
previous research which tries to overcome the shortcomings and gaps in previous
theoretical frameworks. Seven research questions are identified and seven hypotheses
are developed based on all key elements depicted in the theoretical framework.
Part three covers chapter 5, which explains the research methodology adopted for this
research. In particular, it discusses the population definition, the survey approach, the
survey instrument development, the data collection procedures in Thailand, the survey
instrument measurements by which the independent, dependent and control variables
were measured in this research, and the data analysis methods including the appropriate
statistical analysis techniques.
Part four reports the research results obtained from the data analysis, and it is organised
into five chapters. Chapter 6 details the characteristics of respondent companies and
respondents. Chapter 7 discusses the results of the Thai replication of Hart and Quinn’s
(1993) study. Chapter 8 discusses the results of the Thai replication of Zakliki’s (1996)
findings and compares the comparable CEO attributes between the Thai and the
Australian study. Chapter 9 reports the major findings from the extended Thai study for
each of the seven proposed hypotheses generated for this research. Chapter 10 provides
additional findings on various perspectives of executive leadership in Thailand
8
Chapter 1: Introduction
including the key success attributes for Thai executive leadership, the strengths and
weaknesses of CEOs, the CEO succession criteria, the knowledge and skills required for
executive development, the leadership style and the CEOs’ origin of appointment.
Part five consists of chapters 11 and 12. Chapter 11 brings together the key empirical
findings of this research reported in chapters 6 to 10, and discusses the implications of
the research findings to theory, practice and methodology. Chapter 12 explains the
limitations and future research directions.
Figure 1.2
Organisation of the Thesis
PART ONE INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Background on Thailand
PART TWO LITERATURE REVIEW
Chapter 3 Literature Review
Chapter 4 Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
PART THREE RESEARCH DESIGN
Chapter 5 Research methodology
PART FOUR RESEARCH RESULTS
Chapter 6 Analysis of Respondent Companies
Chapter 7 Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
Chapter 8 Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
Chapter 9 Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
Chapter 10 Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
PART FIVE CONCLUSIONS
Chapter 11 Conclusions and Implications
Chapter 12 Limitations and Future Research Directions
9
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.5 Contributions of This Research
This study made several contributions to both theory and practice in this regard.
Firstly, this research builds on the existing literature and potentially makes contributions
to the body of knowledge in the area of upper levels of management and the theory of
behavioural complexity in the context of executive leadership in Thailand. This research
has provided a strong test of the theoretical framework and a tool to achieve a greater
understanding of upper echelon perspectives in a developing Asian nation.
Secondly, most of the executive leadership studies have been conducted in developed
countries such as the U.S., Australia, and other European countries. With the exception
of Japan, the amount of leadership research undertaken in other cultures is still very
limited (Yukl 2002). The leadership studies mostly reflect Western industrialised
culture. This study is one of few studies of executive leadership conducted outside of
these countries. As the first investigation of executive leadership in Thailand, the results
will contribute significantly to executive development, succession planning, leadership
training, and management education in Thailand and likewise in other developing
countries.
Thirdly, because this is a study of publicly listed companies in Thailand, the result of
this research can provide significant contributions to improving the effectiveness of the
business community in Thailand. In a practical way, it highlights how CEOs can
contribute to higher firm performance. Additionally, the identification of effective
leadership roles and CEO attributes such as demographic characteristics, personality
traits and leadership styles provides valuable data that can influence current Thai
organisations’ performance. In particular, this should help Thai companies to select and
develop leaders in order to compete successfully in 21st century.
Finally, this research has provided a database and the framework, which will permit
researchers, and related institutions to develop future research and analyse into more
specific issues on executive leadership and relevant topics.
10
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Chapter 2
Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.1 Introduction
This chapter provides an overview of background information on Thailand, and the
publicly listed companies of Thailand who are the population for this research study.
This chapter has two main sections. Section 1 deals with the background on Thailand
and is organised into four subsections. Section 2.2 provides a brief profile of Thailand.
Section 2.3, 2.4, and 2.5 explore the Thai political, economic, and cultural frameworks.
Section 2 of this chapter examines the background of publicly listed companies of
Thailand. It is divided into four subsections. Section 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 provide an
overview of the Thai capital market, and the background on Thai financial institutions
namely Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and Stock Exchange of Thailand
(SET). Section 2.10 describes the characteristics of publicly listed companies of
Thailand, the industries represented as well as the trend in the number of publicly listed
companies.
Section 1: Background on Thailand
2.2 Country Profile
2.2.1 Historical Background
There are conflicting ideas as to the origin of Thai people. One theory was that they
originated in northwestern Szechuan in China about 4,500 years ago and later migrated
down to their present homeland. Nevertheless, this theory has been challenged by the
11
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
discovery of remarkable prehistoric artefacts in the village of Ban Chiang, Udon Thani
province. These include evidence of bronze metallurgy going back 3,500 years. It now
appears that the Thais might have originated in Thailand and later scattered to various
parts of Asia, including some parts of China, though as yet the matter is far from settled.
Traditionally, “Siam” is the name by which the country was known to the world. On 11
May 1949, an official proclamation changed the name of the country to “Prathet Thai”,
or “Thailand”. Thai means free, and therefore “Thailand” means “Land of the Free”
(NIB 2000, p. 1).
2.2.2 Geographic Location
Thailand is located in the heart of Southeast Asian mainland and covering an area of
513,115 square kilometres, bordered by Malaysia in the South, Myanmar in the West
and North, Laos in the North and Cambodia in the East. Thailand has maximum
dimensions of about 2,500 kilometres north to south and 1,250 kilometres east to west,
with a coastline of approximately 1,840 kilometres on the Gulf of Thailand and 865
kilometres along the Indian Ocean (NIB 2000) (refer Figure 2.1).
Thailand is divided into 76 provinces and mainly categorised into four natural regions:
the North, the Central Plain, the Northeast, and the South. The North is mountainous
region comprising natural forests, and deep, narrow valleys and being the main source
of water resource for Thailand. The northeast region is an arid region characterised by a
rolling surface and undulating hills, about 200-300 metres above sea level. The southern
region is a long and narrow peninsular. Most of the area is mountainous and hilly, with
thick virgin forests and rich minerals and ores. Central Thailand is a lush, fertile valley
and plain. Bangkok is located in this region as the capital city of Thailand (NESBD
2004).
Bangkok was established as the capital city of Thailand since 1782 by the first monarch
of the present Chakri dynasty. Bangkok is a national treasure house and Thailand’s
spiritual, cultural, political, commercial, educational and diplomatic centre (TAT 2003).
12
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Figure 2.1
Geographic Location of Thailand
2.2.3 Climate
Thailand is humid tropical country with a monsoon climate. Average temperatures are
29 degrees Celsius, ranging from a high of 35 degrees Celsius in April to 17 degrees
Celsius in December. There are three main seasons; the cool season ranging from
November to February, the hot season ranging from March to May, and the rainy season
ranging from June to October (NESDB 2004).
13
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.2.4 Population
By the end of 2002 Thailand had a total population of approximately 62.80 million,
comprising of 31.14 million males and 31.66 million females. Of the total population,
those living in Bangkok and immediate vicinity were 9.67 million and accounting for
15.40 %; and those living in the other regions were accounting for 84.60%. The most
densely populated region is the northeast, with a population of 21.61 million.
In average, the national density of population was 122 persons per square kilometre
while the density of population jumps to 3,686 persons per square kilometres in
Bangkok (NSO 2003). The study of the fertility rate of the Thai population conducted
by NESDB shows that the number of children will drop from 23.88 % in 2002 to
17.95% in 2025. The proportion of elderly is expected to leap from 9.74% to 19.99%,
while the proportion of working aged people will drop from 66.38% to 62.05%
(NESDB 2004).
2.2.5 Nationality
2.2.5.1 Composition
The major ethnic group of Thailand is Thai, along with the sizable communities whose
ethnic origins are Chinese, Malays, Khmer, Lao, Vietnamese, Indians and others. Of
these, Chinese are perhaps the most numerous, particularly in urban area and they
dominate local business enterprises in Thailand (Kahal 2001; NESDB 2004).
2.2.5.2 Language
The official national language is Thai, spoken by almost a hundred percent of the
population. It is a tonal language, uninflected, and mainly monosyllabic. Most
polysyllabic words in the vocabulary have been accepted, significantly from Khmer,
Pali, or Sanskrit. Thais speak one of the Thai dialects, with the exception of the hill
tribesmen in the northern provinces and the Muslims in the southern provinces.
14
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
However, other languages are regarded as Chinese, Malay and English. English is a
compulsory subject in schools and widely spoken and understood, particularly in
Bangkok and other major cities (NIB 2000; NESDB 2004).
2.2.6 Religion
Buddhism is the national religion. More than 90% of Thai people are Buddhists, while
the rest of population embraces Islam, Hinduism, Christianity and others. The freedom
of worship has been protected in every constitution of the kingdom of Thailand since
1932. It has provided that a person shall have complete freedom to profess any religion,
and shall have freedom to practice any religious rites in accordance with their belief
except in so far as they are incompatible with public order. Under the constitution and
in practice, the King of Thailand is patron of all major religions embraced by the people
(NIB 2000; NESDB 2004).
2.2.7 Education
The Thai education system is classified into formal, non-formal and informal education.
Formal education is divided into basic education and higher education, with 9 years of
education compulsory. The schooling years of people aged over 15 years averaged at
7.0 years in 1998 and this increased to 7.6 years by 2002. Levels of functional literacy
increased from 51.8% in 1998 to 56.6% in 2002. Education level, however differs
between regions of Thailand. The urban rate is 68.8%, compared with 50.8% in rural
areas and it is 73.7% in Bangkok (OEC 2004; NESDB 2004).
15
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.3 Political Framework
2.3.1 Political Background
Thailand’s governmental structure has undergone gradual and practical evolution in
response to a changing environment. During the Sukhothai kingdom (1257-1378), a
paternalistic system of government was adopted. The King would, like a father, look
after all people and personally pay close attention to their well -being.
Later, the kingdom of Ayutthaya inherited extensive Khmer tradition and customs,
including their government system with the King as a demigod. The development of the
government system during the reign of King Barommartrailokanat (1448-1488) was a
clear division between civilian and military administration and a strong centralised
government.
The succeeding Ratanakosin kingdom was established in Bangkok in 1976. It adopted
the Ayuthaya government structure. Thus, for over three centuries, the basic pattern of
government structure was carried out without any major changes. A major change,
however, occurred under the reign of His majesty King Chulalongkkorn (1868-1910).
The reorganisation of central and regional administration was carried out. This formed
the basis of the present government structure.
The political situation in Thailand faced structural change again on June 1932, when a
group of young intellectuals, overseas educated and imbued with the concept of western
democracy demanded a change from absolute to a constitutional monarchy. On
December 10, 1932, Thailand adopted its first constitution and ended the long years of
absolute monarchy (NIB 2000).
16
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.3.2 Political and Administration System
2.3.2.1 Aspects of the Thai Political System
The first aspect is the status of the king as head of the armed forces and upholder of the
Buddhist religion and all other religions. Every constitution provides that the King is
sacred and inviolable in his person. “ His sovereign power emanates from the people,
and as Head of State, he exercises his legislative power through the House of
Parliament, executive power through the cabinet headed by the prime minister, and
judicial power through the court” (NIB 2000, p. 197). The second aspect concerns the
legislative branch. The members of parliament are elected by public vote to the lower
house, while senators are elected by public vote in each province to the upper house.
The third aspect concerns the executive branch. The prime minister is the head of
cabinet under the Thai constitution (NIB 2000).
2.3.2.2 Government Structure
Thailand’s present government is nominally a constitutional monarchy with an elected
parliament. The prime minister is usually appointed from the House of Representatives
with at least one fifth of the members supporting the nomination. Once a person is
agreed upon, the recommendation is presented to the King. Then the prime minister
appoints a cabinet of no more than 35 members. General elections are held at least every
four years.
The House of Representative consists of 500 members. The public elects 400 members
and the rest (100) are nominated according to political party listed system. The senate
has 200 senators who are publicly elected. The first senatorial election was held in year
2000.
Nationally, Thailand has 76 provinces, administered by an appointed governor through
the supervision of the Ministry of Interior and subdivided into 795 districts, 81 sub-
districts, 7,255 groups of villages, and 72,577 villages. The administration of
17
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Metropolitan Bangkok falls under the elected governor and is divided in to 50 districts.
The government administration is organised at three levels: the central administration,
the regional administration, and local administration (NESDB 2004).
2.4 Economic Framework
2.4.1 Major Economic Sectors
Thailand is regarded as a country built on agriculture. The structure of Thai economy is
based upon the agricultural sector throughout the Thai history. The economy has
gradually changed from being primarily based on agriculture, with some light industries
to one dominated by manufacturing and services (Kahal 2001). Over the years, the
industrial and service sectors have played significant roles as the main income and
employment generators and have increased their shares of the total GDP (NIB 2000).
Table 2.1 presents economic performance indicators during 1998–2002 by GDP with
the growth of economic sectors in Thailand.
Table 2.1
Economic Performance Indicators (1998-2002)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
GDP at current price (billion baht) 4,626 4,637 4,923 5,134 5,452
Economic growth (% change) -10.5 4.4 4.8 2.1 5.4
Agriculture 282.6 289.2 309.9 320.7 330.4
(% change) -1.5 2.3 7.2 3.5 3.0
Manufacturing 923.6 1,033.4 1,096.0 1,110.0 1,187.0
(% change) -10.9 11.0 6.1 1.4 6.8
Construction 90.2 84.1 76.1 76.3 80.6
(% change) -38.3 -6.8 -9.5 0.3 5.7
Service and others 1453.2 1465.3 1526.7 1564.8 1641.0
(% change) -9.4 0.8 4.2 2.5 4.9
Source: NESDB 2003a
18
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
The three main economic sectors namely agriculture, manufacturing and services are
selected to briefly described here as the foundation of Thai economy.
2.4.1.1 Agriculture
Agriculture has been the backbone of Thai economy. The real boost in agricultural
production came after the launching of the first National Economic and Social
Development (NESD) plan (1961-1966) when the agriculture sector was diversified into
crops, horticulture, livestock, and fishery. Agriculture has been given high priority for
development in all eight NESD plans in Thailand. Although the development in
agriculture appears less significant for the country’s macroeconomic performance since
the non agriculture sector has been growing at a more rapid rate in last decade, the
agriculture sector still retains a vital role in ensuring national food security and being
the source of work to which migratory labour to urban areas can return (NIB 2000). By
the end of year 2002, the agriculture sector grew 3% (NESDBa 2003) and employed
around 13.7% of the labour force (BBL 2004) in Thailand.
2.4.1.2 Manufacturing
The manufacturing sector has been traditionally allied to the agriculture sector. Many
agricultural products have been transformed to be manufactured goods and make more
trade earnings for the country (NIB 2000). The most important manufacturing sector in
Thailand is “computer parts and integrated circuits, followed by textiles, garments, and
motor vehicle production. The food industry is also an important sector contributing 15
per cent of total industrial output. There is also a growing petrochemical industry based
on gas from the Gulf of Thailand” (Kahal 2001, p.111). EIU (2001) reported that the
economic crisis in 1997 led to a sharp contraction in the manufacturing sector in
Thailand. In total 20,000 factories, or 16% of all factories registered with the Ministry
of Industry closed between 1996 and 2000.
The manufacturing sector grew 6.8% in 2002 with the manufacturing production index
growing on average by 8.4%. Industries experiencing high growth were iron and steel
19
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
products, electronics and vehicles. The average capacity utilisation rate stood at 60% in
2002 up from 53.5% in 2001 (BOT 2003).
2.4.1.3 Services
The service sector has been considered as a significant contributor to foreign exchange
earning and labour absorption in Thailand. During the first and second NESD plans
(1961-1966 and 1967-1971), the Thai government paid little attention to the services
sector. However, under the third to eighth plan (1972-2001), the Thai government has
emphasised service business as one of the potential source of foreign exchange earnings
and employment providers. Particularly, the fourth and fifth NESD plans were more
focused on tourism while the sixth NESD plan emphasised the promotion of direct
labour exports into many countries (Phongoaichit and Chisakul 1993; NESDBb 2003).
2.4.2 Economic Performance
Between the period 1986-1991, Thailand became one of the fastest growing economies
in the world. This growth resulted from a surge in manufactured exports, domestic
investment and foreign direct investment particularly from Japan and the Asian
countries (Warr 1993; Dixon 1999).
Since 1993 the economic growth was slow and in 1997 it halted suddenly. Thailand was
pressured to float the Thai Baht in July 1997, which resulted in its rapid devaluation
virtually shutting down the economy. The banking and finance industries collapsed,
while the property market, as well as export and import based industries suffered great
damage. Problem banks were unable to lend to exporters keen to capitalise on the
demand for suddenly competitively priced Thai products, while exporters and
manufacturers based on imported components found prices jumped dramatically. This
financial crisis directly affected the investment climate of the Thai stock market (refer
Figure 2.2).
20
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Figure 2.2
SET Index and Turnover of Corporate Securities (1975-2002)
0
600
1200
1800
2400
75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 97 99 010
450
900
1350
1800
Trade Value (Billion Baht) SET Index
Source: Figures adapted from SET 2003, p.30.
SET
IND
EX
Tra
de V
alue
(Bill
ion
Bah
t)
In 1999, the Thai economy recovered with a growth rate of 4.4%. Contributing factors
included government measures, IMF stimulus package, the world economic expansion,
and particularly the peak of the US. economy, which significantly benefited Thai
exports during 1999 and 2000. By the end of year 2000, however, the global economy
experienced a slowdown, which affected exports and slowed the growth rate of the
economy to 2.1%. The Thai economy remained sluggish throughout 2001 reflecting
a vulnerability of external environment. Under a supportive government policy and
favourable external conditions, the Thai economy in 2002 expanded by 5.4%, mainly
due to domestic demand, which played a crucial role in economic activity (NEDSB
2004).
2.4.3 Development of the Private Sector
Private enterprises have been the driving force of Thai economic growth. Growth and
diversification into industrial and service areas have to a large extent been initiated by
the private sector with major interests in major sectors in Thailand such as trading,
manufacturing, banking and service activities.
21
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Baker and Pongpaichit (1998, p.10) identified three fundamental themes to explain the
development of business sector in Thailand. First, the immigrant Chinese dominate the
business community. Most of the big players are rooted in finance, manufacturing,
property and services. Second, this business community rose through the classic
techniques of such migrant businessmen in that they stuck together, they saved hard and
they obeyed their rulers. Finally, they prospered by connecting up with powerful forces
in the global economy.
Baker et al. (1998, pp.13-14) noted that in the early nineteenth century, the Chinese
migrated into Bangkok due to the internal political and economic crisis in China. The
King supported the migrants due to the need of labor and know-how to drive the
economy. Chinese migrants have settled down in Bangkok while Thai farmers have
preferred to stay in the rural area because they have had land to till and no interest to
move to the city. Thus far, Bangkok has become a city of business and has been
dominated by Chinese.
Up to the 1940s, Thailand’s business was considered as small-scale. Very few families
had done well in business and even fewer had prospered in industry. Only the big
manufacturing enterprises were a cement works, paper mill, tobacco factory, brewery,
textile mill, and soap factory. Bangkok had small shops, factories and service
businesses. The change, however, came in the 1940s as the war disrupted imports from
Europe and wiped out most foreign business. Many entrepreneurs who could seize the
opportunities during this period became major players in Thai business of the next
generation. For example, the Chirathiwat family initially started a grocery business and
went on to become the Central retailing empire. Thiem Chokwatana also first started a
grocery business. Later, he moved into manufacturing and built the Sahapat consumer
goods conglomerate. Srifuengfung family started a banking and insurance business and
later become a leading manufacturer with his interests in textiles, chemicals and glass
(Baker et al. 1998, pp.17-18).
These new entrepreneurs had all been born in Thailand from Chinese parentage. A few
of them were migrants in the last rush of migration in the 1930s. Some had been
22
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
educated partly in Thailand, partly in Hong Kong and Mainland China. In order to
maintain the leadership in business, they looked outwards for expertise and assistance.
They sent their children for overseas education and used their learning to upgrade the
operation and management of their family firms. They entered into joint ventures with
foreign capital that gave them access to technology, markets and business knowledge
(Baker et al. 1998, pp.25-26). Some transform their companies into publicly listed
companies to enhance their competitiveness in the world market (Korsak 2003).
2.5 Cultural Framework
2.5.1 Dimensions of Thai Cultural Values
Cultural values can influence the attitudes and behaviour of people in a number of
different ways. Culture differs from country to country and is shaped by the economic,
political, and legal systems of a particular country. National culture is defined as
“something that is shared by all, or most, inhabitants, of a country and that shaped their
behaviour and the way they see the world” (Robbins, Bergman and Stagg 1997, p. 124).
Hofstede (1991) has developed a framework of cultural values and the strong affect on
leadership styles in various countries. The four dimensions included: individualism vs.
collectivism, power distance, uncertainty avoidance, and masculinity. Based on his
research, Thailand is classified in a group of collectivist countries, which represents a
tight social framework where people in groups expect others in their group of which
they are a part to protect them when trouble arises in exchange for loyalty. He further
classified Thailand in a group of moderate to high power distance countries where the
society accepts a wide unequal distribution of power in organisations. According to
him, countries with the highest scores show that leaders make autocratic and
paternalistic decisions and the employees do as they are told and employees show a
great deal of respect to the leader. Organisation structure tends to be tall and the leaders
have few subordinates reporting directly to them. Further, Thailand is classified as
moderate uncertainty avoidance. Countries with highest scores tend to formalise
company activities and depend mainly on rules and regulations while the lowest scores
23
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
are much less structured. Finally, he found Thailand had a low score on masculinity
meaning the society values are characterised by a friendly work environment and
cooperation.
2.5.2 Thai Culture and Traditions
The basic way to comprehend Thai culture and traditions is to regard the basic unit of
society as the family. The focus on the family is very important to study Asian cultures
(Tocquer and Cudennec 1998). Generally, the Thai family is an extended family
consisting of several generations in the same house and mostly found in the rural areas
in which most Thais live. The families with smaller numbers are normally found in
Bangkok. Thais grow up with a strong sense of social harmony. The father is regarded
as the leader but the mother still plays the important role of instructing their children.
Respect to parents and to authority is considered to be the norm in Thailand (NIB
2000).
Thai culture has been under pressure to combine its own traditions with influences from
outside. The most distinct and pervasive aspect of Thai cultural imperatives is the
avoidance of social confrontation. One of the factors determining such behaviour is the
Buddhist teaching that places a religious value on the avoidance of emotional,
commitment, extremes and confrontation. Thai society so far has been considered as a
conflict-avoidance society which values peace while Western culture has developed
values that require individuals or groups with perceived causes for conflict to resolve
their conflict by a confrontation (e.g. SiengThai and Vadhanasindhu 1991; Klausner
1993; NESDBb 2003). However, Thai culture is not totally free from the Western
cultures or the other cultural influences. Various forms of influences have been
basically transferred through foreign direct investment, trading, joint ventures,
travelling, migration and overseas education (SiengThai and Vadhanasindhu 1991).
Thailand is considered an open society which easily adjusts to new cultural influences
(NEDSBb 2003).
24
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Scarborough (1998) described the characteristics of Thais as a love of freedom and that
Thais search for a comfortable and untroubled situation in the workplace as a way of
life. Free enterprise has been part of Thailand’ management philosophy for years.
Therefore, a paternalistic form of management has developed widely in the country.
Kamoche (2000, p. 455) described recognised Thais characteristics as:
“Kreng Jai”: This involves the desire to be self-effacing, respectful, humble and
considerate, and the wish to avoid embarrassing others. In Thai society, “Krengjai” is
expressed in the social status as younger-elder, subordinate-superior, and student-
teacher relationships, whereas the Western society focuses on equality, frankness, and
directness (Klausner 1993, p. 258). Recently, such behaviour has been in the transition
as examples of labour fighting against top management, civil servants protesting against
government, children arguing with parents can be gradually found in the country.
“Bunkhun”: It is the reciprocity of goodness, showing kindness, giving and taking
favours.
“Jai Yen”: It shows the personality of calmness, patience, and the desire to maintain
harmony in social situations.
“Mai pen Rai”: It describes a common expression that is used in all situations to show
that “it does not matter” and “everything is fine”. It is about forgiving, and avoiding
causing offence.
“Sanook”: It characterises behaviour of fun, relaxation, but also signifies the
importance of amiable, social relations and goodwill towards others.
2.5.3 Thai Working Culture
Thai business enterprises predominantly are owned and managed by family members.
Personal and family conditions play an integral part in Thai business practices. The
25
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
formal courtesy in both business and personal relationship and sensitivity to other
opinions are traditionally considered to foster harmonious working conditions in
Thailand (Nananookul 1981; Siangthai and Vadhanasindhu 1991).
Buddhism is also believed to have a strong influence on managerial styles in Thailand.
The Thai business environment has been influenced by the friendship’s bond and family
blood relationship. The effect of culture on managerial style among Thai managers can
be found to the extent to which leaders believe in traditional values such as helpful,
close, warm, supportive and urban values such as discipline, hard work, and self-
reliance (Runglertkrengkai and Engkaninan 1987).
Klasuner (1993) explained that the style of Thai leaders is based on the maintenance of
formal organisational relations through strict adherence to a hierarchical structure.
Employees normally perceive leaders as a ruler or chief. Thai subordinates right down
the management line prefer to receive orders from their superiors, as they would like to
show their loyalty. Siengthai and Vadhanasindhu (1991) identified five factors that may
have supported the success of Thai leaders as self-realisation, knowing others, causality,
appropriateness of time and place and one’s personal potential.
Korsak (2003) categorised Thai business management styles into two groups from his
business experiences of more than 30 years in Thailand namely old family management
style, and new family management style.
Old Family Management Style or “Old Kongsi System”
Most businesses in Thailand are owned by Chinese Thais. The father is the head of the
family business and every member in the family is involved in all aspects of business
operations and contributes their earnings to the family centre. Few problems are usually
found when the number of family members is small, but when the number of family
member expands, many problems arise between them.
26
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
New Family Management Style or “New Kongsi System”
The new family management style or new Kongsi system tries to overcome the old style
by organising the business into more systematic structures such as setting up registered
companies and distributing company shares evenly to each of the family members. This
new system also allows potential and high experienced outsiders to be top executives
and to run the organisations. Some high performance firms offer securities to the public
by transforming limited companies into publicly listed companies in order to expand
their business and compete with other major multinational companies in the world
market.
Korsak suggested that whether it is old management style or new management style,
one of the key success factors in doing business is effective leaders. They should clearly
distinguish between “What is business?” and “What is family?” and remain open-
minded to people outside family members who have capabilities rather than to family
members who may have limited abilities to run firms effectively.
Section 2: Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Part 2 aims to explain the background of the publicly listed companies of Thailand as
the selected population of this research study. It is necessary to provide an overview of
the Thai capital market, and the related financial institutions namely SEC and SET since
they shape a significant part of environmental conditions in which publicly listed
companies of Thailand function in terms of rules, regulations, guidance, promotion and
supervision.
2.6 Thai Capital Market
The Thai capital market is considered to be the medium to long-term source of funds in
the country. Business enterprises can raise capital directly from the public by issuing
and offering diversity of securities for their business operations. The capital market is
considered to be a major player in enhancing the growth of the overall economic system
in the country.
27
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
The Thai capital market traces its origins back to the early 1960s. Under the first NESD
plan (1961-1966), Thailand promoted economic growth and stability to improve the
social status of the general public. In this regard, Thailand implemented the plan by
establishing orderly market securities in order to mobilise additional capital for national
economic development.
The development of Thai capital market has involved two distinct phases. The first
phase was the establishment of the privately owned Bangkok Stock Exchange, which
closed down shortly after its establishment due to the lack of official support. The
second phase was the establishment of the Securities Exchange of Thailand under the
Securities Exchange of Thailand Act, B.E. 2517 (1974), or the SET Act, which was
enacted on May 20, 1974. Consequently, the Securities Exchange of Thailand operated
under proper supervision and with official support.
Later, the replacement of the Securities Exchange of Thailand, B.E. 2517 (1974), by the
Securities Exchange Act B.E.2535 (1992) or the SEC Act; however, has become the
next step towards the development of the modern Thai capital market in terms of
creating a concrete legal framework, progressive secondary markets and the
improvement of securities business regulations (SEC 2002; SET 1999).
2.7 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
According to the Securities Exchange Act B.E.2535 (1992) or the SEC Act, SEC was
established as an independent state agency, which is responsible for supervision and
development of the Thai capital market. The main responsibilities include policy
formulation, promotion and development of the securities business such as issuance and
offer of securities for sale to the public; securities exchange, the over-the-counter centre,
acquisition of securities for business take-overs; and prevention of unfair securities
trading practices.
The members of the SEC board comprise Ministry of Finance (MOF) as the chairman;
governor of Bank of Thailand (BOT); Permanent-Secretary of the MOF; Permanent-
28
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Secretary of Ministry of Commerce (MOC); Four to six well-qualified persons
appointed by the cabinet upon the recommendation of the MOF that include
experts from each of the following fields: legal, accounting and finance; and
Secretary-General of the Office of the SEC (SEC 2001; SEC 2002).
While the SEC is a single unified supervisory body to oversee the development of the
capital market, the BOT retains the supervision of the money market in the country. The
SEC Act. 1992 provides a clear separation between the primary and the secondary
markets to facilitate their successful development. Both primary and secondary markets
are under the regulation and guidance of the SEC (SET 1999).
2.7.1 Primary Market
The SEC is responsible for regulating the primary market under the SEC Act. 1992. In
this regard, a company wishing to issue new securities or to undertake an initial public
offering or offer additional securities to the public should firstly apply for the SEC’ s
approval and comply with the filing requirements. The SEC carefully reviews the
financial status and operations of the company prior to allowing the company to issue
securities to the public (SET 1996; SET 1999).
2.7.2 Secondary Market
Securities can be traded in the secondary market once the issuer has applied for and
been granted approval by the SET after the initial public offering. The secondary market
comprises SET and Thai Bond Dealing Centre (TBDC), which serves as the over the
counter market in Thailand (SET 1996; SET 1999).
2.7.2.1 Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET)
The SET is strongly related to the SEC in various forms. The SEC plays an important
role in setting out the main policies and regulations for the SET. The SET is empowered
by the SEC to work independently and is the immediate monitor of the securities
29
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
trading information. Whenever any suspicious practices in securities trading happen, the
SET will hold the primary responsibility for inspection and collecting all the necessary
evidence and facts for further actions and coordination with the SEC.
The SET is considered as an important secondary market for trading securities, which
were initially issued and offered for sale to the public in the primary market. Legislation
establishing "The Securities Exchange of Thailand" was officially enacted in 1974 and
the SET began trading on April 30, 1975. On January 1, 1991"The Securities Exchange
of Thailand" formally changed its name to "The Stock Exchange of Thailand"
According to the SEC Act (1992), the SET’ s primary roles are to serve as a centre for
the trading of listed securities, and to provide the essential systems needed to facilitate
securities trading, to undertake any business relating to the Securities Exchange, such as
a clearinghouse, securities depository centre, securities registrar, or similar activities
and to undertake any other business approved by the SEC (SET 1996; SET 1999; SET
2001).
2.7.2.2 Thai Bond Dealing Centre (TBDC)
TBDC was formerly known as the Bond Dealer Club (BDC), which was established
within the organisational structure of Association of Securities Companies (ASCO). The
BDC served as special market for secondary trading of debt instruments, wholesale
market for debt securities and first organised secondary bond market. The primary roles
of the TBDC are considered to be to promote self-regulation through the establishment
of efficient and ethical practices and conventions, and to represent the common interests
of members in accordance with the development of the country’s financial market (SET
1996; SET 1999).
2.7.2.3 Market of Alternative Investment (MAI)
The SET officially launched a new market for small and medium-sized companies
(SMEs) since June 1999. SMEs play a crucial role in the country’s economic
30
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
development but usually face liquidity problems and high costs of capital. MAI was
established to assist SMEs in accessing low cost and low risk funds in the capital
market. MAI can provide investors with a great range of new investment alternatives.
The MAI has been established as a separate market to the SET. It has its own board of
governors, management team and staff. It is considered to be different from the SET in
terms of listed companies’ size, listing criteria, supervision and operation.
The regulatory hierarchy of the Thai capital market is shown in Figure 2.3.
Figure 2.3
Regulatory Hierarchy of the Thai Capital Market
Ministry of Finance
Other Securities
Related Business
Secondary
Market
The Thai Bond
Dealing Center
(TBDC)
The Stock Exchange
of Thailand
(SET)
Primary
Market
Securities and Exchange
Commission
Capital Market
Market of Alternative
Investment
(MAI)
Other Securities business
related organisations
Source: Figure adapted from SET 1999 and SEC 2002.
31
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.8 The Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET)
2.8.1 Historical Background of SET
The formation of Thai stock market dates back to July 1962 when a private group
established an organised stock exchange as a limited partnership. In 1963 the group
finally became a limited company and altered its name to the Bangkok Stock Exchange
Co., Ltd.
In spite of its well-established intentions, the Bangkok Stock Exchange (BSE) was
rather inactive with a yearly turnover value of only US$ 7.7 million in 1968, and US$
5.5 million in 1969. Trading volumes fell sharply thereafter to US$ 2.2 million in 1970,
and then US$ 1.4 million in 1971. In 1972 the turnover in debentures reached US$ 4.2
million, but stocks continued to perform poorly, with a turnover of US$1.3 million.
Finally the BSE ceased its operations in the early 1970’s.
Generally, it is accepted that the BSE failed to succeed due to lack of official support, as
well as the general investors’ limited understanding of the equity market. Due to the
failure of the BSE, a plan for the establishment of an official supported securities
market had attracted considerable attention under the second NESD plan (1967-1971).
In 1969, the Thai government acquired the services of Professor Sidney M. Robbins
from Columbia University to study the development of the Thai capital market as part
of a recommendation of the World Bank. In the same year, BOT also formed a working
group on capital market development.
In the early 1970’s, Thai government undertook a further step by amending the
announcement of executive council number 58 on the control of commercial undertakings
affecting public safety and welfare so as to extend government control and regulation
over the operations of finance and securities companies, which until then had operated
freely. Following such amendments, long-awaited legislation establishing. The
Securities Exchange of Thailand was enacted in 1974. At the end of the year the
32
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
revenue code was revised to activate the saving investment in the capital market. On
April 30, 1975, the Securities Exchange of Thailand officially started trading and on
January 1, 1991, its official name was formally changed to “ The Stock Exchange of
Thailand” (SET 1996; SET 1999).
2.8.2 Regulatory Structure
Figure 2.4 presents a regulatory framework of the SET. The SET is a juristic
organisation under the supervision of the SEC and operate as a non-profit organisation.
Figure 2.4
SET’ s Regularly Structure
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
The Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET)
The SET’ s Board of Governors: 11 members
Appointed by the SEC:
Up to 5 Governors
Elected by members:
Up to 5 Governors
President: Appointed by the SET’ s Board of Governors
Member Firms
Source: Figure extracted from SET 1999, p. 11.
The board of the SET is composed of a maximum of eleven people including five
people appointed by the SEC and the other five elected by the SET’ s members. The
position term is two years. The managing director of the SET is appointed by the board
and has tenure for a four-year term. The board is responsible for formulating the SET’s
policies and supervising the exchange’s operations. Rules and regulations prescribed by
the board, however, must have SEC approval.
33
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.8.3 Selected Main Operations of SET
The main operations of the SET are classified selectively as the following:
2.8.3.1 Listing
In order to offer securities to the public, the transformation of a limited company into a
public limited company under the Public Company Act B.E. 2535 is required. The
consideration of the listing application by the SET will normally be completed within
30 days after all required documents and information have been submitted. The
applicant must appoint a financial advisor approved by the SEC and independent from
the applicant, to coordinate listing activities with the SET and prepare listing documents
in conjunction with the applicant. Only member companies of the SET are authorised to
buy or sell securities in the market. Membership is limited to securities companies,
which obtained a securities’ license from the MOF to engage in the securities business
as stockbrokers (SET 1999). As of December 2002, the SET had 49 firms as members
(SET 2003). The listing procedures are described in Figure 2.5.
2.8.3.2 Supervision of Publicly Listed Companies
According to the SET’ regulations, all publicly listed companies have to disclose the
prescribed information accurately, promptly and publicly with the time schedule set by
the SET. Thus, such information can be disseminated to the public within a suitable
time frame. All publicly listed companies are required to disclose information
simultaneously both Thai and English in order to satisfy both in Thai and foreign
investors.
In order to ensure efficient fair-trading, the SET applies supervisory signs when the
required information is not adequately disclosed to public. These signs include NP
(Notice pending), NR (Notice Received), H (Trading Halt) and SP (Suspension) signs
(SET 1999).
34
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Figure 2.5
Listing Procedure for Publicly Listed Companies
Share distribution report
<=45 days after all required documents are submitted
IPO Application Listing Application
<=30 days after all required documents are submitted
Limited Company
Public Limited Company
Financial Advisor
SEC SET
Listing Pre-approval
IPO Approval
Public Offering Minor Shareholding
Requirement is fulfilled
Trading Begins
3 working days
Source: Figure extracted from SET 2000, p. 25.
2.8.3.3 Trading
Since April 1991, the SET has operated a fully computerised trading system namely the
Automated System for the Stock Exchange of Thailand (ASSET). It enables trading to
be efficient, equitable and liquid. Two principal methods of trading are available
Automatic Order Matching and Put Through transactions in the ASSET trading system.
The SET also monitors securities trading activities so as to detect and investigate
abnormal trading activities promptly (SET 2001).
35
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.9 Characteristics of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
The publicly listed companies are strongly interconnected to the SEC and SET. They
shape one significant part of environmental conditions in which the publicly listed
companies function in terms of rules, regulations, guidance, promotion and supervision.
On the other hand, the influences of the publicly listed companies can be found in terms
of the products for investment, performance index of stock market and the dynamism of
country development.
2.9.1 Number of Listed Companies
According to SET, publicly listed company refers to the issuing company of listed
securities. The listed companies on the Thai stock exchange market are classified into
two main types as:
1. Listed companies on the SET
2. Listed companies on the MAI
Table 2.2 summarised the number of publicly listed companies on the SET and MAI
during 1998-2002.
Table 2.2
The Number of Publicly Listed Companies on the SET and MAI
Listed Companies 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
SET 418 392 381 382 389
MAI - - - 3 9
Source: SET 2000; SET 2001; SET 2002; SET 2003.
36
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.9.2 Listing Year
Table 2.3 summarises the listing year of publicly listed companies of Thailand. It
showed that the majority of companies (73.26%) have been listed in the Thai stock
exchange market during the 1988-1997 time period.
Table 2.3
Listing Year of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Year N %
Before 1973 - -
1973-1977 22 5.66
1978-1982 23 5.91
1983-1987 26 6.69
1988-1992 153 39.33
1993-1997 132 33.93
1998-2002 33 8.48
Total 389 100.00
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of companies.
2.9.3 Industries Represented
Publicly listed companies of Thailand have been classified into thirty-one sectors,
separately from the MAI. These sectors comprises agribusiness, banking, building and
furnishing materials, chemicals and plastics, commerce, communication, electrical
products and computer, electronic components, energy, entertainment and recreation,
finance and securities, foods and beverages, health care services, hotels and travel
services, household goods, companies under rehabilitation, jewellery and ornaments,
machinery and equipment, mining, packaging, pharmaceutical products and cosmetics,
printing and publishing, professional services, property development, pulp and paper,
textile, clothing and footwear, vehicles and parts, warehouse, and others. Table 2.4
summarises number of shares and market values by industrial sectors in 2002.
37
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
Table 2.4
Number of Shares and Market Values by Industrial Sectors
Source: Adapted from SET 2003.
Section SET Classification Number of Listed Firms
Shares (Million Unit)
Market Values (Million Baht)
1 Agribusiness 20 6,270.36 39,724.83
2 Banking 14 33,378.58 321,930.37
3 Building and furnishing materials 18 5,093.99 237,170.25
4 Chemicals and plastics 12 4,280.32 44,463.15
5 Commerce 14 3,454.10 48,159.76
6 Communication 12 13,585.73 171,310.23
7 Electrical products and computer 10 2,171.59 18,742.26
8 Electrical components 8 2,237.25 56,425.34
9 Energy 9 7,421.45 270,386.88
10 Entertainment and recreation 10 3,819.16 82,706.50
11 Finance and securities 27 6,651.16 91,747.87
12 Food and beverages 22 2,078.75 42,791.20
13 Health care services 10 321.03 6,576.82
14 Hotels and travel services 10 1,397.44 30,843.73
15 Household goods 7 645.11 9,848.80
16 Insurance 21 536.33 26,344.18
17 Companies under rehabilitation 52 20,087.32 39,630.67
18 Jewellery and ornaments 2 224.39 1326.80
19 Machinery and equipment 3 48.10 1,546.40
20 Mining 1 226.00 2,712.00
21 Packaging 13 1,401.13 11,703.27
22 Pharmaceutical products and cosmetics 2 21.50 689.90
23 Printing and publishing 8 303.29 8,807.18
24 Professional service 2 8.50 876.00
25 Property development 28 8,043.50 135,007.35
26 Pulp and paper 4 948.88 46,101.53
27 Textiles, clothing and footwear 24 1,496.24 24,905.32
28 Transportation 8 3,115.39 64,695.67
29 Vehicles and parts 9 976.77 17,142.98
30 Warehouse and silo 4 66.87 1,578.88
31 Others 5 856.50 4,969.50
Total 389 131,166.72 1,860,865.65
38
Chapter 2: Background on Thailand and Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
2.9.4 Trend in the Number of Publicly Listed Companies
The number of publicly listed companies is anticipated to grow as a result of the strong
support from government and relevant institutions as well as the high demand for fund
raising to finance their companies’ expansion plans, to enhance their competitiveness,
and to establish systematic financial structures. Listed firms can raise additional capital
by issuing and listing other types of securities, such as preferred shares, warrants,
debentures, and convertible debentures beside from issuing and listing of common
shares through the stock exchange. As publicly listed companies, they have a more
positive public image since they have to fulfill the goal of transparent information
disclosure required by regulatory authorities. This image plays an important role in
firms’ credibility, and indirectly builds awareness of their products and services.
2.10 Chapter Summary
This chapter has provided an overview picture of the country in this study, Thailand in
terms of its social, political, economic and cultural conditions. These environmental
factors may have a great impact on the way people live and operate business in
Thailand. Publicly listed companies are part of the private sector that plays a crucial
role in the development of Thailand. To be a publicly listed company, companies are
equipped with a formal structure, high capital investment and usually a good record
of financial performance. Top management of publicly listed companies usually
operates in the more competitive domestic and international markets. In that regard, top
executives must be innovators, and able to adjust their role behaviour in response to the
challenges of the regulatory, political, economic, and cultural environments. At the
same time, executive leaders need to be focus strategically on their business to achieve
their companies’ objectives and provide a sense of continuity and stability to key
players such as employees, customers and suppliers. The impact of the top executive on
organisational performance is the focus of this research.
39
PART TWO
LITERATURE REVIEW
Chapter 3 Literature Review
Chapter 4 Theoretical Framework,
Research Questions and Hypotheses
40
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Part two of this thesis establishes the theoretical foundation for this research. Chapter 3
reviews the relevant literature on various facets of management and leadership
starting from an evolutionary perspective of management models, then examines
organisational leadership, the CEO attributes, the organisational performance, the
contingency factors and then the studies on the link between executive leadership and
organisational performance. Chapter 4 conceptualises the findings of the literature
review in chapter 3. It develops a theoretical framework built upon the previous
research but tries to overcome the shortcomings and gaps, which covers the main
three elements namely executive leadership (CEO role behaviour and CEO attributes),
organisational performance and contingency factors. Seven research questions were
identified and seven hypotheses were developed based on all key elements depicted in
the theoretical framework.
41
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Chapter 3
Literature Review
3.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to develop a theoretical framework upon which to build this research.
The research seeks to examine the relationship between executive leadership and
organisational performance by incorporating contingency factors. The literature review
is organised into six main sections. Section 3.2 presents a theoretical foundation by
providing an evolutionary perspective of management models. Section 3.3 discusses the
nature of leadership followed by a definition of leadership, and looks at the level in the
organisation, and the nature of managerial work. Taxonomies of leadership roles,
Quinn’s (1988) framework, synthesis of executive leadership roles, and relevant
empirical and theoretical studies on the concept of behavioural complexity are also
addressed as part of this section. Section 3.4 describes CEO attributes regarding
demographic characteristics, personality traits and leadership styles as well as reviewing
relevant studies. Section 3.5 summarises the literature on organisational performance’s
measurement. Section 3.6 reviews relevant contingency factors namely firm size,
environmental conditions, and business strategy together with their impact on the
executive leadership and organisational performance. Section 3.7 discusses the relevant
studies concerning the link between executive leadership and organisational performance.
The focus of this research is upon the upper management level of the organisation rather
than on the lower level. The terms leaders and managers are used interchangeably to
refer to people who occupy executive positions. Further, executive leadership is defined
as the top leaders of organisations in which they are expected to exert leadership roles
for the purpose of this research.
42
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.2 An Evolutionary Perspective of Management Models
During the twentieth century a number of management models have emerged. A model
represents the set of assumptions for a general way of thinking about phenomena and
provides a particular perspective about the more complex reality in a social world. The
understanding of the models and their historical background can lead leaders to have
a broader array of managerial behaviours. Four major management models and how
they evolve from the prevailing conditions such as society, technology and political
environments in each quarter of the twentieth century are thus reviewed. This section
builds on the historical works of Wren (1994) and Quinn, Faerman, Thompson, and
McGrath (1996).
3.2.1 The Emergence of the Rational Goal Model and
the Internal Process Model: (Quarter 1: 1900-1925)
The industrial revolution, which began in the eighteenth century in the Great Britain,
was possibly the most important influence on management in the twentieth century.
The need for a formal theory arrived in the early 1900s to guide managers in managing
their organisations. The first quarter of this period was a period of diversity in
management thoughts (Robbins, Bergman and Stagg 1997).
When this period began, the economy was equipped with rich resources, cheap labour,
inexpensive energy, and technological invention and innovation in both agriculture and
manufacturing. The main concern of business was productivity and profit maximization.
The need to develop management techniques to address the efficiency of the
organisation influenced the father of scientific management namely Frederick Winslow
Taylor. Taylor believed in the principle of “one best way” for a job to be done. He
selected the right people for the job and trained them with the selected method together
with an incentive wage plan to motivate workers. These principles formed the core of
the scientific management approach (Wren 1994).
43
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Another prominent group who developed management principles were Henri Fayol and
Max Weber. They were concerned with the overall organisation and how to make it
more efficient. Fayol’s attention was focused on the activities and roles of managers. He
classified the practices of management as the integration of other business functions and
as a result Fayol set up fourteen principles of management for practising managers both
in business and government (see Fayol 1984, pp.61-82 for reviews). Whereas Max
Weber’s emphasis was on describing the ideal, a system bureaucracy, which was
characterised by the division of labour, rational-legal authority, and a defined hierarchy.
Weber suggested that organisations would be more efficient if they were structured
around the defined guidelines (Blau 1970).
The first two broad models of management theory began to emerge during the first
quarter of the century. The first model was the rational goal model (Quinn 1988) in
which the ultimate criterion of organisation effectiveness was the achievement of profit
maximization. The assumption of this model is based on the belief that obvious
direction could lead to productive results. The manager’s job is considered to be as a
director and as a task-oriented producer. The second management theory that emerged
was complementary of the first model namely the internal process model (Quinn 1988).
The basic notion of this model is based on the belief that routinization leads to stability
such as structure, responsibilities, measurement, documentation and record keeping.
The ultimate value of this model is the achievement of efficient workflow. Thus the
manager’s job is to be a technical monitor and a coordinator (Quinn et al. 1996).
3.2.2 The Emergence of the Human Relations Model:
(Quarter 2: 1926-1950)
The second quarter of the twentieth century brought two major events to the world:
World War II and the collapse of stock market. The economy was characterised by the
boom, the crash, and the recovery following the war, and once again, offering bright
hopes for the future. Technological advances continued in all areas, but particularly in
agriculture, transportation, and consumer goods. Some fundamental changes began to
appear in industry. There was a sense of prosperity. Factory workers paid more attention
44
Chapter 3: Literature Review
on recreations than survival. They were not eager to work as much time as their parents
once were. Managers found that the rational goal and the internal process models were
no longer as effective models to guide them as they once were (Quinn et al. 1996). As a
result the managers began to have more concern for the human aspects of organisations.
During this period, Elton Mayo carried out his famous work namely the Hawthorne
studies. His findings indicated that social acceptance and concomitant security had more
effect on a worker’s output than an incentive plan. The management thought during this
period became much more focused on the human elements than in the previous period
(Wren 1994).
By the end of the second quarter of the century, the human relations model (Quinn
1988) had emerged. The basic assumption of this model is participation, conflict
resolution, consensus building and commitment. The motivational factors are what
managers have to focus on to develop the worker’s efficiency. Leaders need to
understand the balance of economic logic and non- economic logic of sentiment (Wren
1994). The manager’s job is to be a mentor and a facilitator (Quinn et al. 1996). Griffin
(1990) argued that managers sometimes find the complexity of human relation difficult
to understand and to manage.
3.2.3 The Emergence of the Open Systems Model:
(Quarter 3: 1951-1975)
This period experienced the shock of the oil embargo, huge government debt and a
staggering world economy. Technological advances occurred at an ever-increasing rate
and societal values also shifted dramatically. People developed a more individualistic
orientation and organisations became more knowledge based. More importantly,
managers had to manage their organisations faced with an ever-increasing rate of
change and a need to understand how to manage in a fast changing and intense
information world. Katz and Kahn from the University of Michigan developed the open
systems model of organisations to help managers better understand the complexity of
the total situation (Quinn et al. 1996)
45
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Organisations are viewed as an open system that continually seeks resources from the
environment in order to survive. An organisational system consists of four basic
elements namely resource inputs, transformation processes, outputs and the environment
(Kast and Rosenzweig 1985). Mintzberg (1973) investigated the managerial activities
of leaders and found that leaders operate in highly unpredictable environments.
Such studies are consistent with an open system model logic (Quinn 1988) in that
organisations are confronted with a high level of competition in ambiguous
environments. The organisation climate is based on the belief that continual adaptation
and innovation is necessary. The manager’s job is expected to be as a creative innovator
and broker (Quinn et al. 1996). Table 3.1 summarises the characteristics of the four
management models, which evolved with the prevailing conditions of each period of the
twentieth century.
Table 3.1
Characteristics of Four Management Models
Model Rational Goal Internal Process Human Relations Open Systems
Management
theory
Scientific
management
Administrative and
bureaucracy
Behavioural
management
Contingency theory
Criteria of
effectiveness
Productivity,
Profit
Routinization,
Stability
Cohesion,
Commitment
Continual adaptation,
Innovation
Emphasis Goal clarification,
Rational analysis,
Action taking
Responsibilities,
Measurement,
Documentation
Participation,
Conflict resolution,
Consensus building
Political adaptation,
Creative problem solving,
Change management
Climate Rational economic Hierarchical Team-oriented Innovative, Flexible
Roles of
manager
Director,
Producer
Monitor,
Coordinator
Mentor,
Facilitator
Innovator,
Broker
Source: Adapted from Quinn, Fareman, Thompson and McGrath 1996.
3.2.4 The Emergence of the Integrative Model: (1976-Present)
In accordance with Drucker (1993, p.1), “Every few hundred years in western history
there occurs a sharp transformation”. “Within a few short decades, society rearranges
itself-its world view; its basic values; its social and political structure; its arts; its key
46
Chapter 3: Literature Review
institutions. Fifty years later there is a new world. And the people born then cannot even
imagine the world in which their grandparents lived and into which their own parents
were born”.
Drucker (1993) believed that people are now entering a post-capitalist society.
Organisations are more likely to be equipped with knowledge workers and service
workers. Apparently, this period began with the digital revolution, the information age
and the knowledge economy. Viewed from another perspective, organisations are facing
the impacts from technology changes, intense competition, changing global markets,
and the shortage of skilled employees.
Quinn et al. (2003) explained that the world of organisations and management is
changing as the twentieth century draws to a close. Longstanding political and business
enterprises began to crumble, the Berlin Wall came tumbling down, and later the USSR
itself disintegrated. Some of the most powerful organisations seemed strong one day
and in great difficulty the next. Nothing seems predictable in the new global economy.
Organisations are challenged by the emergence of Internet and E-commerce. At the
same time, there is often a short supply of employees with the right mix of
competencies and abilities.
Ireland and Hitt (1999) argued that competition in the 21st century’s global economy
would be challenging, complex, and filled with competitive opportunities and threats.
Effective strategic leadership practices can contribute to corporate success in turbulent
and unpredictable environments. Simultaneously, the new situation requires a shift in
focus for organisational leaders in such a dynamic environment (Dess and Picken 2000)
and the past simple solutions of management have become suspect (Quinn et al. 2003).
Leaders need to be innovative, talented, creative, and equipped with sophisticated skills
in order to achieve organisational effectiveness in a fast-changing environment. Quinn
et al. (2003) believed that none of the four management models offered a sufficient
answer for managers and leaders in such a complex and rapidly changing world. Future
leaders should have the capacities to see the complex and paradoxical patterns of all
four management models in a larger framework. “Some time we need stability,
47
Chapter 3: Literature Review
sometimes we need change”. “Often we need both at the same time” (p.11). Leaders
need to comprehend the integration of four basic models to increase management
choices. They need to use “simultaneously, two or more seemingly opposite
approaches” (p.11) responding to highly ambiguous and fast changing environment
trends.
3.2.5 Summary
This section has described the evolution of management theories, which emerged from
the complex interaction of social, technical, and political forces during the twentieth
century and has discussed the current trends facing organisations and leadership. The
changing trends requires a shift in focus for organisational leaders. Leaders of the future
need to be innovative, creative and have a clear idea of how to respond to the fast
changing environments. They cannot rely on only one model to manage their
organisations. Rather, they should have the capacities to see the complex and
paradoxical patterns of all four management models in a larger framework, which
provides the premise of the present study and will be discussed in the next section of the
literature review.
3.3 Organisational Leadership
This section provides a discussion of the nature of leadership and the definition of
leadership used in this research. It further reviews the roles of leaders according to the
level in the organisation and reviews studies on the nature of managerial work. Then, it
addresses the taxonomies of leadership roles followed by the reviews of Quinn’s (1988)
Competing Values Framework and the synthesis of executive leadership roles by Hart
and Quinn (1993). Finally, it reviews the literature on behavioural complexity as well as
relevant empirical and theoretical studies.
48
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.3.1 The Nature of Leadership
Leadership is a universal phenomenon, and as such, has been a subject of intense debate
and controversy among theorists, psychologists, historians and business practitioners
since the emergence of civilization. There has been a major controversy whether
leadership should be viewed as a specialised role or as a shared influence process. One
group of scholars views leadership as a leader role with certain responsibilities and
functions (e.g. Katz and Kahn 1978; Kotter 1988; Mintzberg 1973, 1975; Quinn, 1988
etc.). A somewhat different group of scholars views leadership in term of an influence
process (e.g. Bass 1985; Bass and Avoli 1993; Zaccaro and Klimoski 2001 etc.).
Scholars in this group believed that leadership is a social process rather than a
specialised role. They pay attention on the complex influence process that occurs
among members, and the consequences for the group or the organisation.
This research employs the functional view of leadership based on a role theory of
leadership. Accordingly, leadership is what leaders do. Biddle and Thomas (1966, pp.
11-12) defined a role as “a behavioural repertoire characteristic of a person or a
position” or as “a set of standards, descriptions, norms, or concepts held for the
behaviours of a person or a position”. Similar definitions have also been presented by
Katz and Kahn (1978) and Quinn et al. (1996).
Biddle and Thomas (1966) argued that the role performance of an individual who
occupies specific role positions within a firm are typically constrained by personal
factors and organisational factors including specific attributes of the person, social
norms, demands and rules.
Katz and Kahn (1978) indicated that numerous factors such as personal attributes of a
person, interpersonal factors and organisational factors influence an individual’s role in
an organisation. An organisation is a system of roles. They further argued that the
conclusions drawn from the literature regarding individuals and roles are twofold. First,
roles shape the attitude of an individual, and frame the behaviour of what they should
49
Chapter 3: Literature Review
do or should not do. Second, individuals are selected for a position because their
capabilities fit the role requirements or a pre-entry form of organisational socialisation.
Similarly, Stewart (1982) discussed leadership in general roles based on extensive
research using observation methods, interviews, and diaries. The three forces affecting a
leadership position are considered as: demands, constraints, and choices. These change
the nature of jobs and influence the leaders’ roles. Demands are roles expectations from
others. Constraints are both external and internal forces that limit what the leaders can
do. Choice is the freedom that the leaders possess. These include opportunities in
managerial positions to decide what to do and how to do it.
Recently, Yukl (2002) integrated the situational determinants to explain the different
patterns of demand, constraints and choices for different types of managerial jobs. The
aspects of situations are also found in the pattern of relationship, work pattern and
exposure
3.3.2 Definition of Leadership
The term leadership has been defined in many different ways according to their
individual perspective and to a great extent reflecting the purpose of researchers (Yukl
1994). Leadership in general is defined as “those behaviours of the group member or the
formally appointed leader that are perceived by subordinates as acceptable attempts to
influence their behaviours” (House and Baetz 1979, p.355). However, as defined above,
a role comprises an explicitly considered set of recurring behaviours that a person
executes. Because a role theory of leadership is the focus for the present study, a role
context for leadership needs to be defined.
In this research leadership is treated as a specialized role. Leadership roles are thus
defined as “recurring actions of an individual, appropriately interrelated with the
repetitive activities of others so as to yield a predictable outcome” (Katz and Kahn
1978, p. 189).
50
Chapter 3: Literature Review
The definition proposed above by Katz and Kahn (1978) is appropriate for the present
research for the following reasons.
1. The definition is considered to be a more clearly definition of the role concept than
those provided by many leadership researchers.
2. As this research emphasises on the impact of leadership role behaviour on corporate
performance, the above definition is considered to be consistent with the theory
being evaluated.
3.3.3 Level of Organisation
The leadership literature reviewed so far generally emphasises the role context of
leadership without specifying the organisational level in which the leaders operate. This
section examines the literature on leadership roles based on organisational level.
The meaning of the term “level” sometimes appears to be confused in management
research. Organisational level used in this research refers to a hierarchical position
within an organisation (e.g. top-, middle-, lower level managers). There is evidence that
the roles and behaviours of top managers differs from those of middle managers (Katz
and Kahn 1978; Norburn 1989), but few have empirically examined the implications of
these qualitative differences (Day and Lord 1988). There is a need to clarify how top
executives differ from middle and lower levels.
Firstly, an examination of managerial skills by levels is undertaken since a leader needs
considerable skills to play an effective role. At lower level of organisations, Katz (1974)
identified that technical skills and human relation skills are crucial skills of leaders
whereas at middle levels, technical skills become relatively less important while the
conceptual skills increase in importance for leaders to be effective. The most important
skills for leaders at the higher levels of organisations are the conceptual skills, although
the human relation skills are also somewhat crucial. Conceptual skills are the most
important for top managers since their major responsibility is strategic decision making.
The conceptual skills are essential for effective planning, policy formulation and
coordination of separate parts of organisations (Katz and Kahn 1978). However, some
51
Chapter 3: Literature Review
research indicates that the skill requirement for top mangers may also vary somewhat
from organisation to organisation, depending on the developmental stage of the
organisation (Mann 1965), the type of organisation, its size and the degree of
centralisation of authority (McLennan 1967).
Katz and Kahn (1978) classified the functions of top-, middle-, and lower level mangers
by investigating how they use organisational structure. They identified that top
managers create structure; middle level managers interpret structure and lower level
managers use structure.
Hunt and Phillips (1989, p.124) recognised that top leaders “are embedded in a
dynamic, changing environment and they must be able to assume different,
contradictory, or competing roles at different times and different situations”. The ability
to adapt multiple behavioural roles as dictated by environmental and organisational
environments is a critical part of a top executives’ work (Hooijberg and Quinn 1992;
Hooijberg, Hunt and Doge 1997). Katz and Kahn (1978) concluded that the actual
number of behaviours differ according to the managers’ level in the organisation. As the
individual moves up the hierarchy, he/she must execute a greater and more diverse set
of roles.
Further, Zaccaro (1996) provided evidence that top leaders must scan and monitor
external environments and form strategies or visions to enable their organisations to
survive in dynamic environments. They should have the ability to manage change,
envision future, sustain flexibility, and work with others to create a viable future for
their organisations (Ireland and Hitt 1999). They should also be responsible for
managing internal resources as well as knowledge within their organisations (Katz and
Kahn 1978).
Recently, Yukl (2002) claimed that job responsibilities differ for managers at different
levels according of the organisational hierarchy. Generally, top managers are more
concerned with making important decisions, including the determination of organisation
goals, formulating strategies, organisational structure design, and the allocation of
52
Chapter 3: Literature Review
resources that affect the entire organisation. These individuals typically have titles such
as Managing Director (MD), Chief Operating Officer (COO) or Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) (Daft 1983; Robbins, Bergman, Stagg and Coulter 2003). Middle managers are
more concerned with the implementation of objectives and policies. They are concerned
with the behaviour of their entire department to ensure the result is in line with the
strategies and plans developed by the top managers (Dubrin, Ireland and Williams 1989;
Dubrin 1997). Lower level managers are those who work at the bottom level of
organisations and supervise employees who do the routine work (Dubrin 1997).
3.3.4 The Nature of Managerial Work
Researchers have used different approaches such as diaries, direct observation,
interviews and job description questionnaires to investigate what executives do (e.g.
Minzberg 1973; Kotter 1982; Kotter 1999). “It is easier understand managerial
leadership when the context in which it occurs can be described” (Yukl 2002, p.21).
This section examines major findings on the nature of managerial work.
Beginning with the prominent work of Minzberg (1973), who closely observed the
managerial activities of experienced chief executives, to find that they work at a hectic,
unrelenting pace and on a wide array of tasks. Their activities are considered as being
fragmented and interrupted by interactions with parties both inside and outside their
organisations. Based on his research, Minzberg concluded that managers play several
different roles. As a result, he developed a taxonomy of ten managerial roles to describe
a manager’s activities and these can be categorised into three broad groups:
interpersonal roles (figurehead, leader and liaison), informational-processing roles
(monitor, disseminator, and spokesperson), and decisional-making roles (entrepreneur,
disturbance handler, resource allocator, and negotiator). Minzberg’s ten managerial
roles are briefly described in Table 3.2.
Minzberg’s study provides a number of important insights into managerial work. He has
described how upper level managers of organisation allocate their time and he found
that a typical CEO is likely to spend 59 percent of their time in scheduled meetings, 22
53
Chapter 3: Literature Review
percent performing deskwork, 10 percent in unscheduled meetings, 6 percent on the
telephone, and the remaining 3 percent on tours of company facilities (Minztberg 1973,
p.39).
Table 3.2
Summary of Ten Executive Roles
Categories Role Managerial Works
Interpersonal Figurehead Symbolic heads; performing a number of symbolic duties
of legal and social natures.
Leader Responsible for motivating, guiding employee including
hiring, directing, promoting and pervading associated
activities.
Liasion Maintain self-developed network with individuals and
groups outside organisational unit
Informational Monitor Seeking and scanning special information to develop a
through understanding of organisation and the
environment; Analysing information to discover the
problems and opportunities
Disseminator Transmitting information received from outsiders or from
subordinates to member of firms; some involves the factual
and interpretation of information
Spokesperson Transmitting information and expressing value statement
to people outside their organisational subunit;
demonstrating update knowledge of organisation and
environment.
Decisional Entrepreneur Initiating and designing a controlled change to exploited
opportunities form organisation and environment;
Improving projects such as developments of new products,
new equipments or structural reorganisation.
Disturbance handler Responsible for corrective action when the organisation
confronts unexpected disturbances.
Resource allocator Allocating resource such as money, personal, equipment,
services and facilities; Making or approval of all
significant organisational decisions.
Negotiator Reaching agreement during major negotiations with others.
Source: Developed from Minzberg 1973; Finkelstein and Hambrick 1996.
54
Chapter 3: Literature Review
The study of Kotter (1982) also found that managers spend significant amounts of time
interacting and communicating with people outside and inside organisations. Kotter
(1999) documented that effective managers set up and continuously adjust their agendas
and build up effective networks as well as aggressively searching for both positive and
negative information. They do not conform to the traditional idea of what they should
do. “They rarely planned their days, often punctuating them with short, unorchestrated,
and even personal chats with people outside of their formal chain of command” (p.156).
They also often work larger hours so as to build their organisations’ competitiveness in
responding to the tense business environment. These findings are also consistent with
Viljoen and Dann (2000) findings, which indicated that most effective leaders devote a
considerable amount of time to build up their relationships with customers, suppliers,
employees and even competitors.
Yukl (1994, 2002) integrated the work of many researchers and summarised the nature
of managerial work as; hectic and unrelenting; varied and fragmented; reactive;
interactions which involved peers and outsiders; interactions which involved oral
communication; a disorderly and political decision process; and informal and adaptive
planning. These managerial activities happen because leaders face several dilemmas
both external and internal. They collect information from the outside and alert those
within the organisation about external developments (Finkelstein and Hambrick 1996).
However, the nature of managerial work is being challenged by the developing trends in
the economic, political and societal environments. According to Dess and Picken
(2000), technology is changing the nature of work in organisations. It is an age of
information technology. Leaders need to adjust themselves to the new technology in
terms of knowledge and skills. Another trend is globalisation. Foreign markets,
multinational companies, cross-national joint ventures have all become more important.
Leaders need to understand the cultural diversity of the workforce within their
organisations. The trend to smaller organisations becomes another challenge. Many
firms are being decentralised in to smaller ones by eliminating middle managers.
Therefore, there are expectations on leaders to cope with more changes in their roles.
55
Chapter 3: Literature Review
56
3.3.5 Taxonomies of Leadership Roles
“To discover what managers do and how they spend their time, researchers have used
descriptive methods such as direct observation, diaries, and interviews” (Yukl 2002, p.
21). There tends to be a great deal of argument as to the adequacy of certain roles
theories to describe the management functions (e.g. Mintzberg 1973). However, Yukl
(1987) who integrated nearly four decades of research on managerial behaviours found
a great deal of convergence among researchers. He developed his own taxonomies by
separating behaviours into different categories based on the level of abstraction.
Table 3.3 presents a summary of taxonomies of leadership roles and included the works
by Stogdill (1963), Bowers and Seashore (1966), Mintzberg (1973), House and Mitchell
(1974), Morse and Wagner (1978), Luthans and Lockwood (1984), and Page (1985).
The next section examines the leadership roles developed by Quinn (1998) (which is not
covered by Yukl) and which provides the conceptual foundation for this research study.
57
Table 3.3
Taxonomies of Leadership Roles Yukl 1987
Mintzberg 1973
Moese and Wagner 1978
Stogdill 1963
Bowers and Seashore 1966
House and Mitchell 1974
Luthan and Lockwood 1984
Page 1985
Supporting Consideration Leader support
Supportive leadership
Consulting Participate leadership Delegating Tolerance of
freedom
Recognizing Motivating and reinforcing Rewarding Motivating Leader role Motivating and conflict
handling Production emphasis Goal emphasis Achievement-oriented
leadership Supervising
Managing conflict and team building
Integration Integration facilitation
Managing conflict
Developing Providing development Training and development
Clarifying Initiating structure Directive leadership
Planning and organizing
Resource allocator; Entrepreneur
Organizing and coordinating Work facilitation Planning and coordinating
Planning and organizing; strategic planning
Problem solving Disturbance handler Strategic problem solving Role assumption; Demand reconciliation
Problem solving and deciding
Decision making
Informing Disseminator Information handling Exchanging information Consulting Monitoring Monitor Monitoring
Controlling Monitoring indicators, controlling
Representing Spokesman; Negotiator; Figurehead
Managing environment and resources
Representing; Influencing superiors
Interacting with outsiders socializing and politicking
Representing and coordinating
Networking Liaison Source: Adapted from Yukl 1994.
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.3.6 Quinn’s (1988) Framework
Researchers have attempted to define leadership in terms of portfolios of roles. Each of
these scholars have included leadership roles that seem to be in contradiction with each
other and none has developed an integrated framework to address these issues. The
theorist who has formulated a framework of leadership that addresses the issue of
contradiction is Quinn (1988).
Quinn challenges traditional management theories that managers should be classified in
either one category or the other. These theories suggest that managers are either
autocratic or democratic (Bass 1990), people-oriented or task-oriented (Likert 1977),
theory X or theory Y (McGregor 1960), transactional or transformational (Burns 1978).
Rejecting such categorisation, Quinn proposed that effective leaders must fit into all
four quadrants of the “Competing Values Framework”. Effective leadership requires a
balancing and simultaneous mastery of contradictory capability (Quinn and Cameron
1988) (refer Figure 3.1).
The Competing Values Framework was developed to help understand leadership
necessary for organisational effectiveness. Four interrelated models are identified within
the framework. Two leadership roles are grouped within each of four quadrants. The
upper quadrant relates to the open system theory and defines two leadership roles as the
innovator role and the broker role. Moving to the lower right quadrant, two more
leadership roles are specified in accordance with the rational goal model namely the
producer role and the director role. The lower left quadrant is based on the internal
process model and it has the coordinator role and the monitor role specified in that
quadrant. The upper left quadrant based on the human relations model have within that
quadrant, the mentor role and the facilitator role.
58
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Figure 3.1
Competing Values Framework of Leadership Roles
l Fl
ex
ibili
ty
Open Systems Model Human Relations Model
Internal Focus External Focus
Innovator Role Creative, Clever
Mentor Role Caring, Empathetic
(Shows Consideration) (Envisions Change)
Broker Role Resource-Oriented Politically Astute
Source: Adapted from Quinn 1988 and Hooijberg and Quinn 1992.
Quinn (1988) argued that the need to balance of the diverse managerial roles is the key
to being an effective manager. Each of roles in Quinn’s (1988) Competing Values
Framework has a competing role. If the manager is strong on the innovator role,
Quinn’s theory argues that the same manger must be equally strong on the competing
role of monitor. “Managers cannot achieve effectiveness by emphasising two or three
roles while ignoring the others” (Quinn 1988, p.106). The most effective managers must
perform diverse roles that include a degree of contradiction or paradox (Denision,
Hooijberg and Quinn 1995). There are considerable studies that support the concept that
managers who perform multiple roles are more effective than those who do not (e.g.
Mintzberg 1973; Blake and Mouton 1985).
Con
tro
(Acquires Resources)
Producer Role Task-Oriented Work-Focused
(Initiates Action)
Director Role Decisive Directive
(Provides Structure)
Coordinator Role Dependable, Reliable (Maintains Structure)
Monitor Role Technically Expert,
Well-Prepared (Collects Information)
Facilitator Role Facilitates Interaction
(Process-Oriented)
Internal Process Model Rational Goal Model
59
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.3.7 Synthesis of Executive Leadership Roles
Researchers like Hart and Quinn (1993) proposed the model of executive leadership
roles built upon the Competing Values Framework (Quinn 1988) and associates (e.g.
Quinn and Rohrbaugh 1983; Quinn and Cameron, 1988). They reviewed the concept of
competing values and other famous theorists including Donalson and Lorsch (1983),
Drucker (1973), Katz (1974) and Mintzberg (1975). Figure 3.2 illustrates the executive
leadership roles developed by other researchers plotted on the Competing Values
Framework.
Figure 3.2
Executive Leadership Roles Plotted on Competing Values Framework Flexibility
Organisation (D+L) Thought man (D)
People man (D) Conceptual skill (K)
Human skills (K) Entrepreneur (M)
Monitor (M)
Disseminator (M) Spokesman (M)
Front man (D)
Liaison (M) Liaison (M)
Leader (M)
Internal Focus External Control
Figurehead (M)
Product market (D+L) Capital market (D+L)
Technical skills (K) Action man (D)
Negotiator (M) Disturbance handler (M)
Resource allocator (M)
Predictability
Source: Hart and Quinn 1993, p. 550.
D= Drucker (1973); M=Mintzberg (1975); K= Katz (1974); D+L= Donaldson and Lorsch (1983).
60
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Based on the integration of literature reviewed in this section, four fundamental roles for
CEOs, which match all four quadrants of the Competing Values Framework, was
detailed by Hart and Quinn (1993) (refer Figure 3.3). Each of the quadrants of the
models can be considered as “a domain of action”, “entailing a particular demand of the
firm” with “ a corespondent role of top management” (Hart and Quinn 1993, p. 551).
The details of each role are also briefly described in Table 3.4.
Figure 3.3
Executive Leadership- A Model of Competing Roles
Flexibility
Domain: Organisation Domain: Future
Demand: Commitment Demand: Innovation
Role: The Motivator Role: The Vision Setter
Internal Focus External Focus
Domain: Operating System Domain: Market
Demand: Efficiency Demand: Performance
Role: The Analyser Role: The Task Master
Predictability
Source: Hart and Quinn 1993, p. 552.
61
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Table 3.4
Summary of Four Executive Leadership Roles
Executive
Leadership Roles Definition Descriptions
Vision setter Strategic direction and
new product
Creating a sense of identity and mission; Compelling the vision of
future; Spending considerable time on monitoring external
environments; Analysing competitors and markets; Interacting
with internal and external parties
Motivator Development of people
and identity
Translating the vision into the core concepts; Creating a sense of
excitement within the organisations; Challenging people to gain
new competencies and achieve higher level of organisations.
Analyser Management of ongoing
operation
Focusing on efficient management of internal operating system;
Critical reviewing and evaluating proposed projects; Forcing
functional managers to think new ways; Integrating conflicting
functional perspectives in the interest of total organisations.
Task master Achievement of market
plans
Concerning organisational performance and results; Serving the
full range of external stakeholders related with organisations;
Influencing decisions made by lower levels by contributing
specific knowledge; Focusing on getting job done today.
Source: Developed from Hart and Quinn (1993).
3.3.8 Leaders’ Behavioural Complexity
The concept of behavioural complexity was introduced by Denision, Hooijberg and
Quinn (1991) in their discussion of leadership paradox management. Behavioural
complexity is defined as “the ability to act out a cognitively complex strategy by
playing multiple, even competing roles, in a highly integrated and complementary way”
(Hooiberg and Quinn 1992, p. 164). The notion of behavioural complexity suggests that
the more effective managers will play more competing roles, and play them to a greater
extent, than less effective managers (Hooiberg and Quinn 1992, p. 165). The empirical
and theoretical studies investigating the concept of behavioural complexity are reviewed
in this section.
62
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Beginning with the study of Denision, Hooijberg and Quinn (1991) who examined the
behavioural complexity of 176 public utility mangers and found that the effective
managers were more behavioural complex than ineffective managers. They measured
the perceptions of the managers’ subordinates to assess leadership behaviours of the
managers and then used the perceptions of managers’ superiors to split them into
effective managers and ineffective managers.
Quinn, Spreitzer, and Hart (1992) studied leaders from a Fortune 10 company and found
that leaders who balance competing demands well by performing multiple leadership
roles do better than leaders who focus on one demand over another.
Some studies have shown a link between behavioural complexity and performance.
Bullis (1992) examined the behavioural complexity of company commanders who
participated in combat training exercises at the army’s National Training Centre and the
impact on both leader and company effectiveness. Although he found that behavioural
complexity had a positive effect on leader effectiveness, he did not find a direct effect
on company effectiveness. The impact of behavioural complexity on company
effectiveness was rather indirect (and may be longer term) through leader effectiveness.
Similarly, in a study of 916 CEOs from a large metropolitan area in the industrial
midwest of the United States, Hart and Quinn (1993) found support for the assertion
that the ability to play multiple and competing roles enhances better firm performance.
The firms with CEOs having higher behavioural complexity produced the best firm
performances particularly in respect to business performance and organisational
effectiveness. The relationships held regardless of the firm size or variations in the
nature of the organisational environments.
Zakliki (1996) conducted another piece of empirical work on behavioural complexity by
replicating Hart and Quinn’s (1993) work in Australia and concluded that there is no
association between CEOs with behavioural complexity and higher performing firms.
However, with respect to his modified instruments he did find behavioural complexity
had a positive relationship with organisational effectiveness and business performance
63
Chapter 3: Literature Review
for firms that were pursuing some types of strategies. His findings also showed no
relationship between behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of
situational factors. He argued that the inconsistencies between his study and Hart and
Quinn (1993) may be due to the sample and the nature of instruments.
Hooijberg (1996) examined the perceptions of the leader’s superiors, subordinates, and
peers of behavioural repertoire and behavioural differentiation of 282 middle managers
from 50 large manufacturing firms and 252 managers from public utilities. His research
showed strong support that leaders who have a broad repertoire of leadership roles and
perform those roles frequently are considered as more effective by subordinates, peers,
and superiors than less complex managers.
Hooijberg et al. (1997) extended the concept of behavioural complexity by placing them
in a comprehensive framework that links behavioural complexity, cognitive complexity
and social complexity in the “Leaderplex model”. The contribution of the Leaderplex
model mainly argues that behavioural complexity is informed by cognitive complexity
and social complexity of leaders. Cognitive complexity and social complexity are of
great importance to first and middle managers and they are of even greater importance
to leaders at the highest levels of organisations.
Recently, Hooijberg and Schneider (2001) linked the behavioural concept and social
intelligence with executive work. They believed that executive leaders who possess high
behavioural complexity and social intelligence are able to develop visions, coordinate
with internal and external stakeholders and view the organisation in the larger social
systems much more effectively.
3.3.9 Summary
This section has described the nature of leadership, the development of the role concept,
the importance of organisational level and the nature of managerial work. Then, the
taxonomies of leadership roles were reviewed followed by the literature on Competing
Values Framework of Quinn (1988), which serves as the foundation for measuring
64
Chapter 3: Literature Review
behavioural complexity for the purpose this study. Finally, the synthesis of executive
leadership roles and the concept of behavioural complexity were discussed. The next
section investigates CEO attributes that will be employed in this study in relation to
CEO role behaviour to test the relationship between executive leadership and
organisational performance.
3.4 CEO Attributes
CEO attributes are incorporated in this research, and they are important when
explaining the behaviours of CEO. These encompass “ a class of abilities, motivation,
attitudes, and personality traits that CEO brings to jobs” (Zakliki 1996, p.43). Boal and
Whithead (1992) identified that any studies on leaders at the strategic level of the
organisation must focus on both traits and behaviours. They not only have significant
association with organisational performance but also have considerable influence on the
role behaviours. Kotter (1982) is another researcher that articulated the importance of
managerial characteristics in addition to behaviours in any study of CEOs.
There are several studies that examine executives’ attributes and their influence on firm
performance and there are three main approaches. The first is to examine executives’
demographic characteristics (e.g. Bantel and Jackson 1989; Hambrick and Fukutomi
1991 etc.). Another approach is to measure executives’ mindsets and links their
psychological profiles to the subject of interests (e.g. Miller, Droge and Toulouse 1988;
Miller, Kets De Vries and Toulouse 1982; Miller and Toulouse 1986a,b). The final
approach is to investigate executive styles (e.g. Goleman 2000, Ogbonna and Harris
2000).
There is also evidence from a number of leadership studies that emphasise the
importance of the situation or contingency effects on the relationship between executive
attributes and organisational performance. For instance, Gupta’s (1984, 1988) studies
have typically adopted a strategic contingency perspective of executive leadership to
this linkage. The fit between executive attributes and contextual conditions results in
65
Chapter 3: Literature Review
distinctive firm performance. Ogbonna and Harris (2000) proposed that the association
of leadership styles and performance is mediated by organisational culture.
By inference, this research integrates these three major approaches to examine CEO
attributes with respect to role behaviour and corporate performance. CEO attributes are
organised into demographic characteristics, personality traits, and leadership styles. The
relevant and simple measurable attributes are selected to capture the significant concepts
for the purpose of research. The subsequent section reviews each of these attributes in
more detail.
3.4.1 Demographic Characteristics
Leader’ demographic characteristics have often been studied in the management
literature since the access to the data is easily validated through alternative sources and
provide great objectivity. Upper echelons theory suggests that leader characteristics
reflect executives’ cognitive and knowledge base (Hambrick and Mason 1984). As
such, Finkelstein and Hambrick (1996) argued that managerial characteristics have been
considered as a valid predictor of strategic choices and consequently organisational
performance. Demographic studies are reviewed in this section including those on age,
formal education, functional background, work experience, industry experience, CEO
tenure, and origin of appointment respectively.
3.4.1.1 Age
Several early studies attempted to investigate the differences in age between leaders and
followers, leaders and non-leaders (Bass 1990). Bass further pointed out that a review of
the study of leaders’ characteristics in 1948, ten studies reported a positive and eight
studies showed a negative on the relationship between leadership effectiveness and their
age. The relationship between age and leadership effectiveness is considered to be
equivocal.
66
Chapter 3: Literature Review
However, there are some studies that articulate the relationship between age and firm
performance. For instance, managerial youth are positively related to corporate growth.
They are more likely to have greater learning capabilities and likely to be more flexible
and risk taking (Child 1974). Hambrick and Mason (1984) suggested that firms with
older managers are less inclined to pursue risky strategies than those with younger
managers in a given industry and to have a consequent affect on firm performance.
Sambharaya (1989) suggested that firms should consider the selection and promotion of
younger executives into the upper echelon. However, a recent study by Kitchell (1997)
found that innovative firms are more likely to have older managers in a Canadian
context. She argued that younger executives might lack the credibility and the stability
of long-term commitment to achieve a radical change.
Other studies have shown that older managers are less able to evaluate new ideas
quickly and have less confidence in their decisions (Taylor 1975); certain learning
abilities such as memory declined with age (Burk and Light 1981); older executives are
more concerned with security both financial and career security (Carlsson and Karlsson
1970).
3.4.1.2 Education
Educational background of executives has been typically utilised as an indicator of that
person’s value, cognitive capacity (Daellenbach, McCarthy, and Schoenecker 1999),
knowledge, and skill base (Hambrick and Mason 1984). Bass (1990) concluded from an
extensive review of literature that a number of early studies showed a positive
relationship between education and leader effectiveness (p.80).
In the past decades, several studies have indicated that the education level of top
executives results in firm innovation. For instance, Bantel and Jackson (1989) found
that more highly educated managers are likely to generate creative solutions to the
complex problems associated with organisational innovations. CEOs who have
completed MBA programs lead firms who have more profitability than those without
such CEOs for high technology organisations (Hambrick, Black and Fredricksons
67
Chapter 3: Literature Review
1992). Wiersema and Bantel (1992) observed that CEOs with a high level of education
are associated with firm innovativeness in the banking industry.
Similarly, some studies provide evidence that higher educated executives are important
to venture performance (Robinson and Sexton 1994). Entrepreneurs also perceive the
importance of educational background and training as a critical factor for management
success (Yusuf 1995). However, there is also evidence that the educational level of
entrepreneurs is negatively associated with sales growth in small and medium sized
firms (Tan and Tay 1994).
Brockhaus (1980) documented that the lower level of education of the successful
entrepreneur contributed to their greater efforts to set up a successful business, these
successful entrepreneurs actually having an average number of years of education,
which is less than the requirement to obtain a high school degree. Frinkelstein and
Hambrick (1996) argued that the effect of educational background and firm
performance are not clear-cut and are affected by the contingency effects of
environmental and organisational factors.
Another stream of research shows that education implies member status in a socio-
economic group. Bass (1990, p. 83) indicated that “ 1. High socio-economic status was
an advantage in attaining leadership status. 2. Leaders who rose to high-level positions
in industry tended to come from the lower socio-economic strata of society than they
did a half-century earlier. 3. Leaders tended to be better educated now than formerly”.
3.4.1.3 Functional Background
Executives with different functional experiences are likely to differ in their knowledge,
skills, attitudes and perspectives. Dearbon and Simon (1958) asserted that executives
tend to define problems and action primarily in terms of their own functional areas. The
executives’ functional background also affects which problems he/she considers as
important, how these problems occurred, what types of solutions are generated and how
they evaluate these solutions (Bantel and Jackson 1989).
68
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Hambrick and Mason (1984) categorised functional experiences into two broad groups.
Executives who are related to marketing, sales and product research and development
are categorised as “output functions”. Executives with these backgrounds have more
external focus and emphasis on monitoring and adjusting products and market to
achieve growth. On the contrary, executives with “ throughput functions” such as
production, process engineering, and accounting, have a more internal focus towards
increasing efficiency in the transformation process.
There are considerable studies on functional capabilities of senior executives with
respect to their psychology and perceptions. Gupta and Govindarajan (1984)
demonstrated that managers whose specific functional area is marketing and sales are
positively associated with a tolerance for ambiguity. However, they also found that
there is no linkage between their functional background and their risk-taking propensity.
This is consistent with the study by Hitt and Tyler (1991) who also examined functional
background and risk propensity.
Many studies documented the importance of functional background to the
characteristics of firms. For instance, prospector firms tend to have executives with a
marketing background and very few with a finance background. The research results
also showed 77 percent of CEOs in prospector firms have a functional background in
marketing, R&D and sales as compared to only 10 percent of CEOs in defender firms
(Thomas, Litschert and Ramaswamy 1991). Executives from a marketing and sales, or
R&D backgrounds place more emphasis on growth and search for new opportunities
than executives with a technical background (Hambrick and Mason 1984).
Some investigators examined the importance of functional experience and its effect
upon firm performance (e.g. Miles and Snow 1978; Hayes and Abernathy 1980; Song
1982) and business innovation (Kitchell 1997). For example, Hayes and Abernathy
(1980) documented that functional capabilities of senior executives would significantly
affect the health of orgnisations. Executives with experiences in core functions would
produce superior returns. Kitchell (1997) examined executives’ functional experiences
in Canadian manufacturing firms. She concluded that top executives with an engineering
69
Chapter 3: Literature Review
background have a highly significant positive effect on technology adoption and
corporate innovativeness.
3.4.1.4 Tenure
CEO tenure is a construct of fundamental importance to organisations and research on
executive leadership. It refers to an indicator of the period that CEO stays in the
position. There are several studies focused on the significance of tenure (Hambrick and
Fukutomi 1991; Miller 1991).
Hambrick and Fukutomi (1991) proposed a comprehensive model of the seasons of the
CEO’s tenure. They argued that significant trends tend to occur on five fronts during
CEO’s time in office. First, CEOs come to the job with a strong commitment to their
paradigms. They have a period of experiment and are more open-minded after early
success. They tend to commit to the most comfortable and effective approach. Second,
they engage in routine learning than they did in their earlier period on the job. Third,
they still acquire more task knowledge but first rapidly and then slowly. As tenures
extend, they tend to reduce dependence on external information in favour of internal
sources. The source of their information becomes narrow and restrictive as their tenures
advance. Fourth, they feel less of a challenge in their tasks and less excitement. Fifth,
CEOs’ power increase with longer tenures. These trends give rise to the distinct patterns
of behaviour, executive attention and ultimately firm performance. This perspective
provides consistent findings with some other studies (e.g. Hambrick and Mason 1984;
Garbarro 1987; Miller 1991).
Several investigators examined the importance of tenure and its effects to firm
performance. For instance, Finkelstein and Hambrick (1990) found a positive
relationship between executive tenure and organisational performance against the
industry average. They concluded that the longer tenures of the executives, the higher
the performance of their firms. Norburn and Birley (1988) demonstrated that the effects
of executives’ tenures depend on the situational conditions. Executives with long
70
Chapter 3: Literature Review
tenures are negatively associated with firm performance in turbulent environments but
positively associated with firm performance in stable environments
Some studies have also argued that tenure affects negatively on organisational
performance. Hambrick and Mason (1984) suggested that executives who have spent
their entire career in one organisation are more likely to have a limited perspective and
tend to be focused on current products and markets rather than new areas and continue
to pursue persistent and unchanging strategies (Finkelstein and Hambrick 1990).
Moreover, they are significantly more committed to the status quo than those with
shorter tenure (Hambrick, Geletkanycz and Fredrickson 1993). Miller (1991) in his
study of 95 Canadian CEOs concluded that that organisations led by CEOs with long
years of CEO tenure do not perform as well as those in their earlier years. They are less
likely to have appropriate strategies and structures aligned with their environments. He
concluded that CEOs with longer tenure are “stale in the saddle”.
3.4.1.5 Work Experience
This study defines work experience to include the growth of capabilities and skills that
CEOs have developed in their careers both in the current organisation and within the
industry. It also refers to job-related experience rather than general experience.
Hambrick and Mason (1984) identified that career experiences can have a significant
effect on executives’ behaviours.
There is literature examining the importance of experiences in respect to managerial
behaviours and leadership effectiveness. Kotter (1988), based on his research on
executive behaviour, found that the most commonly related to leadership abilities is
career experience particularly those experienced during “one’s post-educational career”
(p.34). Govindarajan (1989) found that extensive work experience contributes to
executive effectiveness.
Griffin (1990) found that managers experience daily pressures by facing a variety of
management challenges and that the individual develops insights including perspectives
71
Chapter 3: Literature Review
and management skills. Most effective managers learn skills from their education and
work experiences. McCauley (2001) believed that executives who have a high ability to
learn the most from their experience tend not to be autocratic.
Work experience can be an indicator on how effective are the leader behaviours, what
impacts they have had on other organisations and what competences they possess
(McCauley 2001). Howard (2001) pointed out that a person’s work experience serves as
an important preliminary screen for selection to a vacant position. Fiedler (1996)
suggested that organisations should select individuals with work experience and job
relevant knowledge. He also found that more work-experienced leaders contribute to a
better performance under high stressful conditions.
3.4.1.6 Origin of Appointment
The origin of appointment has been discussed widely among researchers in succession
studies (e.g. Zajac 1990; Datta and Guthrie 1994; Lauterbach, Vu, and Weisberg 1999).
The serious questions for firms, especially during changing times, is whether to select
internal candidates or search outside for candidates (outsider versus insider).
Some findings showed that organisations most likely to recruit outside CEOs are the
firms with low pre-succession performance (e.g. Boeker and Goodstein 1993; Cannella
and Lubatkin 1993). CEOs selected from outside the firms are considered to usually
have broader perspectives in that they bring a different set of skills, unique experiences,
new ideas and perspectives to the companies. Young and fast growing firms also
usually need to develop their managerial skills from outsiders who have greater
knowledge of technology and the market (Sambharya 1989). CEOs selected from the
outside tend to make more changes in procedures, structure, and staff than CEOs
promoted from inside firms (Helmich and Brown 1972). Some investigators concluded
that the selection of outside CEOs is associated with better firm performance (e.g.
Warner, Watts and Wruck 1988; Datta and Guthrie 1994).
72
Chapter 3: Literature Review
On the other hand, internal selection is considered to be the result of a number of
positive outcomes. Howard (2001) noted that internal succession contributes to a better
loyalty climate, improved employee morale, and less cost and time on recruitment.
Similarly, Zajac (1990) has also provided results consistent with Howard. His findings
showed that the selection of CEOs with internal firm experiences tends to be related
with better firm performance and a number of advantages including reduced costs
associated with socialisation, turnover and compensation. Moreover, internal CEO
successions are more frequently found in larger firms because they can develop
management skills from within the firms (Lauterbach et al. 1999). The greater
likelihood of a new CEO being appointed from inside is usually associated with a
greater proportion of insiders on the board and with greater ownership among the board
insiders (Boeker and Goodstein 1993).
3.4.2 Personality Characteristics
Early studies on leadership tended to emphasise the identification of personality
traits, which characterised successful leaders. Scholars of this approach assumed that
successful leaders have certain innate qualities that distinguish them from non-leaders.
Some studies have suggested that personality traits such as personal integrity and self-
confidence are related to effective leadership (see Bass 1990). Miller and Droge (1986)
reported that CEOs in their sample companies differ significantly in their need for
achievement. Their findings showed that the greater the CEO’s need for achievement,
the stronger desire to personally control all company operations and take credit for
company success.
This study focuses on the personality characteristics that are mostly examined by
scholars of executive leadership theory. These comprise, the need for achievement and
the locus of control.
73
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.4.2.1 Need for Achievement
Need for achievement is one of the most commonly used characteristics in leadership
studies. Achievement orientation theory was originally developed in the 1940s and has a
great deal of relevance to leadership (McClelland 1961). People who are equipped with
need for achievement are characterized as hard working, competitive, ambitious and
have a desire to master complex tasks (Van Eynde and Trucker 1996). McClelland
(1961) indicated that people with a high need for achievement desire to control events
affecting them. They try to accomplish their objectives in a systematic way and demand
concrete feedback on their performance. Such people prefer difficult tasks in which
success depends on their own ability rather than chance factors that are beyond their
control (Yukl 1994).
Many studies documented the importance of a high need for achievement to firm
effectiveness. For instance, Smith and Miner (1984) found a positive association
between achievement orientation of entrepreneurs and the growth rate of their firms.
Davidson (1989) demonstrated a positive relationship between need for achievement
and willingness to pursue growth among small business owners. Similarly, Papadakis
and Bourantas (1998) reported that CEOs with a high need for achievement in
manufacturing enterprises are positively associated with their innovative behaviours and
their firms’ level of technological innovation.
There are also studies on the CEOs’ need for achievement and firms’ strategic choices
(Miller and Toulouse 1986a), strategy making process (Miller, Droge and Toulouse
1988) and structure (Miller and Droge 1986; Miller and Toulouse 1986a). For instance,
Mile and Droge (1986) found that the CEO’s high need for achievement has a strong
influenced on the structure of the organisation including formalisation, centralisation
and integration. Miller and Toulouse (1986a) concluded that CEOs’ high need for
achievement is correlated to a more analytical, proactive and marketing-oriented
strategy with a more sophisticated and centralised structure. However, they further
argued that executives who have a strong motive of achievement are also more likely to
74
Chapter 3: Literature Review
accomplish jobs alone and fail to develop a sense of responsibility among subordinates.
In summary, there is evidence that the CEO’s need for achievement is related to role
behaviour and organisational performance.
3.4.2.2 Locus of Control
Locus of control as an executive’s characteristics has been examined by several studies
(e.g. Miller, Kets de Vries and Toulouse 1982; Miller and Toulouse 1986a,b; Papadakis
and Bourantas 1998 etc.). It has been viewed in the literature as an indicator of
managerial effectiveness (Yukl 2002).
Most of the studies examining locus of control used a personality scale developed by
Rotter (1966). People with a strong internal locus of control believe that events in their
lives are within their control. On the contrary, people with a strong of external locus
control believe that events in their lives are outside their control and that events are
mostly determined by luck, fate and destiny.
A number of studies have examined the differences between internals and externals. For
instance, Govindarajan (1989) argued that internals and externals have different
information-processing capabilities. Internals more actively search task-related
information and use that information better than externals. Internal locus of control
managers contribute to effectiveness in case of firm following a differentiation strategy.
Miller, Kets de Vries, and Toulouse (1982) examined Canadian top executives’ locus of
control and concluded that firms, which are led by internals are more innovative,
adaptive and flexible than are firms led by externals. Similarly, Miles and Toulouse
(1986a) conducted an empirical investigation of CEOs in 97 firms and documented that
CEOs with internal locus of control are more effective than externals in term of
innovation, being future oriented and they perform well in dynamic environments.
75
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Some studies documented the importance of internals and their effects on firm
performance. According to Howell and Avolio (1993) in a study of executives in 77
large financial institutions, they concluded that internals have better unit performance
than do the externals. Miller and Toulouse (1986a,b) found that CEOs with internal
locus of control are associated with high organisational performance such as sale growth
and profitability. Similarly, another study reported a link between internal locus of
control of managers and the success rate of small firms and new ventures (Brockhaus
1980).
Boone, Brabander and Witteloostujin (1996) reported that CEOs’ locus of control is
significantly related to profitability in a cross-sectional study of 39 small firms.
Recently, Boone Brabander, and Hellemans (2000) conducted a follow up study with
these 39 firms and analysed the association between locus of control and long-term
organisational survival. The results provided evidence that 21 percent of the 39 firms
studied in Boone et al. (1996) went bankrupt within 6 years. Among CEOs classified as
internals, only 1 company failed, whereas among the external CEOs 45 percent did not
survive. Boone et al. (2000) concluded that the CEOs’ locus of control is an important
predictor of small firm performance.
3.4.3 Leadership Style
This section briefly reviews the classical leadership theory and then examines other
notable style/behaviour related studies such as theory X and Y, Ohio State leadership
studies, Michigan leadership studies and leadership grid. Leadership studies that include
a contingency approach are also reviewed here such as Fiedler’s leadership contingency
theory (Fiedler 1964, 1967), House’s path-goal theory of leadership (House 1971),
Hersey and Blanchard’s situational theory (Hersey and Blanchard 1988), charismatic
and transformational leadership (House 1977; Burns 1978; Bass 1985).
76
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.4.3.1 Classical Leadership Styles
The original concept of leadership style traces back to the seminal work conducted by
Lewin and Lippitt (1938). Their findings suggested that leadership styles could be
classified in terms of how much involvement leaders have with people-related vs. work-
related issues. Many studies into initiating structure vs. consideration and job-centred
vs. employee-centred leadership extended these ideas.
Bass (1990) listed over 30 studies of different leadership styles (see Bass 1990, p. 416
for reviews), and identified an autocratic cluster and democratic cluster. These concepts
draw a distinction between person-related vs. work-related behaviour; many seem to
have the notion of autocracy at one extreme and democracy at the other. The definition
of the two distinct styles can be summarised as follows:
Autocratic: “Leaders make a decision for their group and are concerned with what
is needed to get the job done. Likewise, such leaders discourage subordinates’
contributions to the decision process and pay little or no attention to the subordinates’
needs” (p.417)
Democratic: “Leaders solicit advice, opinion, and information from their followers and
share decision making with their followers. Democratic leaders use their power to set
the constraints within which followers are encouraged to join in deciding what is to be
done” (p.417).
3.4.3.2 Leadership Studies
The nature of leadership styles and integration mode of styles has long been discussed
in the leadership literature. This section briefly reviews only the most notable studies.
77
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Theory X and Theory Y
McGregor (1960) classified managers as holding one of two basic assumptions about
subordinates labeled Theory X and Theory Y. Typical Theory X managers believe that
people dislike work and will avoid it whenever possible. Therefore, theory X managers
are forced to have strong controls and directions achieved through punishment if people
do not work properly. On the other hand, Theory Y managers believe that people
usually work hard and seek responsibilities provided. People are self-motivated to reach
goals and have the capacity to innovate in solving problems. This theory is more
illustrative of the human relation approach. Accordingly, managers holding Theory Y
assumptions should treat people as if they are responsible and capable of self-control.
McGregor’s theory has considerably less attention for researchers and practitioners
today than in the past. However, his study highlighted with the importance of humanism
in management including the contribution of participative leadership (Dubrin et al 1989).
The Ohio State Leadership Studies
The Ohio State leadership studies undertaken initially by Hemphill and Coons identified
two dimensions of leadership behaviours: initiating structure and consideration.
Initiating structure contains specific task-oriented behaviours such as directing
subordinates, maintaining standards of performance and defining their subordinates’
roles to achieve job accomplishment. Consideration or people-oriented behaviours
generally defines the extent to which a leader has a social relationship and respect for
subordinates’ ideas and feelings. They look out for personal welfare of the group and
put suggestions of the group into action (Bass 1981).
The Michigan Leadership Studies
The University of Michigan studies, which were conducted during roughly the same
time frame as the Ohio State leadership studies had similar goals in terms of identifying
relationships between leader behaviour, group processes and measurement of group
78
Chapter 3: Literature Review
performance. The Michigan studies came up with two dimensions of leadership
behaviours namely employee-oriented and job-oriented behaviour. Leaders who are
employee-oriented are described as focusing on interpersonal relations and managers
are more supportive and helpful with subordinates. On the contrary, the job-oriented
leaders tend to focus on the technical or task aspect of the jobs. Michigan researchers
strongly favored leaders who are relationship-oriented because they are associated with
higher group productivity and higher job satisfaction (Likert 1967, 1977).
The Leadership Grid
Several researchers have carried out modifications to the Ohio State leadership studies
dimensions. One of the most notable works is Blake and Mouton (1985) from the
University of Texas. They developed a two-dimensional view of leadership style by
proposing a leadership grid based on the styles of concern for people and concern for
production. The grid (refer Figure 3.4) provides perspectives of how to exercise
leadership in pursuit of production with and through others. It also permits leaders to
understand various leadership styles and its consequences.
The grid incorporated nine positions along each axis creating eighty-one different
categories into which a leader’s style might fall. Blake and Mouton concluded that
managers perform best using 9,9 style. The notion of 9,9 style describes managers who
could be both initiate structure and consideration behaviour in the performance of their
managerial duties. They suggested that managers who performed both functions would
be more effective than managers who focused on one function more than the other.
79
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Figure 3.4
The Leadership Grid (1, 9) Country Club Management Thoughtful attention to needs of people for
satisfying relationship leads to a
comfortable, friendly organisation
atmosphere and work tempo
(9,9) Team Management Work accomplished is from committed people;
interdependence through a common stake in
organisation purpose leads to relationships of
trust and respect
(5,5) Organisation Man Management
Adequate organisation performance
is possible through balancing
the necessity to get out work with
maintaining morale of people
at a satisfactory level
(1,1) Impoverished Management Exertion of minimum effort to get required
work done is appropriate to sustain
organisation membership
(9,1) Task Management Efficiency in operations results from
arranging conditions of work in such a way
that human elements interfere to a minimum
degree
High
Concern for Production Source: Blake and Mouton, 1985, p. 12.
A summary of leadership style/behaviour research is presented in Table 3.5.The
research into this approach culminated in two types of leadership styles/behaviours;
people oriented and task oriented.
Table 3.5
Theme of Leadership Style/Behaviour Research
Ohio State University University of Michigan University of Texas
People orientation Consideration Employee-centred Concern for people
Task orientation Initiating Structure Job-centred Concern for
production
Source: Adapted from Daft, 1999, p. 79.
Con
cern
for
Peop
le
Low 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 Low
High
80
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Fiedler’s Leadership Contingency Theory
Fiedler’s contingency model (1964, 1967) proposed that effective group performance
depends on the proper match between the leader’s style and the degree to which the
situation allows the leader to control and influence the subordinates. The key to
Fiedler’s theory is to identify the appropriate combinations of style and situation. To
measure a leader’s style, Fiedler developed an instrument called “Least-Preferred Co-
Worker (LPC) questionnaire. The process involves having the leaders complete the LPC
questionnaire to determine their basic leadership style (note that Fiedler treat
individual’s leadership style as being fix). Next, the situation is evaluated in terms of
leader member relations, task structure, and position power. Fiedler contended that the
better the leader member relations, the more highly structured jobs, and the stronger
positional power influence was a combination which allowed a higher level of potential
leader influence.
House’s Path-Goal Theory of Leadership
Path goal theory developed by House (1971) is a contingency model of leadership that
incorporates key elements from expectancy theory of motivation. The bedrock of
House’s theory is his belief that it is the leader’s responsibility to increase subordinates’
motivation to attain personal and organisational goals. House’s theory defined four
types of leadership behaviours: supportive leadership (showing concern for
subordinates’ well-being and personal needs); directive leadership (letting subordinates
know what they are supposed to do); participative leadership (consulting with group
members and using their suggestions before making a decision); achievement-oriented
leader (setting clear and challenging goals for subordinates). This theory contrasts with
the Fiedler theory who argues that leaders could not change their behaviours. House
assumed that leaders can change their behaviours to match the situation.
81
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Hersey and Blanchard’s Situational Theory
Hersey and Blanchard (1988) developed one of the most cited leadership theories
concerning situational leadership. Their approach focuses on leadership in situations
and underlies the premise that different situations demand different kinds of leadership.
The characteristics of followers are considered as the important elements of the situation
and which determine what is effective leader behaviour. The relationship between
leader style and follower readiness is summarised into four different leadership styles
including “high task and low relationship: the telling style”, “high task and high
relationship: the selling style”, “high relationship and low task: the participating style”,
“low relationship and low task: the delegating style”. The most effective leadership
style depends on the readiness of followers.
Yukl (2002) believes the strength of situational leadership is the concept of leader
flexibility. Effective leaders need to find out about their subordinates’ needs and adapt
their styles. Situational leadership however has some limitations. Northhouse (1997)
indicated that there have been only a few studies conducted to justify the proposition set
forth by the approach.
Charismatic and Transformational Leadership Style
In the 1980s, leadership research placed a great deal of attention on charismatic
leadership and transformational leadership. There is considerable overlap, while there
are also differences in these concepts.
Beginning with House’s theory of charismatic leadership (1977), more attention began
to be focused on charisma of leaders. A theory of charismatic leadership emphasises on
how leader can create a strong influential impression among subordinates. The
charismatic leaders are likely to have a high self-confidence, a strong need for power
and a strong conviction in their own beliefs.
82
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Burns (1978) originally proposed the idea of transformational leadership. He described
transformational leadership as a process in which “ leaders and followers raise one
another to higher levels of morality and motivation” (p.20). Burns drew a clear
distinction between transformational leaders who addresses the needs, wants and the
motivations of followers and a power wielder such as Hitler who basically serve his
own needs.
Bass (1985) provided an extension of the prior work to develop a model of
transformational leadership where a leader has ability to inspire subordinates to perform
beyond expectations and to achieve goals beyond the expected outcome. Bass drew a
fairly clear distinction between transformational leadership and charisma. He points out
that movie stars and athletes are charismatic personalities and proposed that charisma is
a key component of transformational leadership, however a leader can be charismatic
but not transformational: He clarified that “charisma is a necessary ingredient of
transformational leadership, but by itself it is not sufficient to account for the
transformational process” (p.31). Transformational leadership emerged from and is
rooted in the studies of scholars such as Burns (1978), Bass (1985), Bennis and Nanus
(1985) and Tichy and De Vanna (1986). The extensive studies found transformational
leadership to be practiced by effective leaders in a variety of industries, and the military.
3.4.4 Summary
This section has described CEO attributes and presented the relevant studies, that
illustrates their impact on role behaviour and organisational performance. The next
section shifts the attention from executive leadership to organisational performance.
3.5 Organisational Performance
The concept of performance assessment is the most salient of debates in the field of
strategic management. Performance is a difficult concept both in terms of definition
and measurement (Meyer and Gupta 1994). There is no absolute indicator for firm
performance. Different researchers use different methods in measuring performance
83
Chapter 3: Literature Review
(Venkatraman and Ramanujam 1986). These indicators vary according to the goal
setters and the researchers’ expectations (Hofer 1983). The following sections focuses
on various studies of performance measurement followed by methodology issues.
3.5.1 Performance Measurement
The method of performance measurement differs from writers to writers. Katz and Kahn
(1978) classified firm performance in term of efficiency and effectiveness based on his
open system theory. Efficiency refers to the amount of output obtained from a given
input. Effectiveness refers to the acquisition of scarce resources by an organisation.
Typically effectiveness is observed as organisational growth and survival. They also
suggested that the best performing firms tend to be concerned with both efficiency and
effectiveness. This construct has been widely adopted by subsequent researchers (e.g.
Ostroff and Schmidt 1993; Davis and Pett 2002).
Pfeffer (1981) reviewed the literature and concluded that corporate performance can be
classified into the symbolic and subjective domains of activities. The symbolic activities
refer to outcomes pertaining to beliefs, attitudes and values of organisational members
while the subjective activities included budgeting and physical reference. The objective
of this classification is to examine how leaders’ decisions and policy may influence the
domain of firm performance.
Fry and Killing (1986) proposed two sets of firm performance measures. These are
related to the economic performance of business (e.g. growth, profitability and market
share) and organisational aspects (e.g. work attitudes, turnover, and morale). Both of
them are needed in the appraisal process. However, they mentioned that the economic
performance of business may or may not be consistent with the performance of
organisational aspects.
Bennett (1999) reviewed the literature and classified the measures of company
performance as: result-oriented and effort-oriented. The result-oriented performance
measures included sales volume or revenue, return on investment, market shares, and
84
Chapter 3: Literature Review
assets growths. The effort-based performance measures involved number of potential
customers contacted, number of complaints, and frequency of reports to top
management. This perspective seeks to identify the reasons behind the performance
outcomes.
Conceptually, Vekatraman and Ramanujam (1986) developed an approach to the
measurement of firm performance into three domains. The first domain is financial
performance based on accounting based measures such as return on assets, return on
investment, return on sales, sale growth, return on investment and earnings per share.
These indicators show the current profitability of organisations. The second domain
emphasises operational performance based on non-financial indicators in addition to
financial performance indicators. Measures used are market share position, new product
introduction, product quality, marketing effectiveness, value added manufacturing, and
other measures of technological efficiency. These indicators represent both the growth
and future positioning of the organisation. The third domain focuses on organisational
effectiveness based on stakeholder-based measures such as employee satisfaction,
quality and social responsibility. These indicators examine the non-economic or
stakeholder aspect of performance. This integrative approach based on three domains
has captured the interest of several empirical research (e.g. Hart and Quinn 1993;
Zakliki 1996) and is also consistent with the business model suggested by Meyer and
Gupta (1994). Figure 3.5 illustrates three domains of firm performance developed by
Vekatraman and Ramanujam (1986).
85
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Figure 3.5
Domains of Organisational Performance
Domain of Financial Performance
Domain of Financial+ Operational Performance
(Business Performance)
Domain of Organisational Effectiveness
Source: Adapted from Venkatraman and Ramanujam, 1986, p. 801.
3.5.2 Methodology Issues in Measuring Organisational Performance
There are different methodology approaches involved in measuring organisational
performance. Subjective measures mostly conceptualise both financial and non-
financial dimensions and are considered as being more biased data. This data is
normally derived from the use of interviews. Whereas, objective measures tend to rely
almost exclusively upon a set of accounting measures or financial reports (Sapienza,
Smith and Gannon 1988) and are usually considered as more reliable and being less
biased data (Miller and Friesen 1989). However, objective data also has some
shortcomings. As discussed by several researchers, objective data such as financial
reports may be lacking a strategic focus (Skinner 1974); failing to show non-financial
performance and operational activities e.g. organisational effectiveness (Venkatraman
and Ramanujam 1986); and may be providing an internal focus rather than an external
focus and have little regard for competitors or customers (Kaplan and Norton 1992).
Kaplan and Norton (1998) identified that no single measurement can in itself provide a
clear performance target or focus attention on the most critical area of business. The
86
Chapter 3: Literature Review
measures provide limited functional connection with executive leadership and may also
suffer from different time-lag effects of previous executive actions (Yukl 1994).
These shortcomings in traditional measures have encouraged efforts to overcome the
gaps by using an integrated framework of organisational performance and the need to
assess method convergence by using both subjective and objective measures in research
(e.g. Dess and Robinson 1984; Sapienza, Smith and Gannon 1988; Woodridge and
Floyed 1990; Hart and Quinn 1993; Zakliki 1996).
3.5.3 Summary
This section has discussed organisational performance from a variety of perspectives
and also examined methodological issues of measures. The next section reviews the
literature on the contingency factors, which may have considerable influence on both
executive leadership and its association with firm performance.
3.6 Contingency Factors
This section explores the situational variables that may have influence on the
relationship between executive leadership and organisational performance. Hart and
Quinn (1993) suggested that, “to clarify the specific relationships between executive
leadership and firm performance, future research could take a contingency approach”
(p. 570). The contingency requirements are consistent with the study of Finkelstein and
Hambrick (1996), which concluded that top managers do indeed matter on the firm
performance but they are conditioned by environmental and organisational factors. The
contingency variables used in the present research include firm size, environmental
conditions and business strategy.
3.6.1 Size of Organisation
The size of organisation can be measured in various ways but there is no substantial
agreement among researchers on what constitutes a firm’s size. Measures include total
87
Chapter 3: Literature Review
number of full time employees, total revenue, and asset size. Many researchers have
used the number of full time employees (e.g. Hart and Quinn 1993; Zakliki 1996;
Guthrie and Datta 1997) in their studies because of its simplicity of measurement.
A number of studies have suggested that size of organisation is related to the different
managerial behaviours of managers. Stearns (1987) believed that as firms grow in size,
there are greater pressures for leaders to control and coordinate activities, to implement
new management skills and to provide a significant amount of management time and
effort. Robert (1988) documented that leaders have less time to communicate with
subordinates in large firms as the number of levels in the organisation increase. Griffin
(1990) also pointed out that CEOs retains less of the decision making power in large
firms rather than small firms because of a greater degree of decentralisation.
On the other hand, Robbins and Barnwell (1998) reviewed the literature and argued that
often a small firm is a reflection of the owner’s personality and management. They tend
to have less management problems than do large firms. Small firms are normally
considered as having low formalisation and high centralisation. Managers in small
firms tend to have centralised decision-making and they are able control their firms
through direct supervision.
Organisational size is also viewed as a contingency variable affecting CEO selection. A
number of studies have examined the association between organisational size and the
selection of insiders versus outsiders. However, the research outcomes have provided
mix results. While Dalton and Kesners (1983) argued that large firms have a greater
probability to appoint insider CEOs, Friedman and Sign (1989) found no support for
such arguments. Guthrie and Datta (1997) examined the relationship between firm size
and the age of newly appointed CEOs and they found that small firms are more inclined
to hire younger CEOs since these firms are less formalised and more receptive to
innovations.
88
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.6.2 Environmental Conditions
Ansoff (1965) described the relationship between an organisation and its environment
as the “firm is a creature of its environment. Its resources, its income, its problems, its
opportunities and its survival are generated and conditioned by environment (p.108).
Is the relationship between executive leaders and organisational performance
conditioned by environmental variables? Similar to size, environmental conditions have
been considered to be an important contingency in determining how and under what
conditions executives disrupt or sustain the firm activities. Dess and Beard (1984)
indicated that an organisation’s environment constrains and shapes behaviours and
activities within the boundaries of the firms. Top executives operate at the boundary of
the external environments and their organisations (Thompson 1967).
Few researchers have directly investigated the relationship between executive attributes
and environment conditions. However, there are studies identifying indirect linkages.
For instance, Gupta and Govindarajan (1982) examined a relationship among strategy,
managerial characteristics and performance. He found a significant relationship between
the managers’ willingness to take risk and environmental uncertainty. Miller and
Toulouse (1986b) conducted an empirical investigation of CEOs’ personality traits with
the strategies, structures and performance in small firms. He concluded that CEOs with
an internal locus of control are innovative and related to all indicators of performance in
firms when operating in dynamic environments. Papadakis and Bourantas (1998)
reported that CEOs with a high need for achievement are positively related with
innovative behaviours. Innovative CEOs have a greater influence on technological
innovation particularly in dynamic environments.
Any study on the extent to which executive leadership influences on organisational
performance under different environmental conditions needs to be able to measure
environmental dimensions.
89
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.6.2.1 Dimensions of the Environment
This section reviews several theoretical and empirical studies derived from many
scholars and researchers. Various concepts and measures to classify the environmental
dimensions are used according to their perspectives. Beginning with the study of Emery
and Trist (1965), which developed a model that identified four kinds of environment
that an organisation must face. These are as follows:
1. Placid-randomised environment: It is relatively unchanging. Uncertainty is low.
2. Placid-clustered environment: It is slowly changing. Forces in the environment link
to each other.
3. Disturbed-reactive environment: There are many competitors. It is more complex
than the previous two environments.
4. Turbulent environment: It is most dynamic. Uncertainty is high.
Thompson (1967) suggested that an organisation’s environment could be viewed along
two dimensions, which determine the level of uncertainty faced by the organisations.
The two dimensions of the environment are labelled: degree of change, and degree of
homogeneity.
1. The degree of change is the extent to which the environment is relatively stable or
dynamic.
2. The degree of homogeneity is the extent to which the environment is relatively
simple or complex.
Child (1972) identified three dimensions of environment in his research. They are
labeled as:
1. Complexity: the heterogeneity and range of environment elements.
2. Variability: the degree of change and frequency of change.
3. Illiberality: the availability of resources in the environment.
Mintzberg (1979) classified the environment based on four characteristics labelled:
1. Stability: a range of environments from stable to dynamic.
2. Complexity: a range of environments from simple to complex.
90
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3. Market diversity: a range of markets from integrated to diversified.
4. Hostility: a range of environments from munificent to hostile.
Aldrich (1979) proposed a model based on six dimensions of the organisational task
environment derived from an extensive of literature review of population ecology and
resource dependence theory. His typology assumed the existence of an objective
environment and that prediction of its impact on the firm was possible. The six
dimensions were:
1. Environment capacity: the relative level of resources available to organisations.
2. Environmental homogeneity-heterogeneity: the degree of similarity or differentiation
between environmental elements.
3. Environmental stability-instability: the degree of turnover in the environment factor.
4. Environmental concentration-dispersion: the degree to which resources are evenly
distributed over the environment range or concentrated in specific locations.
5. Domain consensus – dissensus: the degree to which an organisation’s claim to a
particular domain is disrupted or recognized by other organisations.
6. Environmental turbulence: the degree to which environments are being disturbed by
the increasing rate of environmental interconnection.
Aldrich (1979) provided the theoretical basis for the subsequent research by Dess and
Beard 1984. Dess and Beard (1984) operationalised their environment dimensions by
using factor analysis on industry-level secondary data to synthesize Aldrich’s six
dimensions to the following three categories: Munificence (capacity), Complexity
(homogeneity- heterogeneity, concentration-dispersion) and Dynamism (stability-
instability, turbulence). These constructs have also found the considerable support from
the study of Rasheed and Prescott (1992).
Sharfman and Dean (1991) developed an alternative approach for classifying
environment. Specially, their measures capture many of the environmental pressures
perceived by senior managers. They conceptualised three dimensions of the
environment as follows:
91
Chapter 3: Literature Review
1. Complexity: the level of complex knowledge that is required to understand
environment.
2. Instability or Dynamism: the rate of unpredictable environmental change.
3. Resource Availability: the level of resources from the environment available to
organisations.
Zakliki (1996) also reviewed the extensive literature in this stream (e.g. Emery and Trist
1965; Child 1972; Aldrich 1979; Ansoff 1979; Dess and Beard 1986;) and
conceptualised the environmental conditions into four categories in his study. They are
as follows:
1. “Uncertainty or Dynamism related to degree of turnover and change of the
environment, which enhance the level of unpredictability.
2. Munificent or Capacity refers to the level of resources in the environment for the
success and survival of an organisation.
3. Complexity or Heterogeneity refers to the degree of similarity or diversity among
environmental forces and elements.
4. Hostility or Illiberality refers to degree of threat from key competitors and the way
they enact to each other” (p.84).
3.6.3 Business Strategy
The word strategy derives from Greek verb stratego, defining “ to plan the destruction
of one’s enemies through effective use of resources” (Wren 1994, p.423). Chandler
(1962) provided a broad meaning of strategy as “ the determination of the basic long-
term goals and objectives of an enterprise, and the adoption of courses of action and the
allocation of resources necessary for carrying out these goals” (p.13). Viewed from
another perspective, different tasks of executives result from organisational goal and
objectives. Kotter (1982) noted that the different types of strategies pose different task
demands.
Some studies (e.g. Gupta and Govindarajan 1984; Govindarajan 1989; Thomas et al.
1991) found that the alignment between firm strategies and managerial characteristics
92
Chapter 3: Literature Review
contributes to high firm performance. They indicated that superior firm performance is
achieved when managerial characteristics fit with the strategies of organisation.
Organisations pursue different strategies because their implementations require different
skills, values and the knowledge on the part of executives (Gupta 1984).
3.6.3.1 Strategies and Managerial Characteristics Research
A number of studies attempted to investigate the relationship between strategies and
managerial characteristics. For instance, managers who pursue differentiation strategies
are likely to have greater risk-taking propensities and higher internal locus of control
than those who pursue the cost leadership strategies (Miller and Toulouse 1986a). Smith
and White (1987) found an association between CEOs’ functional backgrounds and the
type of firm diversification. Govindarajan (1989) reported a significant relationship
between executives’ functional background and firm’s competitive strategies. The
functional areas in which CEOs have the most experience have consistently been
considered as a major influence on the strategic choices that they make (Finkelstein
1992; Michel and Hambrick 1992).
Table 3.6 illustrates previous studies between strategy dimensions and executive
characteristics. Different investigators utilised different strategy classifications and
different characteristics. Zakliki (1996) observed that it is difficult to compare the
results from the studies and find consistent findings.
93
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Table 3.6
Strategic Dimensions and Characteristics Studies
Researchers Strategic Dimensions Examined Executives Characteristics
Miles and Snow 1978 Prospector, Defender Functional background
Analyser, Reactor
Snow and Hrebiniak 1980 Prospector, Defender Functional knowledge
Analyser, Reactor
Porter 1980 Competitive strategy Marketing and creativity skills
Cost leadership
Differentiation
Focus
Miller, D., Kets De Vries, M., and
Toulouse, J. 1982
Corporate strategy –making Locus of control
(risk-taking, proactive, innovative,
futurity)
Gupta 1984 Diversification, Industry experience, Risk-taking,
SBU strategies: Porter (1980); Self and other directness, Functional
background, Interpersonal oriented Strategic mission
Gupta and Govindarajan 1984 Strategic Mission Tolerance for ambiguity
SBU strategies: Build, Harvest Willingness to take risk
Experience background
Miller and Toulouse 1986 (a) Innovation, Differentiation Flexibility, Locus of control
Focus, Strategy making Need for achievement
Miller and Toulouse 1986 (b) Porter’ s competitive strategy; Locus of control
Cost leadership, Differentiation, Focus
Govindarajan 1989 Porter’ s competitive strategy; Locus of control, Functional
Cost leadership, Differentiation, Focus background, Industry familiarity
Miller, Droge, and Toulouse 1988 Strategy -making process Need for achievement
Thomas and Ramaswamy 1989 Prospector, Defender, Age, Tenure,
Analyser, Reactor Functional background
Miller 1991 Porter’ s competitive strategy; CEO tenure
Cost leadership, Differentiation
Focus; Innovative, Marketing
Thomas and Ramaswamy 1996 Prospector, Defender, Functional background, Age
Analyser, Reactor Educational level
3.6.3.2 Typologies of Strategies
Thomas and Ramaswamy (1996) noted that “the central role of managerial influence is
best reflected in typology of strategic orientation” (p.250). Strategy typology is
94
Chapter 3: Literature Review
beneficial because it captures the important features of “separate, specific situations and
their major commonalities to facilitate the study of general strategic patterns” (p.250). It
also reflects the behaviour of the organisation with respect to its environment and
activities within a firm.
Several studies examine the linkage between strategy typologies and managerial
characteristics but there is still a lack of consensus in terms of strategic context.
However, there are some strategy typologies, which are widely recognised both for
theoretical and empirical research. This section reviews three dominant
conceptualisations including the Mile and Snow (1978) strategies, the Porter (1980)
generic strategies and the Minzberg (1998) generic strategies as well as reviewing
organisational life cycle which portrays the changing business situation of firms.
The typologies of Miles and Snow (1978) have been instrumental in identifying some
major classes of strategic profiles. Several research studies have utilised Miles and
Snow (1978) dimensions for the study of managerial characteristics (e.g. Thomas and
Ramaswamy 1989, 1996), of environmental scanning activities (Hagen and Amin 1995)
and of the relationships among strategy, distinctive competence and firm performance
(Snow and Hrebiniak 1980).
Miles and Snow (1978) identified four basic types of organisational strategies. These
strategies are based on organisational adaptation to three distinct problems:
entrepreneurial, engineering, administrative, and to how an organisation interprets its
external environments. These strategies are described as follows:
1. Defender strategy: Defenders are firms with narrow product-market lines. Top
executives do not tend to search for new opportunities. They are expert in their
firms’ limited area of operations and pay attention on improving the efficiency of
their existing ones.
2. Prospector strategy: Prospectors are firms continually searching for product
innovation and new market opportunities. The firms are proactive and creative
rather than reactive.
95
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3. Analyser strategy: Analysers operate in two types of product and market areas, one
stable and one variable. In the stable area, firms operate routinely through the formal
structure and process. In the volatile areas, innovation is the focus. Top executives
monitor competitors closely seeking new ideas and then adopt the promising ones.
Analysers seek both stability and flexibility.
4. Reactor strategy: Reactors lack a consideration of a strategy-structure relationship.
Top executives frequently perceive uncertainty of environments but their response
to environmental pressures tends to be piecemeal and ineffective.
Despite the many strategy typologies developed to categorise strategies, Porter’s (1985)
typologies have been dominant in strategic management literature. Many researchers
(e.g. Gupta 1984; Miller and Toulouse 1986b) have utilised this type of strategy
typology. According to Porter, strategies that allow firms to gain competitive advantage
derive from three different types of strategies: cost-leadership, differentiation, and
focus.
1. Cost-leadership strategy emphasises on producing standardized products at very
low per unit cost for a broad customer base. An organisation strives to have the
lowest costs in its industry.
2. Differentiation strategy emphasises on producing products and services that are
truly unique and different in the perceptions of the customers. An organisation
competes on the basis of providing different products or services.
3. Focus strategy emphasises on cost and differentiation advantage but in a narrow
customer segment. It concentrates on serving a marketing niche.
Mintzberg (1998) developed an alternative strategy typology that reflects the
complexity of competitive environment. He proposed two broad categories of strategies:
Differentiation, and Scope.
1. Strategies of differentiation can be distinguished in six basic ways. Differentiation
by price is a modification of Porter’s cost leadership. An organisation differentiates
product by charging below average market prices. Differentiation by image is a
strategy in which an organisation creates a certain image in customer’s perception.
The strategy of product support emphasises customer support services such as 24-
96
Chapter 3: Literature Review
hour delivery, after sale service. Differentiation by quality is a strategy in which an
organisation attempts to deliver higher reliability and performance at a comparable
price. The strategy by design emphasises on providing customers a wider selection
of product features and different designs. Finally the undifferentiated strategy
describes an organisation with no basis on differentiation.
2. Scope strategies are based on a demand-driven concept. These strategies include
unsegmentation, segmentation, niche and customising.
The organisational life cycle is also a useful framework for executives to evaluate their
firms’ position in the market and may impact on their managerial behaviours. The
stages of life cycles are (Benett 1999):
1. Birth is characterised with establishment of firm, less formal structure, short-term
plan, and simple administrative systems. Managers tend to decide personally and
supervise all activities.
2. Growth is concerned with the expansion of firms, hiring more staff, emergence of
bureaucracy, product and market development strategies and sharing decision-
making by executives.
3. Diversification is characterised by the expansion of firms in other industries and
geographical regions. Decision-making is increasingly delegated to decentralised
units.
4. Decline is characterised by a resistance to change, organisation inflexibility, aging
senior managers, and unwillingness to take risk. Firms stand between failure and
revival through reengineering or merger.
3.6.4 Summary
This section has discussed three contingency factors namely size of organisation,
environmental conditions, and business strategy. Several empirical studies suggest these
situational variables have considerable influence on the relationship between executive
leadership and organisational performance and also may impact on leadership roles and
managerial characteristics. The next section deals with the literature on the link between
executive leadership and organisational performance.
97
Chapter 3: Literature Review
3.7 Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance
The importance of executive leadership on organisational performance has been a
controversy in management circles for many years. Pfeffer (1977) argued that top
leaders have relatively little observed effects on performance outcomes. First, the
selection process for managers’ chosen for leadership positions results from a
homogeneous group of persons who have been previously promoted. Second, the leader
is embedded in a social system that constraints behaviour. Finally, the leader is also
constrained by the external forces in which the organisation operates.
Another viewpoint was declared by House (1988) and Finkelstein and Hambrick
(1996). They articulated that top leaders do indeed matter on firm performance but may
be conditional on several factors such as “the leader’s ability, follower’s ability,
organisational form, technological constraints, and environmental demands” (House
1988, p. 248).
Fiedler (1996), one of the most respected scholars on leadership, has provided a recent
treatise on the importance of leadership. He argued that leadership effectiveness is a
major determinant of the success or failure of groups and organisations. In order to
judge the importance of leaders on performance, Yukl (2002) argued that changes in the
CEOs should be associated with changes in the performance of organisation. However,
the more relevant questions according to Romanelli and Tushman (1988) is not that the
importance of leader but under what conditions does it matter to the organisation and
how much of a difference does leadership make on performance outcomes?
Widely cited cases of a direct relationship between leadership and firm performance
have been found in a number of succession studies. There are two main sources of
empirical studies (Lieberson and O’ Corner 1972, Salancik and Pfeffer 1977), which
have been often utilised by researchers arguing that leaders have minimal impact on
organisational performance (Day and Lord 1988). Liberson and O’ Corner (1972)
conducted a study of 167 organisation in 13 industries from 1946-1965. They analysed
the influence of environmental, corporate and leadership factors on sales, earnings and
98
Chapter 3: Literature Review
profit margins. From their longitudinal analysis, they concluded that more variance in
firm performance could be related to environmental factors than to leadership. Salancik
and Pfeffer (1977) investigated the influence of mayors on income and expenditures
variables in thirty US cities during the year 1951-1968. They concluded that mayors
exert little influence on firm performance.
These two studies have been criticised for methodological problems by many
researchers (e.g. Wenier 1978; Day and Lord 1988, Finkelstein and Hambrick 1996).
For instance, not controlling for organisational size, not allowing for the lag time for
leadership effect to occur, failure to consider the ability of leader, the order of entry of
the independent variables, and assuring the level of analysis of dependent variables.
These researchers believed that when the methodology was properly addressed, these
two studies may indicate much larger leadership impact on organisational outcome.
Weiner and Mahoney (1981) replicated the study of Liberson and O’Connor and found
that leadership accounts for more variance in firm performance than do many
organisational and environmental variables. They indicated the differences between
their findings and original study was a result of the different criterion measures and
statistic procedures used.
Similarly, Smith, Carson, and Alexander (1984) demonstrated evidence that leadership
definitely make a difference in a study of senior United Methodist ministers over a
twenty year period, from 1961-1980. They separated leaders based on an effectiveness
criterion. The effective leaders are consistently related to improved organisational
performance across several different organisations.
There is also other relevant succession literature that attempts to demonstrate the impact
of leaders on corporate performance including insider and outsider succession (Datta
and Gutherine 1994), succession planning and predecessor effects (Zajac 1990), prior
experience and characteristics of the successor (Hambrick and Mason 1984).
99
Chapter 3: Literature Review
Additionally, a review of previous executive studies found that the linkage between
executive leadership and major changes in organisational performance also depends
partly on the evolution stages of the organisations (Tushman and Romanelli 1985).
They argued that executive leadership is a critical mechanism in mediating forces for
stability and changes in organisations. How executives manage and deal with them is a
crucial determinant of organisation success or failure.
3.7.1 Summary
The previous studies indicate that research into leadership has gone through periods of
skepticism and generated conflicting results. This is one justification for the present
study to investigate the nature of the relationship between executive leadership and
organisational performance in a Thai sample. This research seeks to test whether
executive leadership act as accelerators or deterrents in selected Thai organisations.
3.8 Chapter Summary
The literature reviewed in this chapter has provided the theoretical foundation for this
research which covers theories and relevant studies of executive leadership roles, CEO
attributes, corporate performance, contingency factors namely firm size, environmental
conditions and business strategy. Most of relevant theories, and variables that have been
examined in the literature review were developed in Western countries. Very few
research studies have focused on either executive leadership or performance
measurement in a developing country such as Thailand. This research thus was designed
to overcome the shortcomings and gaps in earlier research, and to examine the
relationship between executive leadership and firm performance particularly in publicly
listed companies of Thailand. The next chapter presents a theoretical framework, which
builds upon the previous work, but tries to overcome its deficiencies, both at the
conceptual and the empirical level.
100
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Chapter 4
Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
4.1 Introduction
This chapter presents a theoretical framework developed from the relevant literature
reviewed in chapter 3. Seven key research questions and seven hypotheses that will be
used for conducting the research in this thesis are specified and described in detail. The
chapter is organised into four sections. Section 4.2 proposes a theoretical framework
built on previous research. Section 4.3 elaborates the key components in the framework.
Section 4.4 presents seven research questions. Section 4.5 generates seven hypotheses
that will be tested for this research.
4.2 Theoretical Framework
The theoretical framework for the present research builds on the framework of previous
studies undertaken by Hart and Quinn (1993) and Zakliki (1996) by including three key
components namely executive leadership (1) that includes CEO role behaviour (1.1) and
CEO attributes (1.2), organisational performance (2) and contingency factors (3).
Figure 4.1 shows the relationship among these key components.
101
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Figure 4.1
Theoretical Framework
CEO Role Behaviour
• Vision Setter
• Motivator
• Analyser
According to the framework, four important features deserve attention as follows:
Firstly, the framework provides a comprehensive picture of executive leadership by
pertaining a diverse set of CEO attributes as well as CEO role behaviour. This is
consistent with previous research (e.g Kotter 1988; Boal and Whithead 1992) that argue
that studies on leaders at the strategic level of the organisation must focus on both traits
and behaviours.
Secondly, the framework recognizes the multidimensional construct of organisational
performance by incorporating all relevant dependent variables as suggested in previous
research (e.g. Venkatraman and Ramanujam 1986; Hart and Quinn 1993; Zakliki 1996).
Three dimensions are postulated: financial performance, business performance and
organisational effectiveness.
• Task Master 1.1
CEO Attributes
• Demographic
• Personality
Characteristics
• Leadership Style 1.2
Organisational Performance
• Financial Performance
• Business Performance
• Organisational
Effectiveness 2
Contingency Factors
• Size
• Environment
• Strategy
3
Executive
Leadership
1
102
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Thirdly, the contingency variables are explicitly included in the framework. The focus
of this research is in line with suggestions from previous researchers who identified
three contingency control variables, which may moderate the executive leadership and
organisational performance relationship including size, environmental conditions and
business strategy (e.g. Hart and Quinn 1993; Zakliki 1996). Hart and Quinn (1993)
noted that future research should emphasise a contingency approach in order to clarify
the specific relationship between executive leadership and organisational performance.
Fourthly, the framework was specifically designed to examine executive leadership of
CEOs and their impact on organisational performance in publicly listed companies of
Thailand. More importantly, this research is regarded to be a pioneering study in that no
previous research has investigated CEOs in publicly listed companies of Thailand by
using all the variables depicted in the framework.
4.3 Key Components of the Framework
The theoretical framework shown in Figure 4.1 has three main components.
Sphere 1: Executive Leadership
1.1 CEO Role Behaviour
1.2 CEO Attributes
Sphere 2: Organisational Performance
Sphere 3: Contingency Factors
4.3.1 Sphere 1: Executive Leadership
4.3.1.1 CEO Role Behaviour
Quinn’s (1988) Competing Values Framework provides a theoretical background of
executive leadership roles for this research. Hart and Quinn (1993) synthesised four
executive leadership roles from a range of roles based on the Competing Values
103
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Framework and it is the Hart and Quinn’s (1993) typology that was adopted for the
present study. Accordingly, this classification encapsulates the following four
fundamental roles.
Vision Setter refers to the role of leader to create a sense of identity and mission and
articulate the firm’s basic purpose and future direction.
Motivator refers to the role of leader to create a sense of excitement and vitality within
the organisation.
Analyser refers to the role of leader to focus on efficient management of the internal
operating system in the interest of serving existing product-markets.
Task Master or “Hands On” Role refers to the role of leader concerned about firm
performance and results.
4.3.1.2 CEO Attributes
The literature has shown that previous empirical studies which examine executives’
attributes and their influence on either firm performance or contingency factors have
followed three main streams: demographic characteristics (e.g. Hambrick and Mason
1984, Bantel and Jackson 1989; Hambrick and Fukutomi 1991 etc.), psychological
profiles (e.g. Miller, Droge and Toulouse 1988; Miller, Kets De Vries and Toulouse
1982; Miller and Toulouse 1986a,b) and executive styles (e.g. Goleman 2000, Ogbonna
and Harris 2000).
The theoretical framework for this research has integrated all three major approaches
rather than use one approach for the present study to examine CEO attributes with
respect to role behaviour, corporate performance and contingency factors. CEO
attributes in this study included demographic characteristics, personality traits, and
leadership styles. The relevant measurable attributes were selected to capture the
significant concepts for the purpose of study.
104
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Demographic Characteristics:
They include age, level of education, overseas study, holding MBA degree, functional
background, tenure in a position, tenure in a firm, industry experience, overseas work
experience, and origin of appointment.
Personalities Profile:
This study selected personality characteristics that are mostly examined by scholars of
executive leadership theory. These comprise the need for achievement and the locus of
control. This is consistent with Finkelstein and Hambrick’s (1996) argument that more
research is needed to examine both demographic and psychological attributes to better
understand the effects of executives on their organisations.
Leadership Styles:
The literature review has shown that previous research on leadership styles (e.g. Bass
1990) listed over 30 studies of different leadership styles, which led to the concept of
autocratic cluster and democratic cluster. These concepts similarly draw a distinction
between person-related vs. work-related behaviour and many seem to have the notion of
autocracy at one extreme and democracy at the other. For the purpose of this research, it
was decided to adopt two distinct styles, which emerged from the literature review
namely autocratic and democratic as a measure of leadership styles for this study.
4.3.2 Sphere 2: Organisational Performance
Organisational performance has been viewed and measured in many different ways.
Yulk (2002) indicated that researchers tend to assess performance in term of multiple
indicators particularly when the consequence of the leader is being examined. Similarly,
several scholars and researchers also support the importance of multiple indices of
performance (e.g. Miller and Toulouse 1986; Hart and Quinn 1993; Meyer and Gupta
1994; Zakliki 1996; Kaplan and Norton 1998) as the concept is multifaceted.
As discussed in chapter 3, Venkatraman and Ramanujam (1986) provided a schematic
for describing the three domains of organisational performance. This classification of
105
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
performance constructs provides a multiple perspective and a systematic approach to
performance measurement (refer Figure 3.4). The constructs are labeled as follows:
Financial performance: The current profitability of organisation.
Business performance: The growth and future positioning of the organisation.
Organisational effectiveness: The non-economic or stakeholder aspect of performance.
Additionally, subjective and objective measures are utilised in this research. The
subjective measures used are the respondents’ perceptions of the multidimensional
indicators of firm performance. The objective measures used will be obtained from the
data available in the official publications and annual reports. This research seeks to
enhance the degree of correlation between the two sets of data and ultimately establish
construct convergent validity.
4.3.3 Sphere 3: Contingency Factors
4.3.3.1 Size of Organisation
Firm size is used as the organisational control variables. There are various ways to
operationalize firm size including the total revenue, the number of employees, and the
asset size. However, this research utilized the number of employees as the measure of
organisational size to provide consistency with the previous studies (Hart and Quinn
1993; Zakliki 1996).
4.3.3.2 Environmental Conditions
Organisational environments have been characterized by a variety of perspectives. This
study requires the classification of environmental conditions based on a validated
procedure, reliable construction as well as being easy to measure and perceive.
It was decided to conceptualise the environmental conditions into four major measures
for the present research of environmental dimensions providing a coherent framework
106
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
of existing environmental classifications with respect to population ecology
perspectives (e.g. Aldrich 1979; Dess and Beard 1984), uncertainty (Emery and Trist
1965; Child 1972) and business policy (Ansoff 1979). They are as follows:
Dynamism measures environmental volatility.
Munificence measures the abundance of resources in the environment.
Complexity measures inequalities among environmental variables.
Hostility measures the degree of threat among competitors.
4.3.3.3 Business Strategy
The current research adopted Miles and Snow’s (1978) typology to measure business
strategy. Snow and Hrebiniak (1980) articulated that Miles and Snow’s (1978) typology
is the only one that attributes an organisation as a complete system particularly its
strategic orientation. The typology draws on research in sociology, organisation theory,
and behavioural sciences. It also provides a comprehensive classification of
organisational behaviour pertaining major elements of strategy, structure, and process
(Thomas and Ramaswamy 1989, 1996) as well as explains the nature of executive
leadership (Zakliki 1996).
Miles and Snow (1978) grounded their typology on the process of organisational
adaptation to environmental changes. It is based on the strategic choices view in which
top managers’ perceptions define strategy in a variety of industries (James and Hatten
1995; Thomas and Ramaswamy 1996). Besides, it captures the complexity of
organisational behaviour as an open system (Hambrick 1981) and identifies the rate at
which an organisation changes its products and markets (Hambrick 1994). The
classification of strategic types used in the present research is:
Defender refers to the firms that operate with narrow product-market lines and are
expert in limited area of firm operations and focuses on improving the efficiency of
their existing ones.
107
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Prospector refers to the firms that are continually searching for product innovation and
new market opportunities. They are proactive and creative rather than reactive.
Analyser refers to the firms that operate in two types of product and market areas, one
stable and one variable. In the stable area, firms operate routinely through the formal
structure and process. In the volatile area, innovation is their focus.
Reactor refers to the firms that lack a consideration of the strategy-structure relationship
and their response to environmental pressures is piecemeal and ineffective.
4.4 Research Questions
The relationships depicted in the theoretical framework are used to develop the research
questions. The present research seeks to answer the following seven main research
questions. The first three research questions (question 1-3) relate to the relationship
between executive leadership and organisational performance. Research question 4
relates to the association between CEOs’ behavioural complexity and CEO attributes.
The latter three research questions (question 5-7) emphasise the influence of
contingency factors on executive leadership.
Q.1: Do CEOs make a difference organisational performance?
Q.2: What types of CEOs’ behaviour pattern contribute to higher firm performance?
Q.3: What are the common attributes of CEOs in the high performing firms?
Q.4: What kinds of CEO attributes are associated with higher behavioural complexity?
Q.5: Is the effect of behavioural complexity on organisational performance, universal
or contingent on the situational conditions?
Q.6: Which CEO attributes are associated with high performing firms regardless of
situational conditions including size, environmental conditions and business strategy?
Q.7: Based on this research, which are the important attributes required for CEOs in
different situational settings?
4.5 Hypotheses Generation
This research seeks to examine the relationship between executive leadership and
organisational performance. The contingency factors were incorporated into the
108
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
framework in order to clarify their specific relationships in a Thai business context. In
practice it is not considered possible to cover all possible associations for testing against
data, although the theoretical framework does represent many theoretical relationships.
This research generates seven important hypotheses to permit formal testing of the data
collected from the Thai sample. The hypotheses are formally discussed below:
4.5.1 Research Question 1: Do CEOs make a difference on
organisational performance?
As discussed in chapter 3, the notion that executive leadership is an important
determinant of organisational performance has been well supported by many scholars
(e.g. House and Baetz 1979; Weiner and Mahoney 1981; Smith, Carson and Alexander
1984). However, “the effect of leader can be viewed as a causal chain of variables, with
each intervening variable mediating the effects of the preceding one on the next one”
(Yukl 2002, p. 9). Several researchers argued that executive leaders have considerable
impact on performance through organisational evolution (Tushman and Romanelli
1985), strategy (Chandler 1962), and symbolic aspects of managerial behaviour (Pfeffer
1981; Meindl, Ehrlich and Dukerich 1985). To sum up, they make a difference but on
which specific domain of organisational performance?
In this study, the three domains of firm performance (Venkatraman and Ramanujam
1986) are utilised to capture organisational performance. Financial performance refers
to the accounting-based measures of an organisation (e.g. return on asset, profitability,
cash flow). Business performance refers to market- and operation- based measures (e.g.
market share, sales growth and new product development). Organisational effectiveness
refers to stakeholder-based measures (e.g. employee satisfaction, quality and social
responsibility).
As mentioned by Romanelli and Tushman (1988), executive leaders have timing effects
resulting from their organisational activities. The leaders have an initial impact on the
level of employee commitment and this may result in increased productivity and
eventually effect the financial position of an organisation (Yukl 2002). He argued that
109
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
“the farther along in the causal chain of variables, the longer it takes for the effect to
occur” (p.9). With respect to financial performance, Day and Lord (1988) noted that it is
unrealistic to expect immediate results, suggesting a lag effect between leadership and
profit. Financial performance reflects the short-term profitability of an organisation and
is not immediately influenced by executive leaders but may be influenced over the long
term (Hart and Quinn 1993; Zakliki 1996).
Based on above argument it can be expected that organisational effectiveness is the
most immediate influenced dimension of organisational performance by executive
leadership rather than the market growth or current profitability. The relationship between
executive leadership variables and organisational performance is based on this rationale.
Thus, the following hypothesis is developed:
Hypothesis 1: Executive leadership will have more impact on organisational
effectiveness than on business and financial performance.
4.5.2 Research Question 2 and 5: Behavioural Complexity and
Organisational Performance
The theoretical and empirical research of behavioural complexity that was reviewed in
chapter 3 argued that leaders who are more behaviourally complex (in that they are able
to balance the competing demands of their position) are evaluated as more effective
leaders and also accelerators of firm performance.
There are several studies that utilised a linkage between CEOs’ behavioural complexity
and firm performance (Hart and Quinn 1993; Zakliki 1996). Hart and Quinn (1993)
developed a model of four executive leadership roles and tested their relationships to
several aspects of firm performance with US samples. They indicated that particular
roles played by CEOs are significant predictors of firm performance. Specifically, the
highest performing firms were enhanced by CEOs with a high level of behavioural
complexity -“ leaders who were able to play at a high level all four roles” (p. 569).
110
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
More importantly, they asserted that executive leaders with a high score on all four roles
had a high level of firm performance particularly with respect to business performance
and organizational effectiveness regardless of the nature of their organisational size or
business environments. The findings were considered to be a universal proposition.
The replication of Zakliki (1996) using an Australia sample of companies, found that
there was no association between CEOs with high behavioural complexity and higher
firm performance applying the same instrument and analytical tools. However, his
results with modified instruments and incorporating a contingency approach showed
that CEOs’ behavioural complexity can have a positive relationship with organisational
effectiveness and business performance but this is dependent on either organisational
size or business strategy. However, his findings were unable to show any relationship
between behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of situational
factors.
The present research permits a further test of Hart and Quinn (1993)’s argument and
also allows a comparison with the results from Zakliki (1996)’s studies with the
relationship between behavioural complexity and organisational performance based on
data collected from the Thai sample.
Thus, the formal hypotheses to be tested are:
Hypothesis 2: High behavioural complexity or the simultaneous use of the Vision Setter,
Motivator, Analyser, and Task Master roles by CEOs will be associated with high
performance on all three performance dimensions namely financial, business, and
organisational effectiveness.
Hypothesis 3: High behavioural complexity will be positively associated with all three
domains of organisational performance regardless of contingency factors including size
of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy.
111
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
4.5.3 Research Question 3 and 6: CEO Attributes and Organisational
Performance
In an earlier review of CEO attributes, it was inferred that CEOs with high need for
achievement and internal locus of control may be related to organisational outcomes.
Need for achievement determines a person’s need to meet standards of excellence, to
accomplish difficult tasks and to attain success. They try to accomplish their objectives
in a systematic way and demand concrete feedback on their performance (McClelland
1961). They habitually spend their time doing things better. Wainer and Rubin (1969)
showed that CEOs with a high need for achievement ran organisations that grow much
more rapidly than those of CEOs having low or average achievement needs. Many
studies documented the importance of high need for achievement to firm effectiveness
as cited in chapter 3.
Similarly, the internal locus of control has been viewed as an indicator of managerial
effectiveness (Yukl 2002). People with an internal locus of control perceive their lives
to be controlled by their own actions, skills and abilities. The importance of internals
and their effects on performance has been widely cited. They tend to be adaptive to new
conditions and allow for better organisational performance (Miller and Toulouse
1986a). It can be concluded that these personality variables are likely to affect CEOs by
enhancing their abilities to cope with complex tasks and stressful conditions as well as
to ultimately improve organisational performance.
Another attribute that seems to assist CEOs in managing well within their organisations
would be experience. CEOs’ experience comprises tenure in a position, tenure in a firm
and industry experience. An individual’s experience base is a key indicator of the type
of skills and cognitive bias that top managers bring to their jobs. Generally, experience
helps CEOs to handle responsibilities more effectively. “It strengthens an understanding
of what information will be most diagnostic as well as an understanding of the broad
cost and benefits of various options and the effectiveness of the decision” (Zakliki
1996, p. 102). Kotter (1988) asserted that the most commonly related dimension to
leadership abilities is career experiences.
112
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
Thus, it can be expected that:
Hypothesis 4: Higher performing firms tend to be associated with CEOs who have
particular attributes e.g. high need for achievement, internal locus of control, greater
tenure in position, tenure in firm and industry experience than those in lower
performing firms.
However, it would appear that there are attributes that contribute to organisational
performance irrespective of organisational and environmental context. House and Baetz
(1979, p. 352) pointed out “that there are certain properties of all leadership situations
that are present to a significant degree and relatively relevant, and that there are likely to
be some specific traits required in most if not all leadership situations”. As mentioned
by Gupta (1988), there is a need to examine both universalistic and contingency
conditions for executive attributes as being potentially valid. Some illustrative examples
of universally attributes for leaders are personality stability and industry familiarity
(Bass 1990).
It can be expected that high need for achievement, internal locus of control, and greater
experience gained through longer tenure and industry familiarity are universally
beneficial attributes for CEOs. These special attributes of CEOs should improve, not
worsen organisational performance.
Therefore, the following hypothesis identifies universal propositions for the CEO
attributes.
Hypothesis 5: High performing organisations tend to be associated with CEOs who
have particular attributes e.g. high need for achievement, internal locus of control and
greater experience regardless of organisational size, environmental conditions and
business strategy.
113
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
4.5.4 Research Question 4: Behavioural Complexity and CEO
Attributes
Behavioural complexity is an ability of effective managers who are not only cognitively
complex but who are also able to perform a diverse set of competing roles and
behaviours that circumscribe the requisite variety implied by an environmental and
organisational context (Denison, Hooijberg and Quinn 1995). The notion of behavioural
complexity indicates that more effective managers with diverse roles and skills have the
ability to act out in a highly integrated and complementary way far more than less
effective managers. They will also strike a balance among the various roles that they
play to a greater extent (Hooijberge and Quinn 1992). Boal and Whitehead (1992)
argued that the theory of leadership must consider both behaviour and traits. The ability
to behave complexly demands not only a cognitively complex process but also a
complex set of performance skills.
It can be expected that the capabilities of leaders to have a diversity and balance among
leadership role behaviours in a complex and paradoxical pattern of organisation (Quinn
1988) also demand a high level of job relevant experience and education. Most effective
managers learn and develop their skills from their experience and education (Griffin
1990). Yukl (1989) suggested that executive leaders interact extensively both laterally
and hierarchically within and outside their organisations. The role behavioural demand
of this network and its potential for complexity continues to grow as they develop in
their careers. “Individuals who are effective in large leadership roles often share a
number of career experiences” (Kotter 2001, p. 96). Similarly, Hambrick and Mason
(1984) argued that educational background of executives indicates their knowledge,
skill base and cognitive capacities. The high educational level of executives tends to
generate creative solutions to complex problems (Bental and Jackson 1989) and
promotes a diversity of roles (Blake and Mouton 1985). It can be inferred that education
equips an individual with analytical and technical skills, which are essential to
managing a business.
114
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
One personality attribute that seems to have many associations with behavioural
complexity is Rotter’s (1966) locus of control. Several studies indicated that CEOs with
an internal locus of control tend to be activities oriented (Brockhaus 1980), task-related
information seekers (Govindarajan 1989), high performers in stressful situations
(Anderson 1977), and have innovative behaviours (Miller, Kets de Vries, and Toulouse
1982). Internals believe that they can control outcomes in their lives through their
abilities and skills. This seems to be consistent with the two most important aspects of
behavioural complexity: performing a diverse of leadership roles and having power to
balance among those roles.
Thus, the preceding relationship suggests the following hypothesis.
Hypothesis 6: CEOs who demonstrate greater behavioural complexity will be more
likely to have particular attributes e.g. greater experience, higher level of education,
and internal locus of control than less behaviourally complex CEOs.
4.5.5 Research Question 7: Attributes Required for a CEO Position
As discussed by many researchers in the previous chapter, the appropriate type of leader
required for effective organisational performance is dependent on the contingent
situation including those posed by the organisational and environmental context. The fit
between CEOs occupying the positions and the contingency factors has widely received
attention. For instance, organisations pursue different strategies because their
implementation requires different skills, values and the knowledge on the part of
executives (Gupta 1984). As suggested by Pfeffer and Salancik (1978), organisations
operating in different contexts may recruit leaders with different attributes. It would be
summarised that CEOs’ attributes serve as salient differentiating candidates.
Therefore, the following hypothesis is made.
Hypothesis 7: The qualities required in CEOs will be determined to a large extent by
organisational size, business strategy and environmental conditions.
115
Chapter 4: Theoretical Framework, Research Questions and Hypotheses
4.6 Chapter Summary
This chapter discusses a theoretical framework derived from the literature review in
chapter 3. It also presents the theoretical basis for the variables to be used in the
analysis. The seven research questions drawn from the framework as well as the seven
hypotheses to test the relationship between executive leadership and organisational
performance by incorporating a contingency approach were formally constructed. The
next part of this thesis reports the research methodology developed for the present
research.
116
Part three of this thesis describes the research methodology for the present research.
Chapter 5 discusses the population definition, the survey approach, the survey
instrument development, the pre-testing procedures, the data collection procedures, the
instrument measurements and the data analysis methods including the appropriate
statistical analysis techniques.
118
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
Chapter 5
Research Methodology
5.1 Introduction
This chapter describes the methodology used in this research, including the population
definition, survey approach, survey instrument development, data collection procedures,
instrument measurements, and data analysis methods.
5.2 Population Definition
This research selected publicly listed companies of Thailand as its original population.
The two main reasons for this selection related to; firstly, the reliability and availability
of objective data for these firms, which is necessary to seek convergent validity on their
performance; and secondly, the need to perform a meaningful comparison with a
previous overseas study.
Since obtaining objective data on organisational performance for the last five years was
required for the present research, the primary concern was to select those companies
that had been listed for at least five years and operated without a rehabilitation plan. To
ensure the exclusion of the companies who did not meet these criteria, the researcher
contacted a SET executive and made phone calls directly to them enquiring on the
availability of their data and status. The companies who were excluded informed the
researcher that they should be excluded because they were under court supervision and
limited to provide any information. According to the SET official website (www.set.or.th)
at the end of year 2002 and also from authorised publications, three hundred and six
companies had been listed for the last five years and had operated in normal
circumstances.
119
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
A further selection criterion was geographic location. The location of the companies’
headquarters was important and relevant to the needs of this research. As the research
approach had to be developed to be consistent with the limited financial resource and
time constraints, the companies with headquarters outside Bangkok, which is the capital
of Thailand, were excluded from this research. In total, fifty-eight companies were
located outside Bangkok and hence were excluded.
As the main purpose of this study is to investigate the most senior executives’ role
behaviour, attributes, leadership style and overall perspective of the entire organisation,
a further selection criterion was the requirement that the company had a single chief
executive. Hence, three companies that were managed by joint CEOs or MDs were
eliminated from this research.
A final selection criterion was the size of the companies. The companies that operated
with less than five employees were considered either as too small or as legal entities.
Hence, one company was excluded from the study.
In summary, two hundred and forty-four publicly listed companies of Thailand were
approached to participate in this research as the selected population (refer Appendix A)
after the application of the following selection criteria:
1. Company listed for at least five years and operating under normal circumstances.
2. Company with its headquarter located in the capital city of Thailand namely Bangkok.
3. Company being managed by a single CEO or MD.
4. Company employing at least five full-time employees.
To obtain valid data in order to apply the selection criteria, an extensive investigation
was undertaken through the secondary sources such as SET authorised publications,
SET official website and if required by approaching the relevant institutions and
companies for necessary information.
120
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
5.3 Survey Approach
The importance of interpersonal relationships and networks within Thai culture and
society means that the use of a mail survey for this research would not be effective.
Discussions were held with a number of Thai researchers, Thai senior executives and
scholars on the main approach to achieve a high response rate and obtain a sufficiently
large number of respondents to allow a meaningful statistical analysis. It was required
that the research approach developed should be respectful of Thai culture and its
customs and traditions. Pongsapich (1998) asserted that Thai society is made up of
positions, which are hierarchically related. Individuals are considered as younger or
older, higher or lower, subordinate or superior and senior or junior, in relation to one
another. The decision was therefore made that the use of personal interviews arranged
with the assistance of a prominent Thai politician and Thai government authorities
would be the most appropriate approach for collecting a large amount of data especially
from the top leaders of publicly listed companies in Thailand.
5.4 Survey Instrument Development
5.4.1 The Questionnaire
A structured questionnaire was used in obtaining data through personal interviews in
this study. The questionnaire was developed in both English and Thai versions. To
ensure the accuracy of translation the Thai version was reviewed by two native Thai
speakers. One reviewer was an Associate Professor from a Thai university in Thailand
who also held a PhD degree from a university in America. Another held an MBA
degree from England and had worked in a multinational company for a number of years.
The questionnaire was structured to meet the following requirements:
1. to cover all significant issues and produce sufficient data for a meaningful analysis
and interpretation;
2. to minimise interviewer bias;
121
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
3. to minimise ambiguity in questions;
4. to permit a meaningful comparison with key overseas studies;
5. to be consistent with the length of time available during interview (i.e. one hour).
5.4.2 The Questionnaire Pre-testing
The questionnaire was pre-tested with five pre-test respondents both in Australia and
Thailand. Two senior executives were pre-arranged for personal interviews in
Melbourne, Australia through the researcher’s personal networks. One respondent was
the chief executive of Thai International Airways Co., Ltd., Melbourne branch. Another
held a managerial position in an Australian government organisation. He had worked
for a number of years in Asia and in particular six years in Thailand.
The other three executives in Thailand who were used to pre-test the questionnaire were
interviewed by telephone calls from Australia. All three respondents were chief
executives in either the hotel, construction and agriculture businesses.
All pre-tested respondents were satisfied with the questionnaire and provided further
advice on how to access the most senior executives in Thailand, what problems might
be faced and how to overcome obstacles and get agreement from them to participate in
the survey.
In summary, the pre-test showed that:
1. The questionnaire could be administered within one hour.
2. The questions were clearly understood.
3. The format was clear and logical.
4. A high degree of credibility was maintained.
5.4.3 The Final Questionnaire
This study aimed to expand the earlier research by employing both closed and open-
ended questions. The open-ended questions were designed to gain understanding and
122
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
capture the points of view of the respondents in detail. On the other hand, the closed
questions were structured and facilitated respondents understanding of topics,
reminding them of the points that they may not recognise within a limited time.
Overall, the questionnaire was divided into nine main sections with twenty-two
questions (refer Appendix B). It gathered data into five broad areas; firstly, roles of
CEOs; secondly, CEOs’ attributes including demographic characteristics, personality
characteristics, and leadership style; thirdly, organisational performance; fourthly,
contingency factors including size of firm, environmental conditions, and business
strategy; finally, dimensional perspectives of executive leadership in Thailand based on
the CEOs’ opinions.
5.5 Data Collection Procedure
The major source of data was largely dependent on personal interviews and the data on
measures of company performance and company profile were supplemented by the
secondary sources such as the company annual reports, company CD-ROM and
website, SET CD-ROM of listed companies, and SET official website and reports. The
secondary data collected was reviewed to understand each company before the personal
interview was conducted.
The data collection procedures were characterised into two major components: firstly
obtaining their agreement to participate in the survey to set up an interview, and
secondly the interviewing process itself. The fieldwork commenced in mid March 2003
and was conducted over a four and half month period.
5.5.1 Respondent Approach Process
As CEOs are particularly busy and difficult to get their approval to participate achieving
a satisfactory response rate was crucial to this research. The approach process needed to
be carefully executed to ensure the success of the fieldwork. To obtain a satisfactory
response rate, three major approaches were adopted in this research to gain the
123
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
participation from CEOs; i.e., the use of an introductory letter, the use of telephone and
facsimile contacts and the use of personal networks.
5.5.1.1 Introductory Letter
An introductory letter supplemented with a supporting letter was sent by airmail
personally addressed to CEOs of publicly listed companies in Thailand in early March
2003 (refer Appendix B). Phone calls were used to all two hundred and forty four
publicly listed companies to obtain the correct spelling of the CEO’s name and
appropriate title for the CEOs.
An introductory letter signed by Professor Chris Christodoulou, a Professor of
Management from the Australian Graduate School of Entrepreneurship at Swinburne
University of Technology, Australia clearly introduced the significance of the study and
sought the participation of the respondents. The letter also stressed the length of time
required for interview, namely one hour. As well, the introductory letter particularly
emphasized the confidentiality aspects related with the data collected and promised to
send a report summarizing the major research findings on completion of the study. The
support letter was written by Mr. Chaipak Siriwat, a Former Deputy Minister of Labor,
Transportations and Communications, Prime Minister’s Office and Interior, and it
recommended the study and encouraged the CEOs to participate in this survey. Both
these letters emphasised the value and credibility of this research.
5.5.1.2 Telephone and Facsimile Follow-Ups
Telephone calls were used to follow up companies to participate in this survey. Most of
the telephone conversations were conducted with CEOs’ executive secretaries to
provide information on the topic and the significance of the study. The status of the
researcher’s background and reference network were introduced in order to increase
participation. The facsimile was also used to resend introductory and support letters
with a brief introduction of the study purpose following the phone calls. This approach
could allow the potential respondents to take time to consider the research details and to
124
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
also overcome any problems with lost letters. On a number of occasions, some of the
secretaries who understood the significance of the study assisted the researcher to
convince their CEOs to participate in the survey. Relationships built up with executive
secretaries played a crucial role in obtaining respondents’ participation in this research.
Since CEOs are normally busy and difficult to access, the need for them to perceive the
researcher as credible and the research worthwhile was particularly important. On
average, three to five phone calls were necessary to gain agreement for an interview.
5.5.1.3 The Use of Personal Networks
The researcher sought assistance from a well-known Thai politician who signed the
support letter, a Thai senior government officer who was a Former Governor of four
provinces in Thailand, and Thai business owners who had connections both directly and
indirectly with chief executives of publicly listed companies. This approach helped
facilitate the researcher to gain access to potential respondents during the fieldwork.
From the early stages of this research it was clear that a good response rate was
dependent on a showing of high-level support for this research. The researcher thus
relied heavily on the assistance of those in high rank positions in government and
private sectors to approach potential respondents. This approach worked most
effectively and efficiently to gain the participations of top executives in Thailand for
this research.
5.5.2 Interview Process
Most of the interviews were pre-arranged and conducted in CEOs’ office during normal
business hours. CEOs were often busy with corporate meetings, external meetings and
traveling overseas. To reserve a date and time for interviews was also a complex and
time-consuming process. On a number of occasions, the researcher had to re-schedule
the interviews based upon the CEOs’ time availability.
On average, the interviews were completed within one hour. The purpose of study and
the researcher’s profile were introduced at the beginning of most of the interviews. The
125
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
ability to clarify the questions and rely heavily on the questionnaire structure and its
instruction was important to ensure meaningful data collection. Generally, the
majorities of CEOs were satisfied when answering the questions and were happy to
provide explanations on their answers and on particular scores. Some of them also
provided knowledge on particular business aspects, relevant business documents and
even their published autobiography. The longest interview went for two and a half hours
because of the respondent’s willingness to elaborate.
5.5.3 Response Rate
In summary, one hundred and twenty three companies participated in this research.
During the fieldwork, four companies were eliminated from the study. All four were
selecting new CEOs and no one had been appointed. Therefore, the selected population
was reduced from two hundred and forty four to two hundred and forty, representing an
effective response rate of 51.25 per cent.
5.6 Instrument Measurements
This section aims to discuss the survey instrument by which the independent, dependent
and control variables were measured in this research. The discussion is organised
according to the three main components of the theoretical framework as depicted in
chapter 4 (refer Figure 4.1).
5.6.1 Executive Leadership
5.6.1.1 CEO Role Behaviour
CEO role behaviour was measured through twenty items in the questionnaire and five
questions were designed especially to tap each of four roles in the model. The role
behaviour items asked the CEOs to respond to a 5- point Likert scale ranging from 1
(very infrequently) through to 5 (very frequently). Table 5.1 details these items and
describes the different activities engaged by CEOs.
126
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
Table 5.1
Executive Leadership Roles Scale
CEO Role
Behaviour Activities Items
Vision setter 1.
2
9
10.
20.
Concentrate on firm’s basic purpose and general direction
Nurture contacts with people external to the firm
Communicate a vision of the firm (future sense)
Study emerging social and economic trends
Analyse the competitors’ policies and actions.
Motivator 3.
4.
11.
12.
19.
Try to create a sense of excitement within the firm
Emphasize firm values through ceremonies and other events
Challenge people with new goals and inspiration
Short circuit the hierarchy by talking to people throughout the firm
Show concern for the needs of the staff
Task master 5.
6.
7.
8.
18.
Use position to influence decisions made at lower levels
Contribute specific knowledge and opinion about problems
Make trade-off decisions and allocate resources accordingly
Focus on results-‘getting the job done today’
Involve myself with daily operations to enhance efficiency
Analyser 13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Force subordinates to think about problems in new ways
Evaluate critically proposed projects and programs
Integrate conflicting perspectives and unpopular vies
Set specific, operational target for the company
Assess records and reports against stated goals
Note: The first four items in each dimension were developed by Hart and Quinn (1993).
The last item in each dimension was developed by Zakliki (1996).
To ensure both validity and reliability, factor analysis and reliability analysis were
performed for CEO role behaviour. Three key sets of analyses were undertaken as part
of this investigation. The first analysis was a Thai replication of Hart and Quinn’s
(1993) study: Thai replication (H&Q). The second analysis was a Thai replication of
Zakliki’s (1996) study: Thai replication (Z). The third analysis was an extended Thai
study.
Thai Replication (H&Q)
Firstly, for the Thai replication (H&Q), the sixteen CEO role items were factor analysed
using Principle Component Analysis (PCA) and Varimax Rotation to estimate the
127
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
128
number of factors (the same techniques and instrument used by Hart and Quinn, 1993).
Appendix C1 provides details on the factor analysis of CEO role behaviour. The results
showed that the four factors emerged to reflect the four executive leadership roles and
were adequate to represent the data. Besides, the factors were interpretable. The results
of final statistic and rotated factors were in the same pattern as the Hart and Quinn’s
(1993) findings. However, the emerging factors included some complex items and some
items loaded differently when compared to the original study.
Since one of the research purposes was to test the proposition developed by Hart and
Quinn’s (1993) findings, it was necessary to construct factor–based scales with the same
items that they used. Table 5.2 presents a summary of the items and descriptive
statistics for the resulting factors. The Thai replication (H&Q) column refers to the
factors that were calculated by summing the same items that Hart and Quinn, 1993
used. Zakliki’s (1996) results that used the same items were also compared. The results
of reliability tests revealed that the alpha coefficient for each of the role factors was the
same in three studies and this was considered as acceptable.
Thai Replication (Z)
Secondly, as mentioned earlier, for the Thai replication (Z), the twenty CEO role items
were factor analysed using PCA and Varimax Rotation (the same techniques and
instrument used by Zakliki, 1996). Appendix C2 provides details on the factor analysis
of CEO role behaviour. The results were in partial agreement with the Zakliki’s (1996)
findings. They included some complex items and some items loaded differently in all
four factors when compared to the Zakliki data.
Since one of the research purposes was to test the validity of Zakliki’s (1996) finding, it
was necessary to construct factor–based scales with the same items that Zakliki used.
Table 5.3 contains a summary of the items and descriptive statistics for each of the
resulting factors. The Thai replication (Z) column refers to the factors that were
calculated by summing the same items that Zakliki used. The alpha coefficient for each
of the role factors indicates adequate internal consistency for the subsequent analysis.
Table 5.2
Executive Leadership Roles Measures
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study Factor
Mean SD Alpha Mean SD Alpha Mean SD Alpha Items Included
Vision Setter 3.90 .64 .65 3.42 .84 .56 3.76 .70 .42 1.
9.
10.
Concentrate on a basic purpose and general direction
Communicate a sense of where the companies will be in 20 years
Study emerging trends
Motivator 3.75 .72 .75 3.40 .89 .71 3.64 .75 .57 11.
4.
3.
Challenge people with new goals and aspirations
Emphasize company values
Create a sense of excitement
Analyser 3.51 .66 .67 3.70 .82 .69 3.88 .70 .60 14.
15.
13.
Evaluate proposed projects
Integrate conflicting perspectives
Question subordinates
Task master 3.59 .61 .73 3.93 .67 .58 3.71 .70 .69 6.
8.
5.
7.
Contribute knowledge and options on problems
Focus on results
Influence decisions at lower levels
Make trade-off decisions and allocate resources
129
130
Table 5.3
Executive Leadership Roles Measures
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Thai Replication (Z) Zakliki Study Factor
Mean SD Alpha Mean SD Alpha Items Included
Vision setter 3.90 .66 .76 3.77 .64 .52 1.
2.
9.
10.
Concentrate on a basic purpose and general direction
Nurture external contact
Communicate a sense of where the companies will be in 20 years
Study emerging trends
Motivator 3.84 .63 .77 3.92 .67 .61 3.
11.
4.
19.
Create a sense of excitement
Challenge people with new goals and aspirations
Emphasize company values
Show concern for staff
Analyser 3.69 .59 .79 4.00 .65 .73 13.
14.
15.
16
17.
Question subordinates
Evaluate proposed projects
Integrate conflicting perspectives
Set operational target
Assess reports against goals
Task master 3.51 .56 .60 3.54 .75 .65 5.
6.
8.
18.
Influence decisions at lower levels
Contribute knowledge and options on problems
Focus on results
Involve with daily operation
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
Extended Thai Study
Finally, for the extended Thai study, CEO role behaviour was operationalised through
twenty items in the questionnaires. These role items were factor analysed using PCA,
Varimax Rotation and Oblimin Rotation to ensure both validity and reliability.
Appendix C3 provides details on the factor analysis of CEO role behaviour. The results
showed that three variables loaded ambiguously and were dropped from the analysis.
Seventeen of the original twenty items loaded unambiguously on the four interpretable
factors and retained for analysis. The four factors reflected the four executive leadership
roles and were meaningful dimensions.
Table 5.4 contains a summary of the items and descriptive statistics for the resulting
factors. The results of reliability tests revealed that the alpha coefficients for most
groups of variables were sufficient, and the lowest score for a factor was 0.73, which
was considered as acceptable and adequate for subsequent analysis.
Table 5.4
Extended Thai Study: Executive Leadership Roles Measures
Factor Mean SD Alpha Items Included
Vision setter 3.97 0.66 0.82 1.
10.
2.
20.
Concentrate on a basic purpose and general direction
Study emerging trends
Nurture external contact
Study emerging trends
Motivator 3.78 0.62 0.78 11.
19.
3.
4.
12.
Challenge people with new goals and aspirations
Show concern for staff
Create a sense of excitement
Emphasize company values
Short-circuit the hierarchy
Analyser 3.74 0.61 0.77 16.
17.
14.
15.
Set operational target
Assess reports against goals
Evaluate proposed projects
Integrate conflicting perspectives
Task master 3.59 0.61 0.73 5.
7.
6.
8.
Influence decisions at lower levels
Make trade-off decisions and allocate resources
Contribute knowledge and options on problems
Focus on results
131
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
5.6.1.2 CEO Attributes
Demographic Characteristics
To measure CEO demographic characteristics, the relevant attributes were selected to
capture the significant concepts. They included; age, level of education, holding an
MBA degree, overseas study, functional background, tenure in position, CEO tenure
elsewhere, total tenure in firm, industry experience, overseas work experience and
origin of appointment.
Personality Characteristics
Two personality characteristics were used to measure CEO attributes in this study; need
for achievement and locus of control.
Need for achievement of CEOs was measured using the Manifest Need Questionnaire
developed by Steers and Braunstein (1976). They reported on the excellent predictive,
convergent, and discriminant validities and the high test-retest reliabilities achieved
with this scale. CEOs were asked to respond to a 7- point Likert scale ranging from 1
(never) through to 7 (always). The original scale contains 5 items. To make the purpose
of the items more obscure, three more items (2, 5, 7) were added in the questionnaire,
which served as filler items. Five items were constructed to measure CEOs’ need for
achievement. Question 6 was recoded to capture the same concept with the other
questions. The mean of CEOs’ need for achievement was 5.54 with a standard deviation
of 0.65.
CEOs’ locus of control was measured with the well-known Rotter I-E Scale (Rotter,
1966). This scale contains twenty-nine questions. Of these twenty-nine questions, six
serve as a diversion from the test’s intent. CEOs were asked to choose between an
internal and external alternative. A total score of locus of control score was obtained by
summing the number of external responses chosen. Locus of control scores ranged from
0 (internal) to 23 (external). Therefore, the lower scores on the instrument indicate the
132
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
internal locus of control of subject. The mean of CEOs’ locus of control was 6.05 with a
standard deviation of 3.15.
Leadership Style
Following the work of Zakliki (1996) who studied CEOs’ leadership style in Australia,
the same instrument was used to measure leadership style in this study. The leadership
style dimensions encompass the individual’s capacity for leadership and initiative,
sharing information and objectives, participation and internal control. Table 5.5 details
these items as well as their dimensions.
Table 5.5
Leadership Style Scale
Dimension Managerial Belief Items
Capacity for leadership
and initiative
1.
2.
The average human being prefers to be directed, wishes to avoid
responsibility, and has relatively little ambition.
Leadership skills can be acquired by most people regardless of their
particular inborn traits and abilities.
Sharing information and
objectives
5.
7.
A good leader should give detailed and complete instructions to
subordinates, rather than giving them merely general directions and
depending upon their initiative to work out the details.
A superior should give his subordinates only that information which is
necessary for them to do their immediate tasks.
Participation 6.
4.
Group goal setting offers advantages that cannot be obtained by individual
goal setting.
In a work situation, if subordinates cannot influence me then I lose some
influence on them.
Internal control 8.
3.
The superior’s authority over his subordinates in an organisation is
primary economic.
The use of reward (pay, promotion, etc) and punishment (failure to promote,
etc.) is not the best to get subordinates to do their work.
The managerial belief items were used to capture the overall leadership style of CEOs.
CEOs were asked to respond to a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly agree)
through to 5 (strongly disagree). The purpose was to classify the respondents according
133
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
to their beliefs as either democratic or autocratic. These items were aggregated and
classified as the cases above and below the median value (median=3.5). The cases
above the median value were categorised as democratic style and those below the
median value were categorised as autocratic style. The right scales of questions (2, 3, 4,
6) were designed to capture the autocratic style rather than democratic style. Therefore,
the scores of these questions were recoded so the higher mean of all questions
represented the democratic beliefs. The mean of the two items was also calculated for
the each category. Table 5.6 illustrates the results of leadership style scores.
Table 5.6
Leadership Style Scores
Mean Category Dimension Items
Item Category
A Capacity for leadership and
initiative
1
2
3.43
3.30
3.37
B Sharing information and
objective
5
7
3.11
3.52
3.32
C Participation 6
4
4.17
2.62
3.40
D Internal control 3
8
3.41
4.07
3.74
5.6.2 Organisational Performance
Two sets of data on organisational performance were collected in this research;
subjective and objective data. The subjective data refers to CEOs’ perception of the
multiple dimensions of organisational performance. It provides a scheme to enlarge the
conceptualisation of performance as it addresses both financial and non-financial
aspects. The objective data refers to the data available in the annual reports or published
documents, which is often considered as more reliable and with less bias as a source of
data on organisational performance. To check the degree of association between two
sets of data, convergent analysis was performed to test convergent validity.
134
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
5.6.2.1 Subjective Data
Organisational performance was conceived as a multidimensional construct, following
the work of Hart and Quinn (1993), who operationalised the work of Venkatraman and
Ramanujam (1986). Three dimensions of performance were postulated as financial
performance, business performance and organisational effectiveness. These three
dimensions were operationalised through eleven items in the questionnaire in this
survey. CEOs were asked to assess their company’s performance on each of these items,
compared to that of other companies in the same market and at a similar stage of
development. CEO responded on a 7-point scale ranging from 1 (low performer) to 7
(high performer) on how their companies performed over the last five years relative to
the industry average. Table 5.7 illustrates the subjective items including the
performance dimensions.
Table 5.7
Organisational Performance Scale Dimensions Items Items Included
Financial performance Profitability 1.
2.
3.
Profitability level/return on assets
Cash flow
Share price
Business performance Market position 4.
5.
6.
Sales growth
Market share
New Product/service development
Organisational effectiveness Stakeholders view 7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Quality of product/service
Employee satisfaction
Overall performance
Personnel development
Public image and goodwill
Note: Items 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 were developed by Hart and Quinn (1993)
Items 3, 10, 11 were developed by Zakliki (1996)
To ensure both validity and reliability, factor analysis and reliability analysis again were
performed for organisational performance. Three key sets of analyses were undertaken.
135
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
The first analysis was the Thai replication (H&Q). The second analysis was the Thai
replication (Z). The third analysis was the extended Thai study.
Firstly, for the Thai replication (H&Q) three dimensions of performance were
operationalised through eight items. These eight items were factor analysed, using PCA
and Varimax Rotation to estimate the number of factors (the same techniques and
instrument used by Hart and Quinn, 1993). Appendix C4 provides the results on the
factor analysis of organisational performance. The Thai replication (H&Q)’s results
showed a similar pattern with the original study and generate an interpretable structure.
Table 5.8 contains the items and descriptive statistics for each of three performance
factors. The alpha coefficient for each of the factors indicates adequate internal
consistency given the preliminary nature of the analyses.
Table 5.8
Organisational Performance Measures (Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn
Study
Zakliki
Replication Study Factor
Mean SD Alpha Mean SD Alpha Mean SD Alpha
Items Included
Financial
performance
4.68 1.18 .86 4.42 1.47 .78 4.74 1.48 .82 1.
2.
Profitability/ROA
Cash flow
Business
performance
4.64 .93 .82 4.44 1.24 .64 4.64 1.02 .59 4.
5.
6.
Sales growth
Market share
Product development
Organisational
effectiveness
5.21 .72 .79 5.23 .85 .76 5.18 .89 .70 7.
8.
9.
Quality of products
Employee satisfaction
Overall performance
As noted earlier, for the Thai replication (Z), organisational performance was
operationalised through eleven items. These items were factor analysed using the same
instrument as described for executive leadership role items. Appendix C5 provides the
results on the factor analysis of organisational performance. The results revealed that
the three factors emerged and were adequate to represent the data. However, the results
were in partial support with Zakliki’s (1996) finding since some items were loaded
136
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
differently in business performance factor and organisational effectiveness factor when
compared to the Zakliki study.
As one of the research purposes was to test the validity of Zakliki’s (1996) finding,
performance factors were constructed with the same items that Zakliki used. Table 5.9
contains the items and descriptive statistics as well as reliability for each of three
performance factors. The alpha coefficient for each of the factors indicates adequate
internal consistency for the subsequent analysis.
Table 5.9
Organisational Performance Measures
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Thai Replication (Z) Zakliki Study Factor
N Mean SD Alpha N Mean SD Alpha Items Included
Financial
performance
123 4.56 1.12 .87 117 4.64 1.45 .84 1.
2.
3.
Profitability/ROA
Cash flow
Share price
Business
performance
123 4.59 1.02 .86 111 4.51 1.33 .83 4.
5.
Sales growth
Market share
Organisational
effectiveness
123 5.19 .75 .73 116 5.12 .85 .78 7.
8.
10.
11.
Quality of products
Employee satisfaction
Personnel development
Public image and goodwill
Finally, for the extended Thai study, three dimensions of performance were
operationalised through eleven items in the questionnaire. These performance items
were factor analysed using PCA, Varimax Rotation and Oblimin Rotation to ensure
both validity and reliability. Appendix C6 provides the results on the factor analysis of
firm performance. The results showed that the three factors emerged to reflect the three
dimensions of performance and were adequate to represent the data. Table 5.10 contains
the items and descriptive statistics as well as reliability for each of the three firm
performance factors. The alpha coefficient for each of the factors was adequate, and the
lowest score for a factor was 0.79, which was considered as acceptable and adequate for
subsequent analysis.
137
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
Table 5.10
Extended Thai Study: Organisational Performance Measures
Factor Mean S.D. Alpha Items Included
Financial performance 4.56 1.12 .87 1.
2.
3.
Profitability/ROA
Cash flow
Share price
Business performance 4.64 .93 .82 4.
5.
6.
Sales growth
Market share
Product development
Organisational effectiveness 5.19 .72 .79 7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Quality of products
Employee satisfaction
Overall performance
Personnel development
Public image and goodwill
5.6.2.2 Objective Data
The objective data of firm performance were obtained from the official SET CD-Rom
and from published publications. In total three indicators were used as objective
measures of the organisational performance namely:
1. Return on assets (3 and 5 years)
2. Net profit margin (3 and 5 years)
3. Sales growth rate (3 and 5 years)
In this study most of the respondents provided adequate objective data to calculate the
necessary percentages and ratio. The correlation between the subjective and objective
data was performed to test the convergent validity on organisational performance in the
following sections.
138
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
5.6.2.3 Convergent Analysis
Convergent analysis refers to the degree of association between the subjective data and
objective data. This analysis was performed at the level of industry classification. It was
decided to conduct the analyses for both SET code and SIC code (refer Appendix D).
Table 5.11 illustrates correlations between the two sets of data on firm performance.
Table 5.11
Correlation between Subjective and Objective Data
(Comparing SET Classification and SIC Group)
In General SET Classification SIC Classification Ratios
N R Ind. N R Ind N R
Average ROA (3 years) with
profitability (P1)
123 .62**** 1
3
12
16
8
5
10
8
.79**
.89**
.90****
.75**
1
3
6
10
10
36
8
10
.67**
.75****
.85***
.93****
Average ROA (5 years) with
profitability (P1)
123 .67**** 5
9
12
16
6
5
10
8
.85**
.94**
.81***
.80**
3
6
9
10
36
8
5
10
.82****
.83**
.99***
.93****
Sales growth rate (3 years) with
sales growth (P4)
123 .49**** 5
7
12
6
6
10
.95***
.94***
.75**
3
6
10
36
8
10
.75****
.87***
.61*
Sales growth rate (5 years) with
sales growth (P4)
123 .57**** 4
12
16
25
5
10
8
11
.89**
.79***
.82**
.79***
3
6
8
12
36
8
5
11
.78****
.81**
.91**
.79***
Net profit margin (3 years)
with profitability (P1)
123 .51**** 2
9
12
6
5
10
.91**
.99***
.79***
6
10
11
8
10
21
.68*
.91****
.64***
Net profit margin (5 years)
with profitability (P1)
123 .49**** 7
12
6
10
.83**
.68**
3
6
10
36
8
10
.76****
.72**
.91****
P1, P4 refer to the indicators of subjective data. *p < .10, **p < .05, ***p < .01, ****p <.001.
139
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
The results suggested that there was good convergent validity between these two sets of
data on performance. In particular, the correlation grew in magnitude as more
homogeneous subsets were examined. For example, overall correlation between two
profitability indicators in general was 0.62 (p=.000). When the analysis was performed
for SET classification, the correlation for the food and beverage industry was 0.90
(p=.000) and for the building and furnishing materials was 0.89 (p=.04) etc.
Additionally, the same results were obtained when the analysis was performed within
the SIC classification. The correlation for the communication industry was 0.93
(p=.000) and for the accommodation, cafe and restaurants was 0.85 (p=.008) etc. These
results are consistent with previous research, which indicated that subjective
assessments of performance obtained from senior managers correlate with objective
measures (e.g. Dess and Robinson 1984; Wooldrige and Floyd 1990; Hart and Quinn
1993; Zakliki 1996). Given a general convergence between two measures, the use of
subjective data of performance was deemed appropriate for this research.
5.6.3 Contingency Factors
The contingency factors used in this study included size of firm, environmental
conditions and business strategy.
5.6.3.1 Size of Firm
The number of full-time employees was used to measure organisational size in this
study. The CEOs were requested to indicate the number of full time employees of their
firms.
5.6.3.2 Environmental Conditions
The environmental conditions were used as a contingency factor when investigating the
link between executive leadership and organisational performance. CEOs were asked to
answer two sets of environmental condition questions. Firstly, three environmental
items were proposed by Dess and Beard (1984) namely dynamism, complexity and
140
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
munificence. The CEOs were asked to respond on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1
(strongly agree) through to 5 (strongly disagree) in the questionnaire. Table 5.12 details
environmental dimensions, indicators, and descriptive statistics.
Table 5.12
Environmental Dimensions and Indicators I Dimension Mean Indicators
Dynamism 2.25 1.The business environment for our company is changing rapidly
Complexity 2.28 2.The business environment we face is very complex with many organisations
whose actions can affect us
Munificence 2.15 3.The markets for our main product will grow next year
Secondly, four dimensions of environment were viewed as a perceptual construct
including uncertainty or dynamism (Miller and Droge 1986), heterogeneity (Miller,
1988; Miller 1993), hostility (Miller and Friesen 1983), and munificence (Dess and
Beard 1984; Hart and Quinn 1993). CEOs were asked to answer the questions on a 7-
point scale covering the relevant criteria. Table 5.13 details environmental dimensions
and their items.
Table 5.13
Environmental Dimensions and Indicators II Dimension Item
Dynamism or uncertainty 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Degree of change in marketing practices
Degree of changes in the product and service
Degree of change in technology
Predictability of consumer tastes
Predictability of competitors’ action
Complexity or
heterogeneity
7.
8.
9.
Degree of diversity of customers’ buying habits
Degree of diversity of competitors’ activity
Degree of diversity of required methods of production and service
Hostility or illiberality 6. Nature of competitors’ actions
Munificence or capacity 10. Level of sales growth
141
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
The aim of this present research in using these ten environmental items was to tackle the
dominant nature of the perceived environment. The dimension score was calculated by
summing the appropriate items. Table 5.14 presents the results of environmental
dimension scores.
Table 5.14
Environmental Dimensions Scores
Items Item
Mean
Dimension
Mean
Dynamism 1
2
3
4
5
4.87
3.56
3.61
3.06
3.37
3.69
Complexity 7
8
9
4.34
4.09
3.85
4.09
Munificence - 5.40 5.40
Hostility 6 4.24 4.24
Table 5.15 demonstrates the results of environmental classification. The firms were split
into two types of environmental conditions; stable and turbulent environments by the
following methods. Firstly, Q-type cluster analysis: seventy-one cases were categorised
in stable conditions and fifty-two were categorised in turbulent environments. Secondly,
by the use of the median break: sixty-one cases had a score below 4.30 and labelled
stable, and sixty cases had a score above 4.30 and thus considered turbulent.
142
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
Table 5.15
Environment Classification
Cluster Analysis Median Break
Environment Final Cluster
Centres
Distance No. of Cases Median Number of
Cases
Stable 3.98 - 71 <4.30 61
Turbulent 5.27 1.59 52 >4.30 60
Missing - 2
Total 123 123
5.6.3.3 Business Strategy
This study used Miles and Snow’s (1978) strategy typology for the measurement of
business strategy. Miles and Snow’s adaptive cycle including entrepreneurial, engineering
and administrative problems provides a solid foundation for specifying the character of
the activities for various strategic classes of firm. They operationalised their theory by
classifying firms by adaptive decision patterns ranging from the aggressive prospector,
through analysers, and defenders to the least adaptive classification, the reactor.
CEOs were requested to indicate their opinions on the most appropriate description
from four paragraph descriptions as defender, prospector, analyser, or reactor (refer
Table 5.15) in the present study. This self-typing paragraph measurement is logically
appealing and should be effective since top managers (or the respondents) perceptions
and opinions largely determined strategy. It also allows the rapid collection of
substantial databases (Snow and Hambrick 1980). There are several studies (e.g.
Conant, Mokwa and Varadarajan 1990; Shortell and Zajac 1990; James and Hatten
1995), which indicated that the self-typing approach was a useful measurement
instrument, which allows a reasonable convergent validity. Hambrick (2003) suggested
that of the several strategy classification systems introduced over the past 25 years, the
Miles and Snow typology has been the most enduring, the most scrutinised, and the
most used. This typology has been subjected to numerous tests of its validity in a wide
array of settings, including hospitals, banking, and colleges etc. However, there are a
143
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
few arguments against this measurement instrument. First, it may measure intended
strategy rather than realized strategy (Snow and Hambrick 1980). Second, there is a
tendency to over simplification of the multi-dimensionality of strategic types.
Table 5.16
Strategy Dimensions and Descriptions Strategy Dimension Description
Defender 1. This type of organisation attempts to locate and maintain a secure niche in a
relatively stable product or service area. The organisation tends to offer a
more limited range of products or services than its competitors, and it tries to
protect its domain by offering higher quality, superior service, lower prices,
and so forth. Often this type of organisation is not at the forefront of
developments in the industry – it tends to ignore industry changes that have no
direct influence on current areas of operation and concentrates instead on
doing the best job possible in a limited area.
Prospector 2. This type of organisation typically operates within a broad product-market
domain that undergoes periodic redefinition. The organisation values being
“first in” in new product and market areas even if not all of these efforts prove
to be highly profitable. The organisation responds rapidly to early signals
concerning areas of opportunity, and these responses often lead to a new
round of competitive actions. However, this type of organisation may not
maintain market strength in all of the areas it enters.
Analyser 3. This type of organisation attempts to maintain a stable, limited line of products
or services, while at the same time moving out quickly to follow a carefully
selected set of the more promising new developments in the industry. The
organisation is seldom “first in” with new products or services. However, by
carefully monitoring the actions of major competitors in areas’ compatible
with its stable product-market base, the organisation can frequently be
“second in” with a more cost-efficient product or service.
Reactor 4. This type of organisation does not appear to have a consistent product-market
orientation. The organisation is usually not as aggressive in maintaining
established products and markets as some of its competitors, nor is it willing
to take as many risks as other competitors. Rather, the organisation responds
in those areas where it is forced to by environmental pressures.
144
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
Since the present research utilised the strategic types of organisation as contingency
factors or intervening variables rather than as dependent variables or independent
variables, and given the above reasoning, it was decided to adopt strategic typology of
Miles and Snow (1978).
5.7 Data Analysis Methods
The Statistics Package for Social Science (SPSS) version 11 was used to analyse the
data in this research. The statistical techniques were carefully selected with attention
being paid to the nature of the data and the purpose of the study.
The data analysis method applied a number of statistical procedures. The first technique
was univariate analysis, which provided information about the distribution of each
single variable. The variables were evaluated in terms of range and outliers, central
tendency and variance, skewness and kurtosis, and missing data. The results from these
analyses were used to make decisions about the subsequent tests to be undertaken. They
are not reported in this thesis to avoid an unnecessary overload of information.
The next level of analysis was to construct scales and test the scale reliability.
Crobach’s alpha was used as the indicator to test the internal consistency (reliability) of
the scales. It is the most popular reliability coefficient test in social science research.
The next level of analysis involved a wide range of analysis techniques including
Pearson correlation coefficient, ANOVA, t-test, chi-square and association analysis.
Finally, the next level of analysis, utilised multivariate techniques in particular Q-type
cluster analysis, factor analysis, and multiple regression to analyse complicated data sets
in this survey.
145
Chapter 5: Research Methodology
5.8 Chapter Summary
This chapter has described the research methodology, which was used to investigate the
research questions. It has given a detailed outline of the selection criteria for the
population, the survey approach, the survey instrument development, the questionnaire
pre-testing, the respondent contact approaches and sequence, the data collection
procedures and also described the details of instrument measurement, scale construction
and finally the statistical techniques for the data analyses.
This study selected publicly listed companies of Thailand by employing four selection
criteria: time period of firm listed in SET, headquarter’ location, company size and a
single CEO/MD. In total, two hundred and forty were selected as the final population
sample. However, four companies were eliminated from this research during the
fieldwork since they were selecting new CEOs and none had been appointed. Therefore,
the selected population was reduced from two hundred and forty four to two hundred
and forty companies. Since Thai society is made up of positions, which are hierarchically
related the decision was therefore made that, the use of personal interviews arranged
with the assistance of a prominent Thai politician and Thai government authorities
would be the most appropriate approach for this study. A response rate of 51.25 per cent
was achieved after completing the fieldwork.
This chapter also presents details of the survey instruments and how the dependent,
independent, and control variables were operationalised and measured. Three sets of
measurement for CEO role behaviour and organisational performance were developed
for the subsequent analyses. The next part of this thesis presents the data analyses that
were undertaken.
146
PART FOUR
RESEARCH RESULTS
Chapter 6 Analysis of Respondent Companies
Chapter 7 Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
Chapter 8 Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
Chapter 9 Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with
Hypotheses
Chapter 10 Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
147
Part four of this thesis discusses the major research findings from this research.
Chapter 6 reports the characteristics of respondent companies and the background of the
respondents who participated in this research. Chapter 7 discusses the results of the Thai
replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study. The same analytical tools and techniques
that were used by Hart and Quinn (1993) were employed for this data analysis. The
results of Zakliki’s (1996) study that also used the same instruments are included to
facilitate the comparisons among the three studies. Chapter 8 discusses the results of the
Thai replication of Zakliki’s (1996) study. The Thai replication of Zakliki’s (1996)
study employed the same analytical tools and techniques that were used by Zakliki
(1996). This chapter also compares CEO demographic characteristics and leadership
style (autocratic vs. democratic) between the Thai and the Australian study. Chapter 9
discusses the major findings from the extended Thai study for each of the seven
proposed hypotheses generated for this research. Chapter 10 contains the additional
findings on other dimensions of executive leadership in Thailand.
148
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
Chapter 6
Analysis of Respondent Companies
6.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to provide a picture of the demographic variables of the respondent
companies, and the background of the respondents who participated in this research.
The analysis of the respondent companies consists of industries represented, SET
classification, company size, and the number of years listed on the Thai stock exchange.
The backgrounds of the respondents are discussed, which consist of respondents’
gender, age, educational level, functional background, CEO experience, work experience,
and origin of appointment.
6.2 Profile of Respondent Companies
6.2.1 Industries Represented
Table 6.1 is a summary of the distribution of company activities by SIC code. A total of
one hundred and twenty three companies participated in this survey. The most
frequently cited industry types were manufacturing (29.27%), finance and insurance
(17.07%), property and business services (8.94%), agriculture, forestry and fishing
(8.13%), and communication services (8.13%) respectively. Of the remaining companies
wholesale trade were (6.5%), accommodation, cafes and restaurants (4.07%), transports
and storage (4.07%), retail trade (3.25%), cultural and recreational services (3.25%),
health and community services (2.43%), mining (1.63%), electricity, gas and water
supply (1.63%), and construction (1.63%) respectively.
149
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
150
Table 6.1
Distribution of Company Activities by SIC Code
Industries Represented N %
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 10 8.13
Mining 2 1.63
Manufacturing 36 29.27
Electricity, gas and water supply 2 1.63
Construction 2 1.63
Wholesale trade 8 6.50
Retail trade 4 3.25
Accommodation, cafes and restaurants 5 4.07
Transports and storage 5 4.07
Communication services 10 8.13
Finance and insurance 21 17.07
Property and business services 11 8.94
Health and community services 3 2.43
Cultural and recreational services 4 3.25
Total 123 100
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of respondent companies.
6.2.2 SET Classification
Table 6.2 details the distribution of company activities based upon the classification by
SET code. The non-response bias with regard to industry classification was analysed to
validate the representative nature of the participants to the population sampled. The
results showed that the response rate was consistent over the industry classification. The
differences between population and respondent columns were very minimal across all
the industries. Overall, there was no important difference between the respondents and
non-respondents in term of industry classification.
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
Table 6.2
Distribution of Company Activities by SET Code
N (n): number of population (respondent) companies; %: percentage within total number of population (respondent)
companies.
Population Respondents Section SET Classification
N % n %
1 Agribusiness 12 5 8 6.50
2 Banking 12 5 6 4.88
3 Building and furnishing materials 12 5 5 4.07
4 Chemicals and plastics 10 4.17 5 4.07
5 Commerce 12 5.00 6 4.88
6 Communication 6 2.50 4 3.25
7 Electrical products and computer 8 3.33 6 4.88
8 Electrical components 3 1.25 1 0.81
9 Energy 6 2.50 5 4.07
10 Entertainment and recreation 7 2.92 4 3.25
11 Finance and securities 14 5.83 7 5.69
12 Food and beverages 17 7.08 10 8.13
13 Health care services 5 2.08 3 2.44
14 Hotels and travel services 8 3.33 3 2.44
15 Household goods 5 2.08 3 2.44
16 Insurance 21 8.75 8 6.50
17 Companies under rehabilitation 0 0 0 0
18 Jewellery and ornaments 2 0.83 1 0.81
19 Machinery and equipment 3 1.25 1 0.81
20 Mining 1 0.42 1 0.81
21 Packaging 7 2.92 1 0.81
22 Pharmaceutical products and cosmetics 2 0.83 1 0.81
23 Printing and publishing 7 2.92 5 4.07
24 Professional service 2 0.83 2 1.63
25 Property development 20 8.33 11 8.94
26 Pulp and paper 4 1.67 3 2.44
27 Textiles, clothing and footwear 18 7.50 4 3.25
28 Transportation 7 2.92 4 3.25
29 Vehicles and parts 4 1.67 2 1.63
30 Warehouse and silo 3 1.25 2 1.63
31 Others 2 0.83 1 0.81
Total listed companies 240 100 123 100
151
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
6.2.3 Company Size
Table 6.3 is a summary of the number of fulltime employees employed by the
population and respondent companies. The number of employee was used to measure
company size in this survey. Again non-response bias was analysed with regard to size
of companies. The results showed that the response rate was consistent over the size
categories. Population and respondent columns showed minimal differences across all
size categories. Overall, there was no important difference between the respondents and
non-respondents in terms of company size.
Of the one hundred and twenty three companies, two-fifth (39%) of companies
employed up to five hundred employees. Slightly over 15% employed over two
thousand people. The number of employees for the rest of companies was between five
hundred and two thousand.
Table 6.3
Company Size Measured by Number of Employees
Population Respondents Size Category
N % n %
=, < 500 employees 107 44.60 48 39.00
501-1000 employees 59 24.60 34 27.60
1001-1500 employees 25 10.40 15 12.20
1501-2000 employees 12 5.00 7 5.70
2001-2500 employees 5 2.10 2 1.60
2501-3000 employees 5 2.10 3 2.40
> 3000 employees 27 11.30 14 11.40
Total Listed Companies 240 100 123 100
N (n) = number of population (respondent) companies; %: percentage within total number of population (respondent)
companies.
152
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
6.2.4 Number of Years Listed on the Thai Stock Exchange
Table 6.4 is a summary of the number of years that the companies had been listed on the
Thai stock exchange. It showed that one hundred (81.30%) companies had operated in
the Thai stock exchange for 15 years and less. The longest company listing was for
three companies, which was 27 years. The shortest listing was approximately 5 years
and four companies were classified in this category. The average years for companies
listed in the Thai stock exchange market was 12.08 years with a standard deviation of
5.67 years.
Table 6.4
Number of years Listed on the Thai Stock Exchange
Length of Experience in Years N %
Under 6 4 3.25
6 - 10 50 40.65
11 - 15 46 37.40
16 - 20 9 7.32
21 - 25 10 8.13
Above 25 4 3.25
Total 123 100
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of respondent companies.
6.3 Background of Respondents
6.3.1 Gender
Table 6.5 is a summary of respondents’ gender. A total of one hundred and twenty three
respondents participated in this research. The vast majority of respondents were male
(92.68%), while only nine respondents were female (7.32%).
153
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
Table 6.5
Summary of Respondents’ Gender
Gender N %
Male 114 92.68
Female 9 7.32
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.3.2 Age
Table 6.6 is a summary of the respondents’ age. The result showed that two-thirds
(68.39%) of respondents were primarily middle aged ranging between the ages of 36 to
55. Slightly below one-third (31.71%) of respondents were aged above 56 years.
Table 6.6
Summary of Respondents’ Age
Age Range N %
Less than 35 0 0
36 – 45 24 19.51
46 – 55 60 48.78
Above 56 39 31.71
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.3.3 Educational Level
Table 6.7 is a summary of respondents’ highest education level completed. The sample
comprised a highly educated group of respondents; the vast majority (90.24%) had
either completed a university’s degree (39.83%) or had received postgraduate education
(50.41%) (master’s degree and doctorate degree) while only a few (9.76%) respondents
154
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
were a high school, certificate and diploma graduate. Of the fifty-three respondents who
had a master’s degree, thirty-four (64.15%) respondents had completed business
administration training (MBA).
Table 6.7
Summary of Respondents’ Educational Level
Educational Level N %
High school 3 2.44
Certificate/ diploma 9 7.32
Bachelor’s degree 49 39.83
Master’s degree 53 43.09
Doctorate’s degree 9 7.32
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
Table 6.8 is a summary of respondents’ overseas study (outside Thailand). The result
indicated that about two-third (65.04%) of the respondents had completed overseas
education, while about one-third (34.96%) of the respondents had completed education
in Thailand.
Table 6.8 Summary of Respondents’ Overseas Education
Education N %
Thailand 43 34.96
Overseas 80 65.04
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
155
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
6.3.4 Functional Background
Table 6.9 is a summary of respondents’ functional background. Forty-five (36.59%)
respondents indicated that their main functional background was sales and marketing,
while forty-four (35.77%) were planning and management, forty-three (34.96%) were
finance and accounting, thirty (24.39%) were engineering and production, twelve
(9.76%) were others (e.g. insurance, agriculture, general practice etc.) and ten (8.13%)
respondents were in the area of human resource and personnel, respectively.
Seventy-one (57.72%) respondents were specializing in only one area. Forty-two
(34.15%) respondents specified that their functional background were across two
different disciplines. Only ten (8.13 %) respondents’ functional background was related
to three disciplines.
Table 6.9
Summary of Respondents’ Functional Background
Yes No Total Discipline
N % N % N %
Finance and accounting 43 34.96 80 65.04 123 100
Engineering and production 30 24.39 93 75.61 123 100
Human resource and personnel 10 8.13 113 91.87 123 100
Sales and marketing 45 36.59 78 63.41 123 100
Planning and management 44 35.77 79 64.23 123 100
Others (e.g. insurance, agriculture,
general practice, etc.)
12 9.76 111 90.24 123 100
Total 184 554 - -
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within respondents’ functional discipline.
156
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
6.3.5 CEO Experience
6.3.5.1 Current Organisation
Table 6.10 is a summary of respondents’ CEO tenure in their current firm. Fifty-five
(44.72%) respondents had CEO tenure in their current firms for 5 years and less. The
shortest CEO tenure was approximately 1 year, and thirteen respondents were classified
in this category. The longest CEO tenure was for one respondent, which was 39 years.
The average respondents’ CEO tenure in current office was 8.75 years with a standard
deviation of 7.85 years.
Table 6.10
Summary of Respondents’ CEO Tenure in Current Firms
Length in Years N %
=, < 5 55 44.72
6 – 10 34 27.64
11 – 15 14 11.38
16 – 20 8 6.50
Above 20 12 9.76
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents, %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.3.5.2 Other Organisations
Table 6.11 is a summary of respondents’ CEO experience in other firms. Fifty-two
respondents indicated that they had CEO experience in other firms. The shortest CEO
experience elsewhere was 2 years, and four respondents were classified in this category.
The longest CEO experience elsewhere was 30 years for one respondent. The average
CEO experience of the fifty-two respondents in other firms was 4.37 years with a
standard deviation of 6.72 years.
157
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
Table 6.11
Summary of Respondents’ CEO Tenure in Other Firms
Length in Years N %
=, < 5 13 25.00
6 – 10 22 42.31
11 – 15 8 15.38
16 – 20 4 7.69
Above 20 5 9.62
Total 52 100
N: number of respondents, %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.3.6 Work Experience
The respondents’ work experience is discussed in this section including the number of
years they had worked for their current organisations, for other organisations in
overseas countries (outside Thailand), and the total numbers of years they had worked
in the industry.
6.3.6.1 Organisational Experience
Table 6.12 is a summary of the number of years the respondents had worked for their
current organisations. Twenty-seven (21.95%) respondents had worked for 5 years or
less. The shortest working experience was approximately 1 year for nine respondents,
and the longest was 40 years for one respondent. The average years the respondents had
worked for their current organisations was 13.95 years with a standard deviation of 9.55
years.
158
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
Table 6.12
Number of Years Respondents’ Stayed in Current Firms
Length in Years N %
=, < 5 27 21.95
6 - 10 26 21.14
11 - 15 25 20.33
16 - 20 18 14.63
21- 25 8 6.50
26 - 30 13 10.57
Above 30 6 4.88
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents, %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.3.6.2 Overseas Work Experience
Table 6.13 is a summary of respondents’ overseas work experience (outside Thailand).
Seventy-seven (62.60%) respondents indicated that they had no work experience in
other countries than Thailand and only forty-six (37.40%) respondents had overseas
work experience. Of the forty-six respondents who had overseas work experience,
nineteen (41.30%) respondents specified that the main country they had overseas work
experiences was America, while seventeen (36.96%) was Asian countries (i.e.
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, China and Hong Kong), eight (17.39%) was European
countries (i.e. London and Germany), and two (4.35%) was Argentina and New Zeland,
respectively.
Table 6.13
Summary of Respondents’ Overseas Work Experience
Work Experience N %
Thailand 77 62.60
Overseas 46 37.40
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents, %: percentage within total number of respondents.
159
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
6.3.6.3 Industry Experience
Table 6.14 is a summary of respondents’ industry experience. Eighty-one (65.85%)
respondents specified that they had more than 15 years experience in the industry. The
shortest time period was about 1 year for one respondent, and the longest time was 40
years for two respondents. The average industry experience of the respondents was
20.15 years with a standard deviation of 9.56 years.
Table 6.14
Summary of Respondents’ Industry Experience
Length in Years N %
=, < 5 9 7.31
6 - 10 15 12.20
11 - 15 18 14.64
16 - 20 23 18.70
21 - 25 20 16.26
26 - 30 24 19.51
Above 30 14 11.38
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents, %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.3.7 Origin of Appointment
Table 6.15 is a summary of origin of appointment. The origin of appointment was
classified into two groups for analysis. CEOs appointed from outside current firms are
defined as Externals whereas CEOs promoted from within firms are defined as
Internals. The results show that sixty-three CEOs (51.22%) were Internals, and the other
sixty (48.78%) CEOs were Externals.
160
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
Table 6.15
Summary of Respondents’ Origin of Appointment
Origin of Appointment N %
Internal 63 51.22
External 60 48.78
Total 123 100
N: number of respondents, %: percentage within total number of respondents.
6.4 Chapter Summary
The data in this chapter has shown that a total of one hundred and twenty three
companies participated in this survey. It can be concluded that there were no important
differences between the respondents and non-respondents in term of industry or size
classifications in this study. The overall response rates were similar across categories
and hence the samples can be considered unbiased.
About two-fifth of companies employed up to five hundred employees and less than
one-fifth employed over two thousand people. The rest of companies employed between
five hundred and two thousand people. The average years for respondent companies
listed on the Thai stock exchange was 12.08 years.
The majority of respondents were male, primarily middle aged between 36 to 55 years
of age and had completed undergraduate or postgraduate level education with the
exception of twelve respondents whose highest education was at certificate/diploma
and high school level. About two-thirds of respondents had completed education in
overseas countries (outside Thailand). The majority of them had a sales and marketing
background followed by planning and management, finance and accounting, and
engineering and production. Only ten of them had a human resource background and
twelve of them had other functional disciplines. The average respondents’ CEO tenure
in their current firm was 8.75 years and in other organisations was 4.37 years. It was
also found that the average years the respondents had worked for their current firms was
161
Chapter 6: Analysis of Respondent Companies
13.95 years and their industry experience was 20.15 years. Over half of the respondents
had no work experience in other countries than Thailand. About half of the respondents
were promoted from within firms to be CEOs. All the respondents provided meaningful
information regarding their companies and demographic characteristics when the
interviews were conducted.
162
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
Chapter 7
Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
7.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to replicate the original study by Hart and Quinn (1993). The same
analytical tools and techniques used by Hart and Quinn (1993) were employed for data
analyses. The goal was to test the relationship between executive leadership roles and
organisational performance in Thai publicly listed companies. The discussions are
organized into three main sections. Section 7.2 investigates the degree of relative
importance of each of the leadership roles with respect to each of the organisational
performance factors. Section 7.3 examines the effect of the four leadership roles on
single organisational performance dimension. Section 7.4 focuses on the impact of high
behavioural complexity on organisational performance. This chapter also provides the
Australian results by Zakliki (1996) that used the same instruments into each analysis in
order to facilitate meaningful comparisons.
7.2 Impact of Executive Leadership Roles
To examine the relative importance of each leadership role on the three dimensions of
organisational performance, multiple regression analysis was performed using the
leadership roles and the control variables as the independent variables and the three
performance factors as the dependent variables in three separate regression equations.
Table 7.1 shows the results of this analysis and compares the results of three studies.
163
Table 7.1
Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Roles a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study Roles/Controls
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
Vision setter .20 .11 .16 .01 .12** .12** -.12 -.17 -.11
Motivator -.02 .10 .26* .10* .09* .23*** .01 .19* .01
Analyser .07 .19 -.12 -.06 .12** .09* .02 -.04 -.02
Task master -.01 -.04 .02 .02 .01 -.04 .08 .05 .18
Dynamism -.02 .07 -.11 -.06 -.01 -.06 -.09 .06 -.05
Complexity -.12 -.09 -.03 -.02 -.06 -.01 -.27* -.23* -.19
Munificence .15 .21* .29** .03 .19*** -.05 .04 -.14 .01
Size .01 .10 .11 .12** .19*** -.11** .04 -.10 -.05
Adj R2 .01 .09 .17 .01 .16 .11 .05 .12 .01
F 1.12 2.57 4.06 2.06 15.65 10.39 1.72 2.66 1.10
P .35 .01 .000 .04 .000 .000 .10 .01 .37
SE 1.18 .89 .66 1.46 1.13 .80 1.46 .90 .87
N 123 123 123 604 604 604 111 103 109 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .10, **: p < .01, ***: p < .001.
164
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
In the Thai replication (H&Q), the results indicated that the only control variable that
was a significant predictor of performance was munificence of environment. Firms
operating in a munificent environment had better business performance (p=.02) and
organisational effectiveness (p=.001). However, it was not found that size was an
important predictor of performance. Net of the control variables, leadership roles had
little influence on the three dimensions of organisational performance. Three of the four
leadership roles (vision setter, analyser and task master) were not predictive of
performance on any dimensions. Only the motivator role was a significant predictor of
organisational effectiveness (p=.01). In interpreting these results it is important to note
that the predictive power of the three equations was dramatically different. All
independent variables explained only 1% of the variance in financial performance. They
explained 9% and 17% of the variance in business performance and organisational
effectiveness. Organisational effectiveness was the performance dimension most
influenced by the executive leadership roles. When compared to the two previous
studies, the results provided the same evidence that executive leadership roles had little
to do with the short-term financial performance.
7.3 Leadership Profiles of Organisation
To understand better the relative importance of leadership roles on organisational
performance, the effect of the four roles on a single firm performance dimension was
examined in this section. To examine the leadership profiles of organisations, the firms
were classified on the basis of their performance level as low, high and unbalanced
performers by median value (median=5.00 for financial performance, median=4.67 for
business performance, median=5.33 for organisational effectiveness performance). By
this classification the low performers were those firms whose mean scores on all three-
performance dimensions were below median. On the contrary, the high performers had
mean scores above the median on all three-performance dimensions. The rest of the
cases were classified as unbalanced. Table 7.2 summarises the distribution of firms
according to this classification.
165
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
166
Table 7.2
Firms Classification on Their Performance Level Basis
Firm Group N %
Low performers 25 20.33
Unbalanced 77 62.60
High performers 21 17.07
Missing - -
Total 123 100
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of respondent companies.
To explore the effect of leadership roles on organisational performance, mean scores on
the four leadership roles were compared, using ANOVA for the high and low performer
groups as the independent variables and the four leadership roles as the dependent
variables. Table 7.3 demonstrates the leadership profiles of high and low performing
firms.
The Thai replication (H&Q) of this analysis partially confirmed the original H&Q study
that “high performers require greater emphasis on all four roles” (Hart and Quinn 1993,
p.569) as there was a significant difference between high performers and low
performers for only two leadership roles: motivator role (p=.003), and analyser role
(p=.02). No significant differences were found in vision role and task master role
performed by these firms. The Thai results also partially supported the Australian
findings that “there were no significant differences in the means of roles performed by
these groups”, which was supported by Zakliki’s (1996, p. 141) data.
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study
Group N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master
1.High
performers
21 4.05 3.95 3.76 3.68 94 4.27 4.25 4.57 4.67 20 3.60 3.73 3.86 3.76
2.Low
performers
25 3.75 3.37 3.36 3.38 106 2.58 2.45 2.93 3.48 29 3.91 3.56 4.01 3.64
N 46 46 46 46 46 199 199 199 199 49 49 49 48 48
F 2.24 10.02 6.29 2.69 548.35 568.97 510.44 409.38 2.72 0.54 0.52 0.51
P .14 .003 .02 .11 .000 .000 .000 .000 .11 .47 .47 .48
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
ANOVA: Leadership Profiles of High and Low Performing Firms aTable 7.3
167
a Data reported in the table are the mean values.
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
168
7.4 Leadership Types and Organisational Performance
In the previous section the firm performance was classified and the relationship of these
groups in regard to leadership roles was examined. These results still showed little
about which types of roles are related with high performance. In this section it is
necessary to specify types of leadership roles and examine the impact of possible types
that would have the most influence on each of the three organisational performances.
Two different methods were used to classify executive leadership roles. Firstly, Q-type
cluster analysis was performed to categorise cases into distinctive leadership behaviours
on the basis of four leadership roles. Secondly, the leadership roles were classified into
three groups– high, medium and low complexity– according to their percentile breaks.
7.4.1 Classifying Executive Leadership Roles: Q-Type Cluster Analysis
The Q-type cluster analysis was carried out sequentially, solving for 2, 3, 4 clusters, to
classify leadership role behaviour. The Q-Type cluster program by itself automatically
classify groups, which are statistically different from one another. The three-cluster
solution was selected as the best among them based upon interpretability of the clusters.
The results showed that high complexity group (cluster 1) had consistently high scores
on each of the four roles, while low complexity group (cluster 2) scored consistently
low on the roles. The third group (cluster3) constituted an unbalanced category of
leadership behaviour since this group had high scores on motivator role, analyser role,
and task master role but low scores on vision role. This pattern emerged in the original
H&Q study as the third group had high scores on analyser role and task master role but
low scores on vision role and motivator role. In the Zakliki replication study; however,
the third group was labeled as medium complexity as all the groups had either high or
low scores on all roles. Table 7.4 details the three clusters of distinctive leadership
behaviours with their associated scores on the four roles in comparison with the results
of two previous studies.
169
Table 7.4
Q-Type Cluster Analysis on Roles a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study
Cluster N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master
1. Cluster 1 45 4.44 4.17 4.09 4.08 402 3.84 3.96 4.09 4.05 72 4.13 4.01 4.13 3.88
2. Cluster 2 29 3.63 2.82 3.05 3.09 160 2.95 2.69 2.61 3.58 5 2.13 2.13 1.93 2.13
3. Cluster 3 49 3.57 3.92 3.25 3.44 109 2.60 2.48 3.82 4.13 34 3.33 3.31 3.68 3.53
Missing - - 7
Mean 123 3.90 3.75 3.51 3.59 671 3.42 3.40 3.70 3.93 118 3.76 3.64 3.88 3.71 a Data reported in the table are the mean values.
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
170
To test the relationship between these leadership types on all three-performance
dimensions, ANOVA was performed with the three leadership types as the independent
variables and the three performance factors as the dependent variables. The results are
detailed in Table 7.5. The Thai replication (H&Q) suggested that there were statistically
significant difference for the variables of business performance performed by these
leadership types. The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that the score of high complexity
group (mean=4.94) significantly differed from the unbalanced group (mean=4.44) at .05
(p=.03) level on business performance. There was also a significant difference between
high complexity group (mean=5.40) and low complexity group (mean=4.98) with
respect to organisational effectiveness in the mean scores at .05 (p=.046) level.
Statistically, there was no significant difference among the groups on the mean of
financial performance. The Thai replication (H&Q) partially supported the original
findings where significant differences were identified for all three-performance
dimensions. Nevertheless, the Thai results also provided similar evidence with the
Zakliki data that there was no significant difference among the groups on the mean of
financial performance.
Since the effects of control variables (size and environmental conditions) might have
strong moderating effects on leadership types, multiple regression analysis was
performed including these variables as controls along with the dummy variables.
Dummy variable coding was used with the low complexity group serving as the
comparison group. The results are presented in Table 7.6. The Thai replication (H&Q)
suggested that the only control variable that appeared to be a predictor of firm
performance was munificent environment, which had a positive effect on business
performance (p=.03) and organisational effectiveness (p=.001). Net of control variables,
the high complexity group was statistically predictive of business performance (p=.06)
and organisational effectiveness (p=.01) in comparison with the low complexity group.
The unbalanced group was not a significant predictor of any performance factors. All
independent variables explained 7% of the total variance in business performance and
14% in organisational effectiveness but none of the variance of financial performance.
The comparisons showed that high complexity group appeared to have little to do with
the financial performance in all three studies. The munificent environment was strongly
predictive of business performance and organisational effectiveness in both the Thai
replication (H&Q) and the original H&Q study.
Table 7.5
ANOVA: Leadership Types (Q-Type Cluster Analysis) and Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study Leadership Type
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
1. High complexity 4.91 4.94
(3)
5.40
(2)
4.51
(3)
4.72
(2, 3)
5.65
(2,3)
4.67 4.65 5.16
2. Low complexity 4.48 4.49 4.98
(1)
4.45 3.97
(1)
5.29
(1)
3.70 4.92 5.25
3. Unbalanced 4.58 4.44
(1)
5.18 4.06
(1)
4.16
(1)
5.21
(1)
5.02 4.62 5.10
N 123 123 123 650 651 661 111 103 109
F 1.44 4.00 3.26 3.96 24.84 17.03 1.89 .16 .08
P .24 .02 .04 .02 .000 .000 .16 .85 .92 a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p < .08) Scheffe contrasts (in parentheses). For example, in the Thai replication (H&Q) the high complexity group
is significantly different from the unbalanced group with respect to business performance.
171
172
Table 7.6
Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Types a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study Leadership
Types/Controls Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
High complexity .18 .21* .28** .01 .21**** .20**** -.09 -.03 .01
Unbalanced .03 -.03 .12 -.12*** .06 -.05 - - -
Dynamism -.01 .04 -.14 -.05 .02 -.04 -.07 -.07 -.02
Complexity -.10 -.04 -.01 -.01 -.04 .01 -.29*** -.27*** -.22**
Munificence .12 .20** .30*** .03 .20**** .08** .04 .16 .02
Size .03 .12 .14 .11*** .18**** -.09** .05 -.07 -.06
Adj R2 -.003 .07 .14 .02 .13 .06 .07 .10 .01
F .94 2.61 4.30 3.03 16.57 7.36 2.68 3.34 1.08
P .47 .02 .001 .006 .000 .000 .03 .008 .37
SE 1.19 .90 .67 1.45 1.17 .84 1.45 .91 .87
N 123 123 123 621 621 621 111 103 109 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients.
*: p < .10, **: p<.05,***: p < .01, ****: p<.001.
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
173
7.4.2 Classifying Executive Leadership Roles: Percentile Breaks
The Q-type cluster analysis provided a general test to discover the possible impact of
leadership types that would have the most influence on each of the three performance
factors. To facilitate a specific test of leadership types on organisational performance, it
is necessary to define a more restrictive set of leadership types. The leadership roles
were partitioned into thirds – high, medium, and low – according to their percentile
breaks (refer Table 7.7). CEOs who had scores in the upper third on all four of
leadership roles were placed in the group labeled high complexity. Similarly, those who
had scores at the medium level were labeled medium complexity and those who had
scores at the bottom third on all four roles were labeled low complexity. The remaining
CEOs were assigned to a category labeled unbalanced. According to the Table 7.7, this
is a much more restricted classification system than the Q-type cluster analysis. There
were only fifteen cases defined as high complexity and six cases as low complexity
versus forty-five cases and twenty-nine cases respectively through Q-type cluster
analysis. The vast majority of cases (102 cases) fell into the unbalanced category.
To examine the relationship between these groups (high, low and unbalanced
behaviourally complexity) on all three-performance dimensions, ANOVA was again
performed with the three leadership types as the independent variables and the three
performance factors as the dependent variables. The results are presented in Table 7.8.
The results revealed a similar pattern with the Australian study where the high
complexity behaviour group tends to have higher mean scores on all firm performance
dimensions in comparison with the low complexity behaviour group based upon this
classification. However, there were no significant differences among the groups on the
means of all firm performance factors. The leadership profiles showed only a few
significant relationships to the firm performance dimensions.
Table 7.7
Percentile Breaks of Leadership Roles a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study
Types N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master N Vision Motivator Analyser
Task
Master
High complexity 15 >4.00 >4.00 >3.67 >3.75 52 >3.67 >4.00 >4.00 >4.25 6 >4.00 >4.00 >4.33 >4.00
Medium
complexity
- <4.00
>3.67
<4.00
>3.33
<3.67
>3.33
<3.25
>3.25
14 <3.67
>3.00
<4.00
>3.00
<4.00
>3.33
<4.25
>3.75
<4.00
>3.67
<4.00
>3.33
<4.33
>3.67
<4.00
>3.67
Low complexity 6 <3.67 <3.33 <3.33 <3.25 31 <3.00 <3.00 <3.33 <3.75 6 < 3.67 <3.33 >3.67 <3.67
Unbalanced 102 N/A N/A N/A N/A 578 N/A N/A N/A N/A 97 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Mean 3.90 3.75 3.51 3.59 - 3.42 3.40 3.70 3.93 - 3.76 3.64 3.88 3.71 a Data reported in the table are the mean values.
174
175
Table 7.8
ANOVA: Leadership Types (Percentile Breaks) and Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study Leadership Types
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
1. High complexity 5.10 5.16 5.58 4.71 4.83
(3)
6.17
(3,4)
4.58 5.00 5.44
2. Medium complexity
- - - - - - - - -
3. Low complexity 4.42 4.22 4.94 4.61 3.74
(1,4)
5.11
(4)
3.50
(4)
4.53 5.27
4. Unbalanced 4.63 4.59 5.17 4.40 4.46
(3)
5.49
(3)
4.81
(3)
4.64 5.12
N 123 123 123 675 677 687 111 103 109
F 1.18 3.20 2.57 0.78 6.47 10.11 2.26 0.44 0.43
P .31 .04 .08 .51 .000 .000 .11 .64 .65
a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p < .08) Scheffe contrasts (in parentheses). For example in the Hart and Quinn study the high complexity group is
significantly different from the low complexity group and the unbalanced group with respect to organisational effectiveness.
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
176
To control the effect of environmental factors and size of firm, multiple regression
analysis was again performed with dummy variables for leadership types and the
control variables included as the independent variables and three performance factors as
the dependent variables. Dummy variable coding was used with the low complexity
group serving as the comparison group. The results are presented in Table 7.9. The
munificent environment appeared to be important predictors of business performance
(p=.02) and organisational performance (p=.000). Similarly, like the previous
classification, high complexity group was a significant predictor of business
performance (p=.04) and organisational effectiveness (p=.05) in comparison with the
low complexity group. The unbalanced group was not a significant predictor of any firm
performance factors.
177
.
Table 7.9
Multiple Regression: Leadership Type (Percentile Breaks) on Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Thai Replication (H&Q), Hart and Quinn Study and Zakliki Replication Study)
Thai Replication (H&Q) Hart and Quinn Study Zakliki Replication Study Leadership
Profiles/Controls Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
High complexity .20 .33** .30* .01 .09 .17*** .04 .20 .01
Low complexity - - - .02 -.14**** -.15**** -.08 -.11 .05
Unbalanced .07 .13 .10 -.06 -.01 -.02 .11 .22 -.12
Dynamism .01 .06 .13 -.04 -.04 .02 -.08 -.10 -.04
Complexity -.09 -.03 .01 -.01 -.03 .01 -.26** -.18** -.21**
Munificence .13 .21** .32**** .04 .22**** .11*** .03 -.20*** .03
Size .04 .14 .15 .13*** .21**** -.05 .03 -.05 -.05
Adj R2 -.01 .08 .14 .01 .12 .05 .07 .09 0
F .88 2.64 4.30 1.87 12.89 5.00 2.27 2.49 1.03
P .52 .02 .001 .07 .000 .000 .03 .02 .41
SE 1.19 .89 .67 1.46 1.18 .85 1.4 .96 .87
N 123 123 123 621 621 621 118 118 118
a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients.
*: p < .10, **: p < .05, ***: p < .01, ****: p<.001.
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
7.5 Chapter Summary
This chapter described the data analyses undertaken to replicate the original H&Q
study. The same instrument and techniques were used so as to provide comparisons.
Zakliki’s (1996) results that used the same analytical tools and procedures were also
incorporated into each analysis. The goal was to test the relationship between executive
leadership roles and organisational performance and compare the results with those of
previous studies. Nevertheless, the Thai replication (H&Q) was only partially in
agreement with the original H&Q study and the Australian findings. The data analyses
revealed evidence for the following conclusions:
1. The three studies showed little relationship between leadership roles played by CEOs
and organisational performance. The only significant result in the Thai replication
(H&Q) was a positive relationship between motivator role and organisational
effectiveness. Hart and Quinn findings showed that particular roles played by CEOs
were important predictors of organisational performance. In Zakliki replication study,
there was a positive association between motivator role and business performance.
In these three studies, the amount of variance explained by executive leadership roles
was low.
2. The Thai replication (H&Q) suggested that high behavioural complexity of the CEOs
was predictive of higher firm performance with respect to business performance and
organisational effectiveness. Similarly, Hart and Quinn (1993) showed that the highest
levels of firm performance were achieved by CEOs with high levels of behavioural
complexity particularly to business and organisational effectiveness factors. On the
other hand, Zakliki (1996) reported that high behavioural complexity of the CEOs was
not associated with higher firm performance in his Australian study. In all three studies,
high behavioural complexity of the CEOs had little to do with financial performance of
firms.
3. The situational context was important to organisational performance. The munificence
of environment was predictive of business performance and organisational effectiveness
178
Chapter 7: Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
in the Thai replication (H&Q). Hart and Quinn (1993) showed that a munificent
environment was a significant predictor of both business performance and organisational
effectiveness, but was not related to financial performance. However, Zakliki (1996)
found that only complexity of environment was related to financial and business
performance and organisational effectiveness in his Australian study.
179
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
Chapter 8
Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
8.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to examine the results obtained from the Australian study by Zakliki
(1996) with comparisons being made against the Thai survey. The same analytical tools
and techniques were employed for data analyses. These comparisons are organized into
three main sections. Section 8.2 investigates the relationship between executive
leadership and organisational performance. Section 8.3 focuses on the impact of
behavioural complexity on organisational performance. The analyses also incorporated
the appropriate contingency factors including size, environmental conditions and
business strategy into each analysis. Section 8.4 compares the CEO demographic
characteristics and leadership style (autocratic vs. democratic) between the Thai and the
Australian study.
8.2 Relative Importance of Executive Leadership
8.2.1 Impact of Executive Leadership Roles
To assess to what extent the value of organisational performance can be affected by
different roles and conditions, multiple regression analysis was performed using the
leadership roles and control factors as the independent variables and the three
performance factors as the dependent variables in three separate regression equations.
(refer Table 8.1). In the Thai replication (Z), all independents variables explained none
of the variance in financial performance, while they explained 9% and 18% of the
variance in business performance and organisational effectiveness, respectively. It was
found that organisational effectiveness was the performance factor most influenced by
leadership roles whereas in the Zakliki study business performance appeared to be most
180
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
effected by leadership roles. The only control variable that was a significant predictor of
performance was a munificent environment, which had a positive effect on business
performance (p=.004) and organisational effectiveness (p=.004). However, it was found
that size was not an important predictive variable of performance in both studies. Net of
control variables, two leadership roles had some influence on organisational
performance. Statistically, motivator role was strongly associated with organisational
effectiveness (p=.003), and analyser role was a significant predictor of business
performance (p=.03). In the Zakliki study the task master role was the only significant
predictor of organisational effectiveness. However, both studies supported the claim
that executive leadership had no impact on financial performance.
Table 8.1
Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Roles a
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Thai Replication (Z) Zakliki Study Roles/Controls
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
Vision .12 .04 .17 .01 -.11 .09
Motivator .11 .08 .30** -.04 -.03 -.13
Analyser .02 .24* -.03 .09 .02 .02
Task master -.05 -.01 -.03 -.03 .10 .20*
Dynamism -.09 -.08 -.13 -.09 -.11 -.02
Complexity .04 .002 .09 -.28* -.16 -.18
Munificence .11 .26** .25** .02 .21* -.07
Size .05 .08 .14 .09 .05 .04
Adj R2 -.02 .09 .18 .03 .07 .03
F .75 2.56 4.31 1.57 2.11 1.55
P .64 .01 .000 .15 .05 .16
SE 1.12 .97 .68 1.42 1.22 .83
N 123 123 123 110 104 109 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
181
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
8.2.2 Impact of CEO Characteristics
To provide information as to what extent organisational performance can be altered by
CEO characteristics, multiple regression analysis was performed using CEO
characteristics as the independent variables and the three performance factors as the
dependent variables in three separate regression equations.
This section examines the degree of influence of each of the selected characteristics on
organisational performance. The coding utilised were with internal appointment,
holding bachelor’s degree and above, holding MBA degree, autocratic style, and age
more than 45 years old as dummy variables, and external appointment, no university
degree, democratic style, no MBA degree, and age equal or less than 45 years old as
control groups. Table 8.2 shows the results of these analyses. In the Thai replication (Z),
among the CEO characteristics, internal appointment was a significant predictor of
organisational effectiveness. All independent variables explained 4% of the total
variance in financial performance, 3% in business performance and 6% in organisational
effectiveness. Table 8.2 also compares the results of two studies and it is clear that CEO
characteristics had little influence on financial performance in both studies. On the other
hand, organisational effectiveness was the performance dimension most influenced by
CEO characteristics. Both studies were only able to explain a low level of variance
between the traits of the CEOs and organisational performance.
182
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
Table 8.2
Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on CEO Characteristics a
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Thai Replication (Z) Zakliki Study Characteristics
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
CEO tenure in the
current position
.20 .15 .22 -.01 0 .24*
CEO experience in
other firms
.11 -.04 -.01 .02 .04 -.04
Tenure in the firm .01 -.05 -.04 .12 .44** -.11
Industry experience -.03 .05 .09 .17 -.15 .10
Origin of appointment .08 .10 .28* -.11 -.24* .19*
Level of education .09 .17 .14 -.02 -.17 -.09
Holding an MBA -.18 -.15 .04 .08 .24* 0
Leadership style -.19 -.17 -.12 .14 .08 .07
Age -.19 .21 .09 -.11 -.05 .11
Adj R2 .04 .03 .06 -.03 .05 .09
F 1.56 1.38 1.81 .67 1.68 2.18
P .14 .21 .07 .74 .10 .03
SE 1.09 1.00 .72 1.44 1.29 .80
N 123 123 123 118 118 118 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
In conclusion, the above data provides evidence that executive leadership roles had
more impact on organisational effectiveness than on the other performance dimension in
the Thai replication (Z) whereas in the Zakliki study business performance appeared to
be the most influenced by leadership roles. However, organisational effectiveness was
the performance dimension most effected by CEO characteristics both in the Thai
replication (Z) and Zakliki study. Similarly, both studies suggested that executive
leadership, leadership roles or CEO characteristics, had no influence on financial
performance.
183
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
8.3 Impact of Behavioural Complexity on Performance
This section aims to test the extent to which the simultaneous mastery of four roles was
related to high firm performance. Executive leadership roles were classified and then
the association of these configurations of roles with firm performance was investigated.
8.3.1 Classifying Executive Leadership Roles:
Constructing Behavioural Complexity Index
Leadership roles were scored on the basis of their percentile breaks, and then the cases
were scored by summing the score of four leadership roles. The results were classified
as low level, medium low level, medium high level, and high level of behavioural
complexity. Table 8.3 presents the distribution of leadership profile according to this
classification.
Table 8.3
Classifying Cases:
Scoring the Level of Performing Leadership Roles
Thai Replication (Z) Zakliki Study Profile Score
N % N %
1. Low complexity 4,5 29 23.60 23 19.50
2. Medium low complexity 6,7 22 17.90 33 28.00
3. Medium high complexity 8,9 41 33.30 33 28.00
4. High complexity 10,11,12 31 25.20 22 18.60
Missing - - 7 5.90
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within leadership profile.
To examine the impact of behavioural complexity on organisational performance,
ANOVA was performed with behavioural complexity as the independent variables and
the three performance factors as the dependent variables (refer Table 8.4). The Thai
184
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
replication (Z) showed that there were significant differences among the behavioural
complexity group on the means of business performance and organisational
effectiveness, whereas in the Zakliki study significant differences were identified only
for organisational effectiveness. The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that the scores for
low complexity group (mean=4.24) significantly differed from that for high complexity
group (mean=4.98) with respect to business performance, and the difference was
significant at .05 level (p=.04). However, both studies suggested that that there were no
significant differences between the outcomes of these groups on financial performance.
Table 8.4
ANOVA: Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Thai Replication (Z) Zakliki Study Behavioural
Complexity N Financial Business Effectiveness N Financial Business Effectiveness
1. Low complexity 29 4.24 4.24
(4)
4.97 23 4.58 4.50 4.90
(4)
2. Medium low
complexity
22 4.47 4.55 4.98 33 4.73 4.50 4.89
(4)
3. Medium high
complexity
41 4.61 4.55 5.26 33 4.63 4.63 5.09
(4)
4. High complexity 31 4.84 4.98
(1)
5.44 22 4.53 4.71 5.57
(1,2,3)
N 123 123 123 123 111 110 104 109
F 1.53 2.84 3.84 .09 .16 3.6
P .21 .04 .04 .96 .92 .02 a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p<0.5) Scheffe contrasts (in parenthesis).
For example in the replication the low complexity group was significantly different from high complexity group with
respect to business performance.
185
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
8.3.2 Contingency Factors
To clarify the specific relationships between behavioural complexity and organisational
performance, the analyses incorporated the contingency factors. The firms were split;
firstly according to size (small or large), secondly according to the environmental
conditions (stable or turbulent), and thirdly on the basis of the nature of business
strategy (defender, prospector, analyser). The reactor type was dropped from the
analysis because of the small number of respondents following this strategy. Then the
analyses were performed for each of the subsets in the subsequent sections.
8.3.2.1 Size
To investigate the impact of behavioural complexity on organisational performance for
different sized firms and to control for the environmental factors, multiple regression
analysis was performed with behavioural complexity and environmental factors as the
independent variables and the three-performance dimensions as the dependent variables
(refer Table 8.5). The Thai replication (Z) showed that munificence of environment was
positively associated to business performance (p=.004) and organisational effectiveness
(p=.002) whereas in the Zakliki study complexity of environment was negatively related
to financial performance and munificent of environment was negatively related to
business performance. However, both studies showed that behavioural complexity had a
significant relationship with organisational effectiveness (p=.01) but not with the other
performance dimensions.
When the cases were split into small and large firms, the Thai replication (Z) showed
that all independents variables explained differing amounts of variance of dependent
variables between small and large firms (with large firms having more variance
explained). In small firms, munificence of environment was positively related to financial
performance (p=.03), but behavioural complexity was not significantly predictive of
organisational effectiveness. In large firms, munificence of environment was positively
related to both business performance (p=.03) and organisational effectiveness (p=.003).
and behavioural complexity had a significant relationship with organisational
186
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
187
effectiveness (p=.004). The comparisons found that both studies highlight the
importance of behavioural complexity on organisational effectiveness in large firms.
8.3.2.2 Environmental Conditions
Since size of firms might have moderating effects on the behavioural complexity and
organisational performance, multiple regression analysis was performed including the
size of firms along with behavioural complexity as the independent variables and the
three-performance dimensions as the dependent variables for each environment group
(refer Table 8.6). In the Thai replication (Z), the results suggested that size was not
related to any firm performance dimensions in both stable and turbulent environment,
but behavioural complexity was a statistically significant predictor of business
performance in a turbulent environment (p=.01) whereas in the Zakliki study,
behavioural complexity had a significant influence on organisational effectiveness in
turbulent environments and on business performance and organisational effectiveness in
a stable environment.
8.3.2.3 Business Strategy
To investigate the relationship of behavioural complexity in different strategic types on
organisational performance and to examine the effects of control variables, multiple
regression analysis was performed, including environmental factors and size of firms
along with behavioural complexity as the independent variables and the three-
performance dimensions as the dependent variables (refer Table 8.7). According to the
Thai replication (Z), in the prospector group, complexity of environment was related to
organisational effectiveness (p=.03) and munificence of environment was related to
financial performance (p=.04). In the analyser group, munificence of environment was
related to organisational effectiveness (p=.000) and behavioural complexity was related
to organisational effectiveness (p=.003) whereas in the Zakliki study complexity of
environment was negatively associated with business performance and behavioural
complexity was positively associated with business performance and organisational
effectiveness.
Table 8.5
Multiple Regression:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance by Size a
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Total Small Large
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Roles/Controls T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z
Behavioural
complexity
.17 -.03 .17 .05 .23** .23* .06 -.06 .09 -.05 .13 .16 .19 -.01 .25 .18 37** .31*
Dynamism -.09 -.08 -.03 -.11 -.11 -.03 -.20 -.23 -.20 -.18 -.14 -.34* -.04 .10 .11 -.02 -.14 .39*
Complexity .04 -.26* -.01 -.16 .12 -.18 .22 -.19 .08 -.08 .13 -.11 -.04 -.35* -.04 -.22 .13 -.37*
Munificence .12 .03 .26** -.20* .27** -.03 .28* .08 .25 -.23 .21 -.12 -.05 -.06 .30* .20 .39** .10
AdjR2 .01 .06 .07 .09 .12 .07 .07 .05 .04 .06 .03 .17 -.03 .03 .10 .09 .21 .17
F 1.41 2.69 3.24 3.39 5.28 3.01 2.17 1.72 1.60 1.79 1.41 3.85 .61 1.42 2.61 2.25 4.73 3.53
P .24 .04 .02 .01 .001 .02 .08 .16 .19 .15 .24 .01 .66 .24 .046 .08 .002 .01
SE 1.11 1.39 .98 1.22 .70 .81 1.12 1.29 1.07 1.34 .74 .84 1.09 1.52 .89 1.08 .66 .70
N 123 118 123 118 123 118 65 64 65 64 65 64 58 54 58 54 58 54
Note: T: Thai replication (Z), Z: Zakliki study. a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05, **: p < .01, ***: p < .001.
188
Table 8.6
Multiple Regression:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance by Environmental Conditions a
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Total Stable Turbulent
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Roles/Controls T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z
Behavioural
complexity
.16 -.02 .17 .05 .23** .24* .14 .17 .05 .32* .22 .30* .20 -.13 .36** -.12 .22 .26*
Size .03 .09 .05 .03 .11 .04 .11 -.03 -.01 .07 .06 .07 -.02 .11 .14 0 .12 .04
AdjR2 .01 -.01 .02 -.02 .06 .04 .01 -.01 -.03 .06 .03 .05 -.001 0 .11 -.02 .02 -.04
F 1.72 .43 2.08 .17 4.52 3.20 1.28 .70 .07 2.22 1.93 2.04 .98 .92 4.28 .42 1.62 2.16
P .18 .65 .13 .84 .01 .04 1.29 .50 .93 .12 .15 .14 .38 .40 .02 .66 .21 .12
SE 1.11 1.45 1.01 1.28 .73 .82 1.02 1.21 1.05 1.10 .67 .80 1.23 1.54 .93 1.28 .80 .84
N 123 118 123 118 123 118 71 49 71 49 71 49 52 64 52 64 52 64
Note: T: Thai replication (Z), Z: Zakliki study. a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05, **: p < .01, ***: p < .001.
189
190
Table 8.7
Multiple Regression:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance by Business Type a
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Defender Prospector Analyser
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Roles/Controls T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z T Z
Behavioural
complexity
.23 .05 -.08 .10 .20 .20 .31 .05 .27 -.09 .22 .21 .23 .01 .25 .28* .38** .34*
Dynamism -.31 -.29 -.09 -.44 -.38 .09 -.06 -.18 -.01 -.05 -.20 -.09 .25 .27 -.01 0 .16 .03
Complexity -.15 -.20 -.04 -.31 .11 -.01 0 -.23 04 -.04 .37* .19 -.20 -.29 .01 -.38* .22 -.23
Munificence -.11 .13 .40 .07 -.06 -.24 .33* -.04 .21 -.16 .14 .15 .08 -.32* .18 -.21 .49*** -.05
Size .07 .32 .10 .18 .21 .01 .18 .08 .18 -.04 .06 -.16 -.24 .10 -.04 .06 -.05 .09
AdjR2 -.01 .03 -.03 .04 -.05 -.14 .11 -.03 .04 -.13 .14 -.01 .003 .07 .000 .28 .34 .12
F .96 1.16 .87 1.20 .77 .43 1.97 .82 1.30 .25 2.29 .96 1.03 1.69 1.00 4.24 6.07 2.18
P .46 .37 .52 .35 .58 .83 .11 .54 .29 .93 .07 .46 .41 .16 .43 .004 .000 .08
SE 1.17 1.35 1.20 1.52 .70 .91 1.08 1.55 .99 1.47 .62 .98 1.000 1.24 .95 .74 .66 .71
N 28 27 28 27 28 27 42 38 42 38 42 38 50 47 50 47 50 47
Note: T: Thai replication (Z), Z: Zakliki study. a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05, **: p < .01, ***: p < .001.
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
Table 8.8 summarises the results of Thai replication (Z) and Zakliki study by
incorporating contingency factors to examine the relationship of behavioural complexity
on organisational performance.
Table 8.8
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance: Contingency Approach
(Comparing Thai Replication (Z) and Zakliki Study)
Organisational Performance Factor Contingency
Factors
Controls/Behavioural
Complexity Financial Business Effectiveness
Total cases Complexity
Munificence
Behavioural complexity
-a
-a, b
b
a,b
Size of firms
Small
Dynamism
Munificence
b
-a
Large Complexity
Dynamism
Munificence
Behavioural complexity
b
-a
a
b
a,b
Environments
Turbulent
Behavioural complexity
b
Strategy types
Prospector
Munificence
Complexity
b
b
Analyser
Munificence
Complexity
Behavioural complexity
-a
a
b
a,b
Note: a = significant relationship according to Beta Coefficient (p<.05) in Zakliki study
b = significant relationship according to Beta Coefficient (p<.05) in Thai replication study (Z)
- = negative association
In the Thai replication (Z), munificence of environment had predictive power on
business performance and organisational effectiveness in general, in large firms and in
191
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
firms with an analyser type of business strategy whereas behavioural complexity was
associated with organisational effectiveness when firms were large and for firms
following an analyser type strategy. Behavioural complexity also had a significant
impact on business performance in turbulent environments. When compared to the
Zakliki study, both studies showed a similarity in that behavioural complexity had a
positive significant relationship with organisational effectiveness and not the other
performance dimensions especially for large firms and for firms following an analyser
type of strategy. The same results also revealed that there was no association between
behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of situational factors.
8.4 Comparisons of CEO Characteristics
This section aims to make a comparison of some important aspects of the demographic
characteristics of CEOs in the Thai study with those of the CEOs in the Australian study
by Zakliki (1996).
8.4.1 CEOs’ Age
Table 8.9 is a summary of CEOs’ age. Both studies showed that the vast majority of
CEOs were aged more than 45 years old, with a greater percentage of older CEOs in the
Thai study.
Table 8.9
Summary of CEOs’ Age
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Age
N % N %
Less than and equal 45 years old 24 19.51 34 28.81
More than 45 years old 99 80.49 84 71.19
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
192
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
8.4.2 CEOs’ Educational Level
Table 8.10 is a summary of CEOs’ educational level. About half of the CEOs in the
Thai study had postgraduate qualifications (master’s degree and doctorate degree) while
approximately 40% of CEOs in the Australian study had postgraduate qualifications.
Table 8.10
Summary of CEOs’ Educational Level
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Educational Level
N % N %
Bachelor and under 61 49.59 69 58.47
Postgraduate 62 50.41 49 41.53
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
Table 8.11 is a summary of how many CEOs’ hold an MBA degree. Both studies
showed that approximately one-fourth of CEOs had completed training in business
administration (MBA).
Table 8.11
Summary of CEOs’ Holding an MBA Degree
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Hold an MBA Degree
N % N %
Yes 34 27.64 24 20.33
No 89 72.36 94 79.67
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
193
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
8.4.3 CEOs’ Functional Background
Table 8.12 is a summary of CEOs’ main functional background. The most frequently
mentioned functional background of the CEOs in the Thai study were sales and
marketing (36.59%), planning and management (35.77%), finance and accounting
(34.96%), engineering and production (24.39%), others (9.76%) and human resource
(8.13%) whereas others (33.05%) appeared to be the most frequently cited functional
background by CEOs in Australian study followed by engineering and production
(30.89%), financing and accounting (22.88%) and sales and marketing background
(17.80%), respectively.
Table 8.12
Summary of CEOs’ Functional Background
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Functional Background
N % N %
Finance and accounting 43 34.96 27 22.88
Engineering and production 30 24.39 38 30.89
Human resource and personnel 10 8.13 - -
Sales and marketing 45 36.59 21 17.80
Planning and management 44 35.77 - -
Others 12 9.76 39 33.05
Total 184 125
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within respondents’ functional discipline.
8.4.4 CEO Experience
This section discusses the CEO tenure in their current position and CEO experience in
other firms for both the Thai study and the Australian study.
194
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
Table 8.15 is a summary of CEO tenure in the current position. The majority of CEOs
in both studies had CEO tenure of less than 5 years followed by 5-10 years and more
than 10 years respectively.
Table 8.13
Summary of CEO Tenure in the Current Position
Thai
Study
Australian
Study CEO Tenure in Current Position
N % N %
Less than 5 years 48 39.03 65 55.09
5-10 years 41 33.33 34 28.81
More than 10 years 34 27.64 18 16.10
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
Table 8.14 is a summary of CEO experience in other firms. About 60% of CEOs in both
studies had no CEO experience in other firms. However, CEOs in the Thai study were
more likely to have CEO experience in other firms of more than 5 years compared with
the CEOs in the Australian study.
Table 8.14
Summary of CEO Experience in Other Organisations
Thai
Study
Australian
Study CEO Experience in Other Organisations
N % N %
No experience 71 57.72 69 58.48
Less than 5 years 9 7.32 23 19.49
More than 5 years 43 34.96 26 22.03
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
195
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
8.4.5 Work Experience
This section discusses CEOs’ work experience in the Thai study and the Australian
study including the number of years they had worked in their current organisations and
the total number of years they had worked in the industry.
Table 8.15 is a summary of CEOs’ total tenure in the firm. Seventy CEOs (56.91%) in
the Thai study specified that they had worked for their current organisations more than
10 years whereas in the Australian study sixty-five CEOs (55.09%) had worked 10 or
less years for their current organisations.
Table 8.15
Summary of CEOs’ Total Tenure in the Firm
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Total Tenure in the Firm
N % N %
Less than 5 years 26 21.14 37 31.36
5-10 years 27 21.95 28 23.73
More than 10 years 70 56.91 53 44.91
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
Table 8.16 is a summary of the CEOs’ industry experience. The majority of CEOs in
both studies indicated that they had industry experience of more than 20 years. In the
Thai study, sixteen CEOs (13.01%) had industry experience of less than 10 years and
forty-nine CEOs (39.84%) had experience of between 10 to 20 years. On the other hand,
in the Australian study, thirty-five CEOs (29.66%) had industry experience of less than
10 years and thirty CEOs (25.42%) had experience of between 10 to 20 years.
196
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
Table 8.16
Summary of CEOs’ Industry Experience
Thai
Study
Australian
Study CEOs’ Industry Experience
N % N %
Less than 10 years 16 13.01 35 29.66
10-20 years 49 39.84 30 25.42
More than 20 years 58 47.15 53 44.92
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
In summary, there were no large differences in both the CEO tenure in current position
and work experience of the CEOs in both studies (refer Table 8.17). CEOs in both
studies had a similar pattern of experience.
Table 8.17
Summary of CEO Tenure and Work Experience
Mean (years)
CEO Tenure and Work Experience Thai
Study
Australian
Study
CEO tenure in current position 8.75 6.89
CEO experience in other firms 4.37 3.49
Total tenure in the firm 13.95 13.36
Industry experience 20.15 19.69
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
8.4.6 Origin of Appointment
Table 8.18 is a summary of CEOs’ origin of appointment. CEOs in the Thai study were
more likely to be appointed from outside the organisation than CEOs in the Australian
197
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
study. On the other hand, CEOs in the Australian study were more likely to be promoted
from within the organisation than CEOs in the Thai study.
Table 8.18
Summary of CEOs’ Origin of Appointment
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Origin of Appointment
N % N %
Internal 63 51.22 69 58.47
External 60 48.78 49 41.53
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
8.5 Comparisons of Leadership Style
This section aims to compare the leadership style of CEOs between the Thai study and
the Australian study. Table 8.19 shows the results of the comparison and it would
appear that CEOs in both studies were more likely to adopt an autocratic style than a
democratic style of leadership.
Table 8.19
Summary of Leadership Style
Thai
Study
Australian
Study Leadership Style
N % N %
Democratic 53 43.09 50 42.37
Autocratic 58 47.15 65 55.09
Missing 12 9.76 3 2.54
Total 123 100 118 100
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
198
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
Table 8.20 compares the dimensions of leadership between the Thai study and the
Australian study. The data shows that the mean scores for all categories were lower for
the Thai study than those of the Australian study. The Australian CEOs were more
likely to share information and objectives to their subordinates than the Thai CEOs. The
Thai CEOs believed that the average subordinates need to be provided only information
which is necessary for them for their immediate tasks (mean=3.32). However, the Thai
CEOs believed in internal control (mean=3.74), encouraging participation by
subordinates (mean=3.40) and capacity for leadership and initiative of subordinates
(mean=3.37) respectively whereas Australian CEOs believed in sharing information
(mean=3.99), internal control (mean=3.76), participation (mean=3.64) and capacity for
leadership and initiative (mean=3.42) respectively. Zakliki (1996, p.185) noted that
Australian CEOs approved of participative and democratic management without a
corresponding belief in the capacity for leadership and initiative.
Table 8.20
Dimensions of Leadership
Mean
Category Dimensions Thai
Study
Australian
Study
A Capacity for leadership & initiative 3.37 3.42
B Sharing information & objective 3.32 3.99
C Participation 3.40 3.64
D Internal control 3.74 3.76
Note: Based on a 5-point scale; Higher mean scores representing democratic beliefs.
8.6 Chapter Summary
This chapter described the data analyses undertaken to replicate the Zakliki Australian
study. The same instrument and techniques were employed for data analyses so as to
provide comparable comparisons. The comparisons were organized into three main
aspects. Firstly, the relationship of executive leadership and organisational performance
was investigated. Secondly, the impact of behavioural complexity on organisational
199
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
performance was tested. The analyses also incorporated the appropriate contingency
factors into each analysis. The last section examined the CEO demographic
characteristics and the leadership styles. The findings of these analyses provided
evidence for the following conclusions:
1. The findings from the Thai replication (Z) showed that particular roles played by
CEOs are important predictors of organisational performance. The replication results
identified the importance of the analyser role to business performance and motivator
role to organisational effectiveness. In the Australian study, the only significant result
was a positive association between the task master role and organisational effectiveness.
Importantly, the findings found that executive leadership roles had more influence on
organisational effectiveness than on the other performance dimension in the Thai
replication (Z) whereas in the Australian study business performance appeared to be the
most influenced by leadership roles. However, organisational effectiveness was the
performance dimension most affected by the CEO characteristics both in the Thai
replication (Z) and the Australian study. Similarly, both studies found that executive
leadership, leadership roles or CEO characteristics, all had no impact on the financial
performance dimension.
2. In the Thai replication (Z), CEO behavioural complexity was associated with higher
firm performance for organisational effectiveness in general, and for large firms and for
firms following an analyser type of strategy. Behavioural complexity also had a
significant impact on business performance in a turbulent environment. When compared
to the Australian study, both studies showed a similarity in that CEO behavioural
complexity had a positive relationship with organisational effectiveness and not the
other performance dimensions especially for large firms and for firms following an
analyser type of strategy. Both studies also revealed that there was no association
between CEO behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of
situational factors.
3. Both Thai and Australian studies suggested that the vast majority of CEOs were older
than 45 years. Approximately half of them had a postgraduate qualification (master’s
200
Chapter 8: Thai Replication of Zakliki (1996) Study
degree and doctorate degree) and about a quarter had completed an MBA degree. The
top three functional backgrounds in the Thai study were sales and marketing (36.59%),
planning and management (35.77%), finance and accounting (34.96%), whereas others
(33.05%) engineering and production (30.89%), financing and accounting (22.88%)
were the top three functional backgrounds of CEOs in the Australian study.
Additionally, both studies showed that the majority of CEOs had tenure in their current
position of less than 5 years followed by 5 to 10 years and then more than 10 years and
about 60% of CEOs had no CEO experience in other firms. However, CEOs in the Thai
study were more likely to have CEO experience elsewhere of 5 years or more than
CEOs in the Australian study. About 60% of CEOs in the Thai study had worked for
their current firms for more than 10 years whereas in the Australian study slightly less
than 60% of CEOs had worked 10 years or less for their current firms.
Both studies indicated that about 45% of CEOs had industry experience of more than 20
years and there were no large differences in both the CEO tenure in current position and
the work experience of CEOs. CEOs in both studies had a similar pattern of experience.
CEOs in the Thai study were more likely to be appointed from outside the firms
whereas CEOs in the Australian study were more likely to be promoted from within
their firm.
It would be appear that CEOs in both studies were more likely to adopt an autocratic
style of leadership than a democratic style of leadership. The Thai CEOs were less
likely to share information and objectives to their subordinates than the Australian
CEOs. The Thai CEOs believed that the average subordinates need to be provided only
information which is necessary for them for their immediate tasks, they believed in
internal control followed by encouraging participation by subordinates and capacity for
leadership and initiative of subordinates. On the other hands, Australian CEOs believed
in sharing information followed by internal control, participation, and capacity for
leadership and initiative respectively.
201
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
202
Chapter 9
Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
9.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to discuss the data analyses for each of the seven hypotheses
generated for this research. To test these hypotheses, the discussions are organised into
five main sections. Section 9.2 examines the relationship of executive leadership and
organisational performance. Section 9.3 tests the extent to which the behavioural
complexity was related to high organisational performance. Section 9.4 explores CEO
attributes of high performing firms. Section 9.5 investigates the relationship between
CEO attributes and behavioural complexity. Section 9.6 examines the specific
relationship between CEO attributes and contingency factors. The results in this chapter
are based on the modified instrument as detailed in chapter 5: Table 5.4 and Table 5.10.
9.2 Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance
This section aims to examine the relationship between executive leadership and
organisational performance according to the first hypothesis.
Hypothesis 1: Executive leadership will have more impact on organisational
effectiveness than on business and financial performance.
The discussion is organised as follows. Firstly, the degree of relative importance of each
of executive leadership role on the three dimensions of organisational performance,
controlling for the size and the environmental variables, is examined. Secondly, the
relative importance of each of the CEO attributes with respect to each dimension of
organisational performance is assessed. Thirdly, the overall results are summarised.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
203
9.2.1 Impact of Executive Leadership Roles
To test the first hypothesis, multiple regression analysis was performed to examine the
impact of leadership roles as the independent variables on the three dimensions of
performance as the dependent variables, controlling for size and the three environmental
variables in the three separate regression equations. Table 9.1 shows the results of these
analyses.
In interpreting these results it is important to note that the predictive power of the three
equations was different. All independent variables explained 10% of the variance of
business performance and 19% of organisational effectiveness but none of the variance
of financial performance. The only control variable that was an important predictor of
performance was munificence of environment, which had a positive effect on business
performance (p=.02) and organisational effectiveness (p=.004). However, size,
dynamism and complexity were not found to be important predictive variables of
performance. Net of the control variables, two of the four executive leadership roles
were significant predictors of performance. As expected, the analyser role was a
significant predictor of business performance (p=.01) but was not related to financial
performance and organisational effectiveness. The motivator role was strongly
associated with organisational effectiveness (p=.002) and was unrelated to financial
performance and business performance. However, the vision role and the task master
role were not predictive of firm performance on any dimensions.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
204
Table 9.1
Multiple Regression:
Organisational Performance on Executive Leadership Roles a
Organisational Performance Measure Roles/Controls
Financial Business Effectiveness
Vision setter .06 -.01 .12
Motivator .07 .10 .30**
Analyser .06 .25* -.02
Task master -.02 .39 .02
Dynamism -.09 -.10 -.15
Complexity .04 .02 .11
Munificence .12 .21* .25**
Size .06 .15 .12
Adj R2 -.03 .10 .19
F .54 2.69 4.66
P .83 .009 .000
SE 1.13 .88 .65
N 123 123 123 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
9.2.2 Impact of CEO Attributes
To further test the first hypothesis, multiple regression analysis was performed to assess
the impact of each of CEO attributes as the independent variables with respect to each
dimension of organisational performance as the dependent variables.
Before investigating the data, codings were utilised with overseas work experience,
older age (more than 45 years), holding bachelor’s degree and above, holding an MBA
degree, internal appointment, overseas study and autocratic style as dummy variables,
and no overseas work experiences, younger age (equal and less than 45 years), no
university degree, no MBA degree, no overseas study, democratic style and external
appointment as control groups.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
205
Table 9.2 shows the results of these analyses. All independent variables explained 7%
of total variance in financial performance, 6% in business performance, while they
explained 18% in organisational effectiveness. Among the CEO attributes, older (more
than 45 years) and democratic CEOs and had a significant negative effect on financial
performance (p=.046 and p=.045 respectively). CEOs with high need for achievement
were positively related to organisational effectiveness (p=.000). The results showed that
these attributes did not have any influence on business performance. Organisational
effectiveness appeared to be the most influenced performance dimension by these CEO
attributes.
Table 9.2
Multiple Regression: Organisational Performance on CEO Attributes a
Organisational Performance Measure CEO Attributes
Financial Business Effectiveness
CEO tenure in the current position .06 .21 .03
CEO experience in other firms .12 -.02 .02
Total tenure in the firm .10 -.06 .13
Industry experience -.09 -.01 -.01
Overseas working experience -.02 .13 .02
Age -.22* .11 .02
Level of education .10 .16 .15
Holding an MBA degree -.19 -.15 -.01
Origin of appointment .04 .15 .22
Overseas study -.09 -.13 -.10
Leadership style -.20* -.18 -.11
Need for achievement .16 .19 .35*
Locus of control -.18 -.09 -.14
Adj R2 .07 .06 .18
F 1.59 1.52 2.79
P .10 .12 .002
SE 1.08 .90 .66
N 123 123 123 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
206
In conclusion, the data revealed evidence that executive leadership (leadership roles and
CEO characteristics) had greater impact on organisational effectiveness than on the
other performance dimensions. Executive leadership had little influence on financial
performance and business performance. Consequently, the first hypothesis was
confirmed.
9.3 Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance
This section aims to explore the relationship between behavioural complexity and
organisational performance. One of the objectives was to investigate the extent to which
the simultaneous mastery of four leadership roles was related to high firm performance
according to the second and third hypotheses.
Hypothesis 2: High behavioural complexity or the simultaneous use of the vision setter,
motivator, analyser and task master roles by CEOs will be associated with high
performance on all three performance dimensions namely financial, business, and
organisational effectiveness.
Hypothesis 3: High behavioural complexity will be positively associated with all three
domains of organisational performance regardless of contingency factors including size
of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy.
To test these hypotheses, the index of behavioural complexity was developed, and then
the association of these role configurations with firm performance was examined. The
findings were also re-examined by incorporating a contingency approach in order to test
whether the results were universal or contingent on contingency factors including size
of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
207
9.3.1 Constructing Behavioural Complexity Index
In this section the roles were scored on the basis of their percentile breaks and then the
behavioural complexity index was constructed by summing of scores on the basis of
four roles. By this classification, the leadership roles were partitioned into low level,
medium level and high level of behavioural complexity. Table 9.3 summarises the
distribution of behavioural complexity group.
Table 9.3
Scoring the Level of Behavioural Complexity
Group Score N %
1. Low complexity 3,4,5 32 26.00
2. Medium complexity 6,7,8 56 45.50
3. High complexity 9,10,11,12 35 28.50
Missing - -
Total 123 100.00
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within total number of respondents.
To explore the impacts of behavioural complexity on organisational performance,
ANOVA was carried out with behavioural complexity as the independent variables and
the three performance factors as the dependent variables (refer Table 9.4). The data
suggested that there was a pattern in that high complexity groups tended to have slightly
higher means on all three-performance factors compared to the low complexity group.
Nevertheless, the differences were statistically significant only for the variables of
organisational effectiveness. The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that the score for high
complexity (mean=5.53) significantly differed from that for medium complexity
(mean=5.02), and the differences were significant at.01 (p =.004) levels.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
208
Table 9.4
ANOVA Results:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance a
Organisational Performance Measure Behavioural
Complexity N
Financial Business Effectiveness
1.Low complexity 32 4.38 4.42
5.11
2.Medium complexity 56 4.58 4.58 5.02
(3)
3.High complexity 35 4.69 4.92
5.53
(2)
Mean 4.56 4.64 5.19
N 123 123 123
F .67 2.73 5.95
P .52 .07 .003 a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p<0.05) Scheffe contrasts in (parenthesis). For
example the high complexity group was significantly different from the medium complexity group with respect to
organisational effectiveness.
9.3.2 Contingency Approach
To clarify the specific relationship between behavioural complexity and organisational
performance, the cases were split; firstly according to the size of firm (small vs. large),
secondly on the basis of perceived environmental conditions (stable vs. turbulent), and
finally according to the types of business strategy (defender, prospector, analyser).
Reactor type was dropped from the analysis due to the small sample size.
9.3.2.1 The Effect of Size
Since environmental conditions might have strong moderating effects on behavioural
complexity, multiple regression analysis was performed including the environmental
factors as controls along with dummy variables for high complexity and medium
complexity. Dummy variable coding was utilised with the low complexity serving as
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
209
the comparison group. The results are presented in Table 9.5. Munificence of
environment was a significant positive predictor of business performance (p=.02) and
organisational effectiveness (p=.004). Net of control variables, high complexity group
had a significant relationship with business performance (p=.04) and organisational
effectiveness (p=.03)
The split between small firms and large firms did not produce any statistically
significant results on control factors. Munificence of environment was significantly
predictive of organisational effectiveness regardless of the size of firm. In small firms,
medium complexity was a statistically significant predictor of organisational
effectiveness (p=.02). In large firms, high behavioural complexity was positively related
to business performance (p=.02) and organisational effectiveness (p=.005). The results
showed the importance of high behavioural complexity in large firms on business
performance and organisational effectiveness.
9.3.2.2 The Effect of Environmental Factors
To examine the relationship of behavioural complexity with performance in different
environmental conditions and to control for size of firm, multiple regression analysis
was performed including behavioural complexity group and size as the independent
variables and the three performance factors as the dependent variables. The results are
presented in Table 9.6. When the firms were split according to Q-type cluster analysis
by environmental dimensions as either stable or turbulent environments. Size was not
found to be a significant predictor of any performance dimensions but high behavioural
complexity had statistically significant predictive power on organisational effectiveness
in a stable environment (p=.039).
9.3.2.3 The Effect of Business Strategy
To test the relationship of leadership configuration in different types of strategy on firm
performance, and to examine the effects of control variables, multiple regression
analysis was performed including environmental factors and size as controls along with
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
210
leadership configuration as the independent variables and the three-performance factors
as the dependent variables. The results are presented in Table 9.7. In the prospector
group, complexity of environment and high behavioural complexity were a statistically
significant predictor of organisational effectiveness (p=.009, p=.043) respectively. In
the analyser group, munificence of environment was positively related to organisational
effectiveness (p=.001). Statistically significant relationships were identified between
high complexity group and all three-performance dimensions (financial: p=.049,
business: p=.024; organisational effectiveness: p=.02) for firms following an analyser
type of strategy. Given that this is the first time a significant association between
behavioural complexity and financial performance has been found, namely for firms
following an analyser type of strategy additional analyses were undertaken to explore
the characteristics of the firms who have an analyser strategy. Table 9.8 shows that
firms pursuing an analyser type strategy have a higher proportion of high performing
firms than do the firms pursuing either a prospector or defender strategy.
In conclusion, the data provided evidence that high behavioural complexity was
significantly associated with higher business performance and organisational
effectiveness in general, and for large firms and for firms following an analyser type of
strategy. High complexity group also had a positive association with organisational
effectiveness both for firms in a stable environment and for firms pursuing a prospector
strategy. However, there was no relationship between high behavioural complexity and
financial performance regardless of any situational factors except for the analyser firms.
It was shown that CEOs with high behavioural complexity in firms following an
analyser type of strategy were positively related to all three-performance dimensions
namely financial performance, business performance, and organisational effectiveness.
Thus, the second and third hypotheses were partially confirmed.
211
Table 9.5
Multiple Regression:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Small and Large Firms)
Total Small Large Roles/Controls
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
High complexity .12 .23* .24* -.01 .13 .11 .30 .38* .46**
Medium complexity .09 .10 -.07 .01 .11 -.32* .18 -.03 .20
Dynamism -.08 -.05 -.14 -.19 .30 -.26 -.03 .17 -.14
Complexity .04 .02 .17 .23 .12 .25 -.06 -.03 .12
Munificence .12 .21* .25** .29* .21 .23* -.09 .19 .28*
AdjR2 -.01 .05 .15 .05 .03 .17 -.03 .18 .18
F .67 2.23 .34 1.66 1.45 3.70 .69 3.64 3.52
P .65 .06 .000 .16 .22 .006 .63 .007 .008
SE 1.12 .91 .66 1.13 .96 .66 1.09 .78 .63
N 123 123 123 65 65 65 58 58 58 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
212
Table 9.6
Multiple Regression:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Stable and Turbulent Environment)
Total Stable Turbulent Roles/Controls
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
High complexity .13 .24* .26* .08 .17 .27* .11 .31 .23
Medium complexity .08 .06 -.10 .19 .07 -.18 .11 .05 .01
Size .05 .14 .18 .14 .05 .20 -.04 .23 .11
AdjR2 -.01 .04 .10 .00 -.02 .13 -.05 .06 0
F .53 2.58 5.55 1.01 .52 4.60 .12 2.16 .97
P .67 .06 .001 .39 .67 .006 .95 .11 .42
SE 1.12 .91 .68 1.03 .91 .61 1.27 .94 .79
N 123 123 123 71 71 71 52 52 52
a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
213
Table 9.7
Multiple Regression:
Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance a
(Comparing Business Types)
Defender Prospector Analyser Roles/Controls
Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness Financial Business Effectiveness
High complexity .44 .15 -.03 .13 .17 .38* .36* .41* .35*
Medium complexity .16 .02 -.15 .25 .14 .11 .04 .15 -.06
Dynamism -.40 -.29 -.31 .06 .10 -.26 .21 .01 .09
Complexity -.26 -.02 .07 .06 .14 .43** -.11 0 -.05
Munificence -.17 .32 0 .29 .07 .10 .04 .19 .45**
Size .13 .16 .31 .15 .26 .10 -.20 -.01 .49
AdjR2 0 -.08 -.12 .04 0 .23 .05 .06 .37
F 1.02 .65 .54 1.25 1.03 3.03 1.39 1.48 5.69
P .44 .69 .78 .31 .43 .02 .24 .21 .000
SE 1.17 1.13 .73 1.12 .94 .59 .97 .84 .61
N 28 28 28 42 42 42 50 50 50 a Data reported in the table are standardised beta coefficients. *: p < .05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
214
Table 9.8
Business Strategy
(Comparing High Performers vs. Low Performers)
Low Performers High Performers Strategy Type
N % N %
Defender 17 30 11 17
Prospector 19 33 23 37
Analyser 21 37 29 46
Total 57 100 63 100
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of companies. Low Performers High Performers Total
Strategy Type N % N % N %
Defender 17 61 11 39 28 100
Prospector 19 45 23 55 42 100
Analyser 21 42 29 58 50 100
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of strategy type.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
215
9.4 CEO Attributes and Organisational Performance
This section aims to examine the relationship between CEO attributes and
organisational performance. To discover appropriate CEO attributes that contribute best
to high performing firms, two different methods were used to classify performance;
constructing a performance index and Q-Type cluster analysis.
This section also repeats the data analysis by incorporating a contingency approach. The
primary goal was to examine whether the results were universal attributes or contingent
on either size of firm, environmental conditions, or business strategy. The fourth and
fifth hypothesis related to the CEOs attributes of high performing firms.
Hypothesis 4: Higher performing firms tend to be associated with CEOs who have
particular attributes e.g., greater tenure in position, tenure in firm and industry
experience, higher need for achievement, and more internal locus of control than those
in lower performing firms.
Hypothesis 5: Higher performing firms tend to be associated with CEOs who have
particular attributes e.g. greater experience, higher need for achievement, more
internal locus of control regardless of organisational size, business strategy and
environmental conditions.
9.4.1 Comparing CEO Attributes of High and Low Performers:
Constructing Performance Index
To explore the association of firm groups with CEO attributes, the firms were classified
according to their performance level. They were classified into high and low performers
according to their median breaks (median= 4.67 for finance, median=4.67 for business,
median=5.20 for organisational effectiveness). By this classification, the high
performers were those firms, whose mean score were above the median on all three-
performance factors. On the contrary, the low performers had mean scores below
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
216
median scores on all three factors. The rest of cases were considered as unbalanced.
Table 9.9 shows the distribution of firms according to this classification.
Table 9.9
Firm Classification Based on Performance Level
Firm Group N %
Low performers 29 23.60
High performers 20 16.30
Unbalanced 74 60.20
Missing - -
Total 123 100
N: number of companies; %: percentage within total number of respondent companies.
To examine the relationship of CEO attributes to firm groups, ANOVA was conducted
with the performance level of firms (low, high, and unbalanced) as the independent
variables and the CEO attributes as the dependent variables. Table 9.10 summarises
ANOVA results showing the differences among the firm groups on the CEO attributes.
The results showed that there was a statistically significant difference for the variables
of tenure in position by firm groups. The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that the score
for low performers (mean=9.79) significantly differed from that for high performers
(mean=16.6) and unbalanced (mean=14.86), and the differences were all significant at
.05 level (p=.046 and .049, respectively).
The results showed that the difference in the mean score for the variable of need for
achievement by firm groups was statistically significant. The Scheffe contrasts test
indicated that the score for high performers (mean=5.96) significantly differed from that
for low performers (mean=5.37) and unbalanced (mean=5.49), and the differences were
significant at .01 (p=.006) and .05 (p=.014) levels respectively.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
217
The results also suggested that there was a statistically difference in mean score for the
variable of locus of control by firm groups. The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that the
mean score for high performers (mean=4.50) significantly differed from that for low
performers (mean=6.83) at 0.5 level (p=.038).
Table 9.10
ANOVA Results for CEO Attributes a
Firm Group N Tenure in
Position
CEO Exp.
elsewhere
Tenure in
Firm
Industry
Experience.
Need for
Achievement
Locus of
Control
1. Low
performers
29 6.21 4.24 9.79
(2,3)
19.62 5.37
(2)
6.83
(2)
2. High
performers
20 9.00 4.90 16.60
(1)
23.50 5.96
(1,3)
4.50
(1)
3. Unbalanced 74 9.68 4.28 14.86
(1)
19.46 5.49
(2)
6.16
Mean 8.75 4.37 13.95 20.15 5.54 6.05
N 123 123 123 123 123 123
F 2.09 0.07 4.05 1.48 5.85 3.48
P .13 .93 .02 .23 .004 .03 a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p<.05) Scheffe contrasts (in parentheses). For
example the high performers was significantly different from the low performers with respect to the tenure in firm.
Because of sample size this classification had limitations in examining the impact of
other CEO attributes on firm groups. For this reason, another classification was
developed in the following section based on Q-Type cluster analysis.
9.4.2 Comparing CEO Attributes of High and Low Performers:
Q-Type Cluster Analysis
The Q-type cluster analysis was performed sequentially asking for 2, 3 and 4 clusters to
classify performance. Since the program automatically produces groups, which were
statistically different from one another, the two-cluster solution was selected as the most
suitable based upon the interpretability of the clusters. Table 9.11 demonstrates the final
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
218
cluster centre and descriptive statistics for each cluster. The first cluster had consistently
high scores on each of the three-performance factors, while the second cluster had
consistently lower scores on each of the firm performance. Therefore, they were labeled
as high performers and low performers respectively.
Table 9.11
Q-Type Cluster Analysis:
Final Cluster Centre and Descriptive Statistic in Each Cluster
Performance Measure Clusters N
Financial Business Effectiveness
1. Cluster 1 65 5.36 5.07 5.50
2. Cluster 2 58 3.66 4.16 4.84
Missing -
Mean 4.56 4.64 5.19
To explore the relationship of CEO attributes with performance, t-tests were performed
with the two groups of firm performance (high performers and low performers) (refer
Table 9.12). The results suggested that the differences between high performers and low
performers for the variables of tenure in the firm and need for achievement were all
significant at .01 level (p=.008 and p=.002 respectively). The mean score difference
between high performers and low performers was significant at .05 level (p=.04) for the
variable of tenure in position. High performers scored higher for tenure in firm, need for
achievement and tenure in position than did low performers.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
219
Table 9.12
T-Test Results for CEO Attributes a
CEO Attributes Sample
Mean Low Performers High Performers Sig. Level
Tenure in position 8.75 7.19 10.14 .04*
CEO experience elsewhere 4.37 3.88 4.82 .44
Tenure in the firm 13.95 11.55 16.09 .008**
Industry experience 20.15 18.67 21.48 .11
Need for achievement 5.54 5.34 5.70 .002**
Locus of control 6.05 6.62 5.54 .06 a Data reported in the table are the mean values. *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
To investigate further other CEO attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for each of the following variables, age, level of education, holding an MBA
degree, overseas study, functional background, overseas work experiences, origin of
appointment and leadership style (refer Table 9.13). The data suggested that origin of
CEO appointment was related to firm group [r=.186, p<.05 (p=.039)]. High performing
firms were more likely to appoint internals to be CEOs, while low performing firms
were more likely to appoint externals to be CEOs.
The data also showed that leadership style was associated with firm group [r=242, p<.05
(p=.011)]. It can be inferred that CEO’s serving in high performing firms predominantly
had autocratic styles. On the other hand, most of the CEOs in low performing firms had
democratic styles.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
220
Table 9.13
Comparing High Performers vs. Low Performers
Low Performers High Performers Cramer’s V CEO Attributes
N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
10
48
17
83
14
51
22
78
.054
.55
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
27
31
47
53
34
31
52
48
.057
.52
.
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
16
42
28
72
18
47
28
72
.001
.99
Overseas study
Yes
No
40
18
69
31
40
25
62
38
.078
.39
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
22
14
21
20
38
24
36
35
21
16
24
24
32
25
37
37
.059
.006
.007
.025
.51
.95
.93
.78
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
24
34
41
59
22
43
34
66
.078 .39
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
24
34
41
59
39
26
60
40
.186 .04*
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
21
32
40
60
37
21
64
36
.242 .01*
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
In conclusion, the above analyses suggest that there were associations between CEO
attributes and firm group. Comparing the high performing firms with low performing
firms showed that the CEO’s in the high performing firms had relatively longer tenure
in position, longer tenure in current firm, higher need for achievement, more internal
locus of control, internal origin of appointment and autocratic leadership style.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
221
Statistically, there was no significant difference between high performers and low
performers for the variables of tenure in the existing position, CEO previous experience,
industry experiences, age, level of education, holding an MBA degree, overseas study,
functional background, and overseas work experiences. Hence, the fourth hypothesis
was partially confirmed.
9.4.3 Contingency Approach
To test the fifth hypothesis, the relationship between CEO attributes and organisational
performance were re-examined by applying a contingency approach. Each analysis was
performed in respect to the contingency factors; size of firm, environmental conditions,
and business strategy.
9.4.3.1 Size
Table 9.14 is a summary of t-test results of CEO attributes between high performing
firms and low performing firms. The firms were split at the median number of
employees; cases below 700 employees were classified as small and above 700
employees as large. When the firms were split according to their sizes, there was a
statistically significant mean score difference between high performers and low
performers, and these were significant at .01 level for the variables of tenure in position,
(p=.004) and tenure in the firm (p=.004) in small firms. The differences between high
performers and low performers for the variables of need for achievement and locus of
control were found in large firms and these were all significant at .05 level (p=.02 and
p=.01 respectively)
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
222
Table 9.14
T-Test Results for CEO Attributes a
(Comparing Small and Large Firms)
Small Large
CEO Attributes Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Tenure in position 5.2 10.16 .004*** 10.00 10.12 .96
CEO experience elsewhere 2.79 6.19 .030* 5.42 3.56 .35
Tenure in the firm 8.19 14.77 .004*** 15.29 17.29 .46
Industry experience 16.62 18.35 .425 21.58 24.32 .29
Need for achievement 5.36 5.63 .075 5.33 5.38 .02*
Locus of Control 6.38 6.32 .940 6.96 4.82 .01* a Data reported in the table are the mean values.
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
To investigate further other CEO attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for small firms and large firms. Table 9.15 shows that for large firms the
high performing firms tended to have CEOs with a sales and marketing background
than those in low performing firms [r=.261,p<.05 (p=.047)]. Statistically, there was no
significant difference between high performers and low performers for other variables
regardless of the size of firm.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
223
Table 9.15
Cramer’s V Test for CEO Attributes
(Comparing Small and Large Firms)
Small Large
CEO Attributes Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Cramer’s V
Sig.
Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Cramer’s V
Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
27
73
19
81
.50 - - -
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
32
68
48
52
.19
67
33
56
44
.41
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
38
62
32
68
.62
13
87
23
77
.29
Overseas study
Yes
No
74
26
58
42
.19
63
37
65
35
.86
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
35
29
50
35
36
19
32
32
.98
.35
.15
.80
42
17
17
33
29
29
41
41
.33
.26
.047*
.54
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
42
58
26
74
.19
43
58
41
59
.97
Origin of Appointment
Internal
External
38
62
55
45
.18
46
54
65
35
.15
Leadership Style
Autocratic
Democratic
45
55
70
30
.05
32
68
57
43
.08
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
9.4.3.2 Environmental Conditions
Table 9.16 is a summary of t-test results of CEO attributes between high performing
firms and low performing firms in stable and turbulent environments. In turbulent
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
224
environments, there was a statistically significant mean score difference between high
performers and low performers for the variable of tenure in firm and locus of control
and these were significant at .05 level (p=.03 and p=.02 respectively). The data also
found there was a statistically difference in mean score for the variable need for
achievement by firm groups in turbulent environments, the CEOs of high performing
firms having a higher need for achievement at 0.1 level (p=.005).
Table 9.16
T-Test Results for CEO Attributes a
(Comparing Stable and Turbulent Environment)
Stable Turbulent
CEO attributes Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Tenure in position 6.56 8.46 .20 8.23 12.10 .15
CEO experience elsewhere 2.72 4.06 .28 5.77 5.70 .98
Tenure in the firm 10.44 12.51 .23 13.36 20.27 .03*
Industry experience 17.72 18.54 .71 20.23 24.90 .07
Need for achievement 5.30 5.50 .17 5.43 5.94 .005*
Locus of control 6.28 5.58 .15 7.18 5.20 .02*
a Data reported in the table are the mean values.
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
To investigate further other CEO attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for the stable and turbulent environment group. Table 9.17 shows that there
was a strong relationship between leadership style and firm groups in a stable
environment, CEOs serving in high performing firms predominantly had autocratic
leadership styles (p=.002). In the turbulent environment, the data showed that there
were significant relationships between firm groups and overseas study. Surprisingly,
CEOs in low performing firms were more likely to graduate from overseas countries
(p=.002). The data also suggested that financing and accounting background was
associated with the firm groups. The low performers were more likely to employ CEOs
with financing and accounting background (p=.04). According to the Crammer’s V test,
there were associations between firm groups and overseas working experiences. The
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
225
results showed that CEO of low performing firms more likely to have overseas working
experience than those of high performing firms (p=.04).
Table 9.17
Cramer’s V Test for CEO Attributes
(Comparing Stable and Turbulent Environment)
Stable Turbulent
CEO Attributes Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s V
Sig.
Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Cramer’s V
Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
22
78
34
66
.230 - - -
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
47
53
49
51
.91
46
54
57
43
.42
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
22
78
37
63
.17
36
64
17
83
.11
Overseas study
Yes
No
58
42
77
23
.09
86
14
43
57
.002**
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
28
31
33
36
40
29
26
46
.28
.86
.48
.41
55
14
41
32
23
20
50
27
.02*
.55
.52
.69
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
33
67
40
60
.56
55
45
27
73
.04*
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
39
61
57
43
.12
45
55
63
37
.20
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
34
66
74
36
.002**
48
52
52
48
.77
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
226
9.4.3.3 Business Strategy
Table 9.18 is a summary of t-test results of CEO attributes between high performing
firms and low performing firms for different types of business strategy. In the
prospector strategy group, the t-test showed there was a significant difference of CEO
attributes between high performers and low performers for the variable need for
achievement, and the difference was significant at .05 level (p=.01). In the analyser
strategy group there was also a significant mean difference between high performers
and low performers for the variable locus of control (p=.03). Interestingly, the results
also showed that for firm pursuing an analyser type of strategy, CEOs in high
performing firms tended to have a higher score on the variables of tenure in firm and
need for achievement than CEOs in low performing firms.
To examine further other CEO’s attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed (refer Table 9.19). The results revealed that there was a significant
relationship between leadership style and firm groups in the defender strategy group.
CEOs serving in high performing firms predominantly had autocratic styles (p=.02). In
the prospector strategy group, there were significant relationships between firm groups
and origin of appointment (p=.01). It can be inferred that internal CEOs tend to be
employed in high performing firms.
In conclusion, the above analyses for each of the contingency factors suggested
that high performing firms tended to be associated with CEOs who have particular
attributes with the specific attribute requirements being dependent on the situations.
Consequently, the fifth hypothesis was rejected.
227
Table 9.18
T-Test Results for CEO Attributes a
(Comparing Business Strategy)
Defender Prospector Analyser
CEO attributes Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Low
Performers
High
Performers
Sig.
Level
Tenure in position 6.12 10.73 .21 8.42 8.87 .84 7.24 10.97 .13
CEO experience else. 2.88 2.64 .88 5.74 5.96 .93 3.19 4.72 .41
Tenure in the firm 10.06 13.73 .33 11.63 14.57 .27 13.19 18.66 .06
Industry experience 16.18 19.82 .39 18.95 23.43 .09 20.14 20.72 .84
Need for achievement 5.29 5.67 .15 5.47 5.96 .01* 5.27 5.56 .12
Locus of control 6.71 5.18 .19 5.42 5.48 .95 7.76 5.66 .03* a Data reported in the table are the mean values.
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
228
Table 9.19
Cramer’s V Results for CEO Attributes a
(Comparing Business Strategy)
Defender Prospector Analyser
CEO Attributes Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s V
Sig.
Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s V
Sig.
Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s V
Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
12
88
27
73
.30
5
95
13
87
.39
33
67
28
72
.66
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
41
59
45
54
.82
53
47
44
56
.55
48
52
59
41
.44
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
29
71
36
64
.70
42
58
26
74
.27
14
86
28
72
.26
Overseas study
Yes
No
71
29
82
18
.50
63
37
65
35
.89
71
29
52
48
.16
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
41
41
24
41
18
46
18
46
.20
.82
.74
.82
26
11
42
37
30
13
48
35
.77
.18
.71
.29
48
19
43
29
38
28
31
38
.49
.49
.39
.49
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
229
Table 9.19 (continued)
Cramer’s V Results for CEOs Attributes
(Comparing Business Strategy)
Defender Prospector Analyser
CEO Attributes Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s V
Sig.
Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s
V
Sig.
Low
Performers
(%)
High
Performers
(%)
Crammer’s V
Sig.
Overseas working experience
Yes
No
41
58
27
73
.45
47
53
39
61
.59
33
67
35
65
.93
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
41
59
36
64
.80
32
68
70
30
.01*
52
48
66
34
.35
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
33
67
80
20
.02
53
47
65
35
.46
35
65
56
44
.16
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
230
9.5 Behavioural Complexity and CEO Attributes
This section aims to examine the extent to which the simultaneous mastery of four
roles- behavioural complexity – was related to the CEO attributes according to the sixth
hypothesis.
Hypothesis 6: CEOs who demonstrate greater behavioural complexity will be more
likely to have particular attributes e.g. greater experience, higher level of education,
and more internal locus of control than less behaviourally complex CEOs.
To discover appropriate attributes that would have the most effect on behavioural
complexity of CEOs, two different methods were used to classify executive leadership
roles. Firstly, Q-Type cluster analysis was performed to classify leadership roles.
Secondly, leadership roles were partitioned into high, medium high, medium low and
low complexity by scoring cases on the basis of four roles. Then, the relationship of
these role configurations with performance was examined.
9.5.1 Q-Type Cluster Analysis on Leadership Roles
The Q-type cluster analysis was performed sequentially asking for 2, 3 and 4 clusters to
classify leadership roles. Since the program automatically produces groups, which were
statistically different from one another, the three-cluster solution was selected as the
most suitable based upon the interpretability of the clusters. Table 9.20 demonstrates the
final cluster centre and descriptive statistics in each cluster. The data showed that the
cluster one had consistently low mean scores on each of the four roles, while the cluster
two and the clusters three had consistently high and higher mean scores on each of the
four roles. Therefore, they were labeled as low, medium, and high behavioural
complexity.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
231
Table 9.20
Q-Type Cluster Analysis:
Final Cluster Centre and Descriptive Statistic in Each Cluster
Clusters N Vision Motivator Analyser Task Master
1. Cluster 1 26 3.06 3.42 3.38 3.13
2. Cluster 2 60 4.07 3.63 3.58 3.42
3. Cluster 3 37 4.44 4.28 4.26 4.20
Missing -
Mean 123 3.97 3.78 3.74 3.59
To explore the relationship of behavioural complexity with CEO attributes, ANOVA
was performed with three groups of behavioural complexity as the independent
variables and CEO attributes as the dependent variables. Table 9.21 presents the results
of these analyses. The data showed that CEOs who had higher behavioural complexity
tended to have higher means for tenure in position, CEO experience elsewhere, tenure
in firm, industry experience, need for achievement and a lower mean for locus of
control. However, the differences were statistically significant only for the variables
need for achievement and locus of control.
The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that the mean score for high complexity
(mean=5.87) significantly differed from that for low complexity (mean=4.33) and
medium complexity (mean=5.42), and the differences were all significant at .01 level
(p=.004. and p=.003 respectively) for the variable need for achievement. There was
also a significant mean difference (p= .004) between high complexity (mean=4.76) and
low complexity (mean=7.38) for the variable locus of control.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
232
Table 9.21
ANOVA Results:
Leadership Types and CEO Attributes a
Leadership
Types N
Tenure in
Position
CEO Exp.
Elsewhere
Tenure in
Firm
Industry
Experience
Need for
Achievement
Locus of
Control
1. Low
complexity
26 6.38 4.08 12.08 18.81 5.33
(3)
7.38
(3)
2. Medium
complexity
60 9.88 4.12 14.73 20.43 5.42
(3)
6.27
3. High
complexity
37 8.57 5.00 14.00 20.65 5.87
(1,2)
4.76
(1)
Mean 8.75 4.37 13.95 20.15 5.54 6.05
N 123 123 123 123 123 123
F 1.84 .23 .70 .33 7.92 6.04
P .16 .80 .50 .72 .001 .003 a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p<0.5) Scheffe contrasts in (parenthesis). For
example the high complexity group was significantly difference from the low complexity group with respect to need
for achievement.
9.5.2 Constructing Behavioural Complexity Index on Leadership Roles
To provide a direct test of the hypothesis, it was necessary to define a more restrictive
set of leadership types. To accomplish this end, the roles were scored on the basis of
their percentile breaks, and the cases were scored by summing the score of four
leadership roles. The leadership roles were partitioned into four groups – low, medium
low, medium high, and high level of behavioural complexity. Table 9.22 presents the
frequency statistics for this classification.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
233
Table 9.22
Scoring the Level of Performing Leadership Roles
Leadership Types Score N %
1. Low complexity 3,4 22 17.89
2. Medium low complexity 5,6, 41 33.33
3. Medium high complexity 7,8,9 41 33.33
4. High complexity 10,11,12 19 15.45
Missing - -
Total 123 100.00
To explore the relationship of CEO attributes on leadership types, ANOVA was
performed with the leadership types; low level, medium low level, medium high level
and unbalanced level of behavioural complexity as the independent variables and the
CEO attributes as the dependent variables (refer Table 9.23).
As with the previous classification, the results suggested that there was a statistically
significant relationship for the variables of need for achievement and locus of control.
CEOs who demonstrate greater behavioural complexity have a higher need for
achievement and more internal locus of control. The Scheffe contrasts test indicated that
the mean score for high complexity (mean=5.75) significantly differed from that for low
complexity (mean=12.05) and medium complexity (mean=5.71), and the differences
were all significant at .05 level (p=.039, p=.017 respectively) for the variable of need
for achievement. There was also a significant mean difference (p=.042) between high
complexity (mean 4.63) and low complexity (mean=7.41) for the variable of locus of
control.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
234
Table 9.23
ANOVA Results:
Leadership Types and CEO Attributes a
Leadership
Types N
Tenure in
Position
CEO Exp.
Elsewhere
Tenure in
Firm
Industry
Experience
Need for
Achievement
Locus of
Control
1. Low
complexity
19 7.82 3.59 12.05 20.73 5.17
(3, 4)
7.41
(4)
2. Medium low
complexity
41 9.39 4.76 14.68 19.22 5.46 6.61
3. Medium high
complexity
41 8.63 4.12 14.17 21.17 5.71 (1) 5.41
4. High
complexity
22 8.68 5.00 14.11 19.32 5.75 (1) 4.63 (1)
Mean 8.15 4.37 13.95 20.15 5.54 6.05
N 123 123 123 123 123 123
F 0.19 0.21 0.35 0.38 4.50 3.89
P 0.90 0.89 0.79 0.77 0.005 0.01 a Data reported in the table are the mean values and the significant (p<0.5) Scheffe contrasts in (parenthesis). For
example the high complexity group was significantly different from the low complexity group with respect to need
for achievement.
To further examine other CEO attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for each of the following variables, age, level of education, holding an MBA
degree, overseas study, functional background, overseas work experience, origin of
appointment and leadership style (refer Table 9.24). The results revealed that planning
and management backgrounds were related to behavioural complexity groups [r=.287
p<.01(p=.001)]. High complexity CEOs were less likely to come from a planning and
management background.
The results also showed that leadership style was associated with behavioural
complexity groups [r=.209, p<.05 (p=.028)]. The emerging pattern was that high
behaviourally complex CEOs were more likely to have autocratic leadership style than
less behaviourally complex CEOs.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
235
Table 9.24
CEO Attributes of High vs. Low Complexity
Low Complexity High Complexity Cramer’s V CEO Attributes
N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
13
50
21
79
11
49
18
82
.029 .75
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
35
28
56
44
26
34
43
57
.122 .18
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
14
49
22
78
20
40
33
67
.124 .17
Overseas study
Yes
No
38
25
60
40
42
18
70
30
.101 .26
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
21
17
24
31
33
27
38
49
22
13
21
13
37
22
35
22
.035
.062
.032
.287
.70
.49
.72
.001**
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
25
38
40
60
21
39
35
65
.048 .59
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
29
34
46
54
34
26
57
43
.106 .24
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
24
43
42
58
34
20
63
37
.209 .03*
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
In conclusion, the results of above analyses provided evidence that CEOs who
demonstrate higher behavioural complexity had some common attributes: higher need
for achievement, more internal locus of control, autocratic leadership style and were less
likely to come from planning and management backgrounds. Statistically, there was no
significant difference between high complexity group and low complexity group for the
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
236
variables of tenure in position, CEO experience elsewhere, tenure in firm and industry
experience. Consequently, the sixth hypothesis was partially supported.
9.6 CEOs Attributes and Contingency Factors
This section aims to investigate the relationship between CEO attributes and
contingency factors. It tested whether the qualities required in CEOs were universal or
contingent on either size of firm, environmental conditions, or type of business strategy
according to the seventh hypothesis.
Hypothesis 7: The qualities required in CEOs will be determined to a large extent by
organisational size, environmental conditions and business strategy
To clarify the contingency nature of CEO attributes, the cases were split according to
size of firm, environmental dimensions and type of business strategy in each analysis.
9.6.1 Comparison between Small and Large Firms
This section scrutinises the association between a variety of CEO attributes and size of
the firms. It focused on the differences between small firms and large firms. The cases
were split at the median number of employees; cases below 700 employees were
classified as small and above 700 employees as large.
Two sets of analyses were carried out to investigate significant variables that
differentiated small firms and large firms. First, t-tests were conducted to compare the
mean scores of four experiences related variables and two personalities variables. Then,
cross tabulation and Cramer’s V were performed for the other CEO attributes.
Table 9.25 summarises the results of t-tests between small firms and large firms on six
variables of CEO attributes. The t-tests indicated that there was a significant difference
between small firms and large firms for the variables of industry experience, and tenure
in firm.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
237
The differences of CEO attributes between small firms and large firms for the variables
of industry experience and tenure in firm were significant at .01 level (p=.001) and
(p=.005) respectively. Large firms scored higher for these two variables than did small
firms.
Table 9.25
T-Test Results for CEO Attributes
Mean CEO Attributes
Small Firms Large Firms Sig. Level
Tenure in position 7.57 10.07 .08
CEO experience elsewhere 4.42 4.33 .94
Tenure in the firm 11.71 16.47 .005**
Industry experience 17.45 23.19 .001**
Need for achievement 5.49 5.59 .40
Locus of control 6.35 5.71 .26 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 9.26 summarises the results of cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test between
smalls firms and large firms on the other CEO attributes. The data clearly showed that
level of education was associated with size of firm. The CEOs with postgraduate
qualifications were more likely to be appointed in small firms [r=.203, p<.05(p=.024)].
The results also suggested that there was an association between CEOs’ holding an
MBA degree and size of firm. The emerging pattern was that small firms tended to
employ more CEOs who hold an MBA degree than large firms [r=.183, p<.05
(p=.042)].
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
238
Table 9.26
Relationship between CEO Attributes and Firm Size
Small Firms Large Firms Cramer’s V CEO Attributes
N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
15
50
23
77
9
49
16
84
.095 .29
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
26
39
40
60
35
23
60
40
.203 .02*
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
23
42
35
65
11
47
19
81
.183 .04*
Overseas study
Yes
No
43
22
66
34
37
21
64
36
.025 .78
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
23
16
27
22
35
25
42
34
20
14
18
22
34
24
31
38
.009
.006
.109
.043
.92
.95
.23
.64
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
22
43
34
66
24
34
41
59
.078 .39
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
30
35
46
54
33
25
57
43
.107 .23
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
35
26
57
43
23
27
46
54
.113 .23
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Hence, the above findings suggested that CEOs in small firms were more likely to hold
an MBA degree, and have completed postgraduate studies whereas CEOs in large firms
tended to have a longer tenure in current position, greater industry experience and have
a bachelor degree and under. Statistically, there was no significant difference between
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
239
small firms and large firms for the variables of age, overseas study, functional
background, overseas work experience, origin of appointment, and leadership style.
9.6.2 Comparison between Stable and Turbulent Environment
This section investigates the differences between CEO attributes in less and more
turbulent environments. The firms were split according to Q-type cluster analysis by
perceived environmental dimensions as either stable or turbulent environments. Again
two sets of analyses were carried out to explore the differences between stable
environment and turbulent environment on CEO attributes; t-tests and Cramer’s V test.
Table 9.27 summarises the results of t-tests between CEO’s attributes and
environmental conditions. The t-tests suggested that there were significant differences
between stable environment and turbulent environment on all attributes required in
CEOs with the exception of the variable of locus of control.
The results show that there was significant differences for CEO attributes between
stable environment and turbulent environment for the variables of tenure in firm,
industry experience and need for achievement, and the differences were all significant at
.01 level (p=.001, p=.006, and p=.006, respectively).
Table 9.27
T-Test Results for CEO Attributes
Mean
CEO Attributes Stable
Environment
Turbulent
Environment
Sig. Level
Tenure in position 7.49 10.46 .05
CEO experience elsewhere 3.38 5.73 .07
Tenure in the firm 11.46 17.35 .001**
Industry experience 18.13 22.92 .006**
Need for achievement 5.40 5.72 .006**
Locus of control 6.06 6.04 .975 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
240
Table 9.28 summarises the results of cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test between
stable environment and turbulent environment on the other CEO’s attributes. The results
indicated that age was associated with environmental conditions [r=.225, p<.01(p=.005)].
The younger CEOs (equal and less than 45 years) were most likely to be employed in
firms operating in a stable environment.
Table 9.28
Relationship between CEO Attributes and Environmental Conditions
Stable
Environment
Turbulent
Environment Cramer’s V
CEO Attributes
N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
20
51
28
72
4
48
8
92
.225 .005**
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
34
37
48
52
27
25
52
48
.040 .66
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
21
50
30
70
13
39
25
75
.051 .56
Overseas study
Yes
No
48
23
68
32
32
20
62
38
.063 .49
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
24
21
21
29
34
30
30
41
19
9
24
15
37
17
46
29
.028
.141
.170
.124
.75
.12
.06
.17
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
26
45
37
63
20
32
39
61
.019 .84
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
34
29
48
52
29
23
56
44
.078 .39
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
34
29
54
46
24
24
50
50
.039 .68
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
241
Overall, the findings suggest that CEOs in turbulent environments were more likely to
be older (more than 45 years), stay longer in the firm, have greater industry experience
and a higher need for achievement whereas CEOs in stable environments tended to be
younger (equal and less than 45 years). Statistically, there was no significant difference
between firms operating in a stable environment and firms operating in a turbulent
environment for the variables of tenure in position, CEO experience elsewhere, locus of
control, level of education, holding an MBA degree, overseas study, functional
background, overseas work experience, origin of appointment and leadership style.
9.6.3 Comparison Between Business Strategy
This section scrutinises the association between a variety of CEO attributes and
business strategy of firms. It focused on the differences among defender, prospector,
and analyser types of strategy. The reactor was dropped from the analysis because of the
small sample size.
Two sets of analyses were carried out to investigate significant CEO attributes that
differentiated defender, prospector and analyser firms. Firstly, ANOVA procedure was
conducted to compare the mean scores of four experience related variables and two
personalities variables. Then, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V were performed for the
other CEOs attributes.
Table 9.29 is the summary of ANOVA results showing the differences among the
defender, prospector and analyser firms on CEO attributes. ANOVA was conducted to
explore the impacts of CEO attributes on business strategy of firms. The Scheffe
contrasts test (when equal variance within group is assumed) and Games-Howell test
(when equal variance within groups is not assumed) were employed to investigate
where differences lie among three groups of business strategy. The results suggested
that there was no significant difference between the business strategy of firms and CEO
attributes.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
242
Table 9.29
ANOVA Results:
CEO Attributes and Business Strategy
Firm Group N Tenure in
Position
CEO Exp.
Elsewhere
Tenure in
Firm
Industry
Experience
Need for
Achievement
Locus of
Control
1. Defender 28 7.93
2.79 11.50
17.61 5.44 6.11
2. Prospector 42 8.67 5.86 13.24 21.40 5.74
5.45
3. Analyser 50 9.40
4.08 16.36
20.48 5.44
6.54
Mean 8.80 4.40 14.30 20.13 5.54 6.06
N 120 120 120 120 120 120
F 3.22 1.86 2.70 1.36 2.94 1.36
P .76 .16 .07 .26 .06 .26
Table 9.30 summarises the results of cross tabulation and Cramer’s V between the
business strategy of the firms and CEO attributes. The results showed that the business
strategy had association with age [r=.225, p<.05 (p=.048)]. The emerging pattern was
that younger CEOs (45 and less years) were more likely to be employed in analyser
firms and older CEOs (greater than 45 years) were more likely to be employed in
prospector firms.
The results also showed that engineering and production background was related to the
business strategy of firm [r=.271, p<.05 (p=.012)]. It can be inferred that the majority of
CEOs with engineering and production background were employed in defender firm.
Nevertheless, there was no other particular pattern within business strategy groups.
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
243
Table 9.30
Relationship between CEO Attributes and Business Strategy
Defender Prospector Analyser Cramer’s V CEO Attributes
N % N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
5
23
18
82
4
38
10
90
15
35
30
70
.225
.048*
Level of Education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
12
16
43
57
20
22
48
52
27
23
54
46
.089 .62
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
9
19
32
68
14
28
33
67
11
39
22
78
.119 .43
Overseas study
Yes
No
21
7
75
25
27
15
64
36
30
20
60
40
.122 .41
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
9
12
6
12
32
43
21
43
12
5
19
15
29
12
45
36
21
12
18
17
42
24
36
34
.127
.271
.186
.073
.38
.01*
.13
.73
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
10
18
36
64
18
24
43
57
17
33
34
66
.082 .67
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
11
17
39
61
22
20
52.4
47.6
30
20
60
40
.160 .21
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
13
12
52
48
22
15
59.5
40.5
22
25
47
53
.110 .51
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Hence, the above findings suggested that the majority of CEOs with engineering and
production background were more likely to be employed in defender type group, while
younger CEOs (equal and less than 45 years) were more likely to be employed in
analyser type group and older CEOs (greater than 45 years) were more likely to be
employed in prospector type groups. Statistically, there was no significant difference
among three types of business strategy for the variables of tenure in position, CEO
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
244
experience elsewhere, tenure in firm, industry experience, need for achievement, locus
of control, level of education, holding an MBA degree, overseas study, functional
background, overseas work experience, origin of appointment and leadership style.
In conclusion, it was found that the pattern of CEO attributes differed with the
requirements of different situations. The results suggest that the attributes required
in CEOs were determined by the situational context such as size of firm, environmental
conditions and business strategy. CEO attributes differed in smaller firms compared to
larger firms, in the stable environments compared with turbulent environments as well
as for defender firms compared with prospector firms and analyser firms. Consequently,
the last hypothesis was confirmed in this research.
9.7 Chapter Summary
This chapter has examined the results of the extended Thai study for each of the seven
proposed hypotheses. The findings of the above data analyses provided evidence for the
following conclusions:
1. Executive leadership (leadership roles and CEO characteristics) had greater impact on
organisational effectiveness than other performance dimension. Executive leadership
had little influence on financial performance and business performance.
2. High behavioural complexity was significantly related to higher firm performance
particularly business performance and organisational effectiveness in general, in large
firms and for firms following an analyser type of strategy. High complexity group also
had a positive relationship with organisational effectiveness in a stable environment and
for firms pursuing a prospector strategy. Statistically, there was no relationship between
high behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of any situational
factors except for the firms pursuing the analyser strategy. It was shown that CEOs with
high behavioural complexity in firms following an analyser type of strategy were
positively related to all three-performance dimension namely financial performance,
business performance, and organisational effectiveness. This is the first time a
Chapter 9: Comparison of Findings from Extended Thai Study with Hypotheses
245
relationship has been shown behavioural complexity and financial performance, namely
for firms following an analyser type strategy.
3. CEOs in the high performing firms had relatively longer tenure in the existing
position, longer tenure in current firm, higher need for achievement, more internal locus
of control, internal origin of appointment and autocratic leadership style. Further, by
employing the contingency factors the results suggested that high performing firms
tended to be associated with CEOs who have particular attributes which depend on the
size of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy.
4. High behavioural complexity CEOs had some common attributes: higher need for
achievement, more internal locus of control, autocratic leadership style and were less
likely to come from a planning and management background.
5. Attributes required in CEOs to be effective were determined by the situational
context such as size of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy. CEO
attributes differed in smaller firms compared to larger firms, in stable environments
compared with turbulent environments as well as for the defender firms compared with
prospector firms and analyser firms.
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Chapter 10
Additional Findings: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
10.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to provide some additional findings on other leadership aspects apart
from the major research results reported in chapters 6 to 9. It focuses on four
dimensions of executive leadership in Thailand from the perspectives of CEOs.
Additionally, leadership style and CEOs’ origin of appointment were examined. The
primary goal was to compare autocratic leaders and democratic leaders as well as
internal CEOs and external CEOs in terms of their attributes. Section 10.2 explores the
key success attributes for Thai executive leadership. Section 10.3 examines the
strengths and weaknesses of CEOs in their current position. Section 10.4 focuses on
CEO succession criteria. Section 10.5 investigates knowledge and skills required for
executive development. Section 10.6 examines the relationship between leadership style
and CEO attributes. Section 10.7 explores the relationship between CEOs’ origin of
appointment and CEO attributes. The data analyses were also performed with respect to
firm groups, contingency factors (size of firm, environmental conditions, business
strategy), behavioural complexity group, and leadership style.
This chapter draws on information gathered during the personal interviews with CEOs
especially from open-ended questions.
10.2 Key Success Attributes for Thai Executive Leadership
Table 10.1 is a summary of the key success attributes for Thai executive leadership. The
respondents were requested to indicate the key essential attributes, in their opinion,
required to be an effective leader in Thailand. The main key success attributes for Thai
leadership identified were strategic thinking and vision capabilities (36.59%), followed
246
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
by assertiveness and decisive decision making (35.77%), integrity, ethics and social
responsibility (34.15%), management by inspiration (30.89%), network building ability
(29.27%), management by example and role model (17.89%), humility (12.20%),
communication and negotiation skills (12.20%), credibility and proven track record
(11.38%), hug vs. kick style (4.07%) and others (i.e. open-minded, foreign language
expertise, self continuous learning and sympathetic) respectively.
Table 10.1
Key Success Attributes for Thai Executive Leadership
Attributes N %
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 45 36.59
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 44 35.77
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 42 34.15
Management by inspiration 38 30.89
Network building ability 36 29.27
Management by example and role model 22 17.89
Humility 15 12.20
Communication and negotiation skills 15 12.20
Credibility and proven track record 14 11.38
Hug vs. kick style 5 4.07
Others (i.e. open-minded, foreign language expertise,
self-continuous learning and sympathetic)
4 3.25
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within key success attributes. Total N=123.
10.3 Strengths and Weaknesses of CEOs
This section examines the strengths and weaknesses of CEOs. The respondents were
requested to reveal both their strengths and weaknesses as CEOs in their current
position. Data analyses were also performed with respect to type of firm groups, firm
size, environmental conditions, business strategy, complexity groups and leadership
style.
247
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
10.3.1 Strengths of CEOs
Table 10.2 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths. A total of one hundred and eighteen
respondents (95.93%) were willing to reveal their strengths in this research. However,
five respondents (4.07%) refused to disclose their strengths since they preferred their
subordinates to assess their strengths rather than self-assessment. Sixty-three (53.39%)
respondents identified their strengths as CEOs in their current position as high
commitment, dedication and enthusiasm, while forty-three (36.44%) were employee-
oriented management (winning employees’ hearts and getting the jobs done through
people), thirty-eight (32.20%) were industry and company business expertise, thirty-
seven (31.36%) were strategic thinking and vision capabilities, thirty-two (27.12%)
were assertiveness and decisive decision making, thirty (25.42%) were network
building ability, twenty-three (19.49%) were integrity, ethics and social responsibility,
twenty-one (17.80%) were perseverence and thirteen (11.02%) were credibility, proven
track records and shareholder/BOD approval respectively.
Table 10.2
Summary of CEOs’ Strengths
CEOs’ Strengths N %
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 63 53.39
Employee-oriented management 43 36.44
Industry and company business expertise 38 32.20
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 37 31.36
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 32 27.12
Network building ability 30 25.42
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 23 19.49
Perseverence 21 17.80
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/ BOD approval 13 11.02
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within CEO strengths.
Total N=118.
248
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.3 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths by firm groups. To investigate CEOs’
strengths, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for low performers and
high performers. Interestingly, the data suggested that there was an association between
perseverence and firm groups [r=.231, p<.05 (p=.01)]. It can be inferred that low
performers were more likely to employ persistent CEOs than high performers.
Statistically, there was no significant difference between low performers and high
performers for other variables.
Table 10.3
CEOs’ Strengths by Firm Groups
Low
Performers
High
Performers Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Strengths
N % N % Value Sig.
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 30 55 33 52 .022 .81
Employee-oriented management 21 38 22 35 .034 .71
Industry and company business expertise 18 33 20 32 .010 .91
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 14 26 23 37 .119 .20
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 14 26 18 29 .035 .70
Network building ability 15 27 15 24 .040 .67
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 14 26 9 14 .141 .13
Perseverence 15 27 6 10 .231 .01*
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/
BOD approval
5 9 8 13 .057 .53
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.4 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths by size of firm. To investigate CEOs’
strengths, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for small firms and
large firms. The data suggested that no statistically significant differences were
identified for CEOs’ strengths by size of firm. However, high performers were more
likely to employ CEOs with high commitment, dedication and enthusiasm, employee-
oriented management, assertiveness and decisive decision-making, integrity,
ethics/social responsibility and credibility, proven track record and shareholder/BOD
249
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
approval, while low performers tended to employ CEOs with industry and company
business expertise, strategic thinking and vision capabilities, and perseverence.
Table 10.4
CEOs’ Strengths by Size of firm
Small
Firms
Large
Firms Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Strengths
N % N % Value Sig.
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 30 50 33 57 .069 .45
Employee-oriented management 17 28 26 45 .171 .06
Industry and company business expertise 24 40 14 24 .170 .07
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 23 38 14 24 .153 .10
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 16 27 16 28 .010 .91
Network building ability 14 23 16 28 .049 .60
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 14 23 9 16 .099 .28
Perseverence 11 18 10 17 .014 .88
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/
BOD approval
5 8 8 14 .087 .34
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.5 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths by environmental conditions. To investigate
CEOs’ strengths, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for the stable
environment group and the turbulent environment group. Interestingly, the results
showed that employee-oriented management was statistically significantly associated
with environmental conditions [r=.203, p<.05 (p=.03)]. Firms in a turbulent
environment seemed more likely to employ CEOs who cared for their staff, respected
their ideas and tried diligently to develop human resources than firms in a stable
environment. The results also show that credibility was significantly related to
environmental conditions [r=.191, p<.05 (p=.04)]. Firms in a turbulent environment
were more likely to employ CEOs with a proven track record and shareholder/BOD
approval than firms in a stable environment.
250
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Statistically, there were no significant differences between the stable group and the
turbulent group for the remaining variables of CEOs’ strengths.
Table 10.5
CEOs’ Strengths by Environmental Conditions
Stable
Environment
Turbulent
Environment Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Strengths
N % N % Value Sig.
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 38 56 25 50 .058 .53
Employee-oriented management 19 28 24 48 .206 .03*
Industry and company business expertise 18 27 20 40 .143 .12
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 23 34 14 28 .062 .50
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 15 22 17 34 .133 .15
Network building ability 18 27 12 24 .028 .76
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 11 16 12 24 .098 .29
Perseverence 10 15 11 22 .094 .31
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/
BOD approval
4 6 9 18 .191 .04*
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.6 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths by type of business strategy. To investigate
CEOs’ strengths, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for defender
firms, prospector firms and analyser firms. The results found that strategic thinking and
vision capabilities was significantly associated with business strategy [r=.236, p<.05
(p=.04)]. Prospector firms seemed more likely to employ CEOs with strategic thinking
and vision capabilities than defender firms and analyser firms respectively.
However, there were not statistically significant differences among the three business
strategy groups for the remaining variables of CEOs’ strengths.
251
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.6
CEOs’ Strengths by Business Strategy
Defender Prospector Analyser Cramer’s V CEOs’ Strengths
N % N % N % Value Sig.
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 17 63 19 49 24 49 .120 .44
Employee-oriented management 10 37 15 39 18 37 .016 .99
Industry and company business expertise 11 41 13 33 13 27 .120 .44
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 4 15 17 44 14 29 .236 .04*
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 7 26 12 31 13 27 .047 .88
Network building ability 8 30 5 13 16 33 .206 .09
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 4 15 8 21 11 22 .075 .73
Perseverence 5 19 8 21 7 14 .073 .73
Credibility, proven track records and
shareholder/ BOD approval
2 7 3 8 8 16 .137 .34
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.7 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths by behavioural complexity group. To
investigate CEOs’ strengths, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for
low complexity CEOs and high complexity CEOs. No significant difference was
identified between two groups of leadership types for all variables of CEOs’ strengths.
However, high complexity CEOs tended to have higher scores for the variables of
employee-oriented management, industry and company business expertise, strategic
thinking and vision capabilities, assertiveness and decisive decision-making, and
credibility proven track record and shareholder/ BOD approval.
252
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.7
CEOs’ Strengths by Behavioural Complexity Group
Low
Complexity
High
Complexity Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Strengths
N % N % Value Sig.
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 32 53 31 53 .001 .99
Employee-oriented management 20 33 23 40 .066 .48
Industry and company business expertise 17 28 21 36 .084 .36
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 16 27 21 36 .103 .26
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 15 25 17 29 .048 .60
Network building ability 16 27 14 24 .029 .75
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 13 22 10 17 .056 .54
Perseverence 10 17 11 19 .030 .74
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/
BOD approval
5 8 8 14 .087 .34
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.8 is a summary of CEOs’ strengths by leadership style. To investigate CEOs’
strengths, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for autocratic leaders
and democratic leaders. The results showed that there was no statistically significant
relationship between leadership style and CEOs’ strengths. However, democratic
leaders tended to have higher scores for the variables of high commitment, dedication
and enthusiasm, employee-oriented management, assertiveness and decisive decision-
making, integrity, ethics and social responsibility, perseverence and credibility, proven
track record and shareholder/ BOD approval.
253
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.8
CEOs’ Strengths by Leadership Style
Autocratic Democratic Cramer’s V CEOs’ Strengths
N % N % Value Sig.
High commitment, dedication and enthusiasm 26 47 31 60 .124 .20
Employee-oriented management 19 35 21 40 .060 .53
Industry and company business expertise 21 38 12 23 .163 .09
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 20 36 14 27 .101 .30
Assertiveness and decisive decision making 12 22 17 33 .122 .21
Network building ability 13 24 11 21 .030 .76
Integrity, ethics and social responsibility 10 18 12 23 .061 .53
Perseverence 7 13 12 23 .135 .16
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/
BOD approval
6 11 6 12 .010 .92
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Overall, the findings in this section highlighted that the major strengths of CEOs were
high commitment, dedication and enthusiasm, employee-oriented management, industry
and company business expertise, and strategic thinking and vision capabilities
respectively. The findings also found that CEOs in low performing firms seemed more
likely to be persistent than those in high performing firms. CEOs with both employee-
oriented management and credibility tended to be employed within firms in a turbulent
environment. Prospector firms were more likely to have CEOs with strategic thinking,
and vision capabilities than those in defender firms and analyser firms. No statistically
significant differences were found by either size of firm, complexity group or leadership
style for CEOs’ strengths.
10.3.2 Weaknesses of CEOs
Table 10.9 is a summary of CEOs’ weaknesses. A total of eighty-six respondents
(69.92%) were willing to disclose their weaknesses in their current position in this
research, while thirty-seven respondents (30.08%) refused to reveal their weaknesses
254
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
since they mentioned that they preferred their subordinates to evaluate their weaknesses
rather than self-assess. Accordingly, thirty-five (40.70%) respondents specified that
their weaknesses were being too sympathetic (caring a lot for other people), while
twenty-seven (31.40%) were hot tempered and impatient, seventeen (23.26%) were
lacking human management skills, eleven (12.79%) were risk avoiding, eight (9.30%)
were no political connection and inflexible, and five (5.81%) were over confident
respectively.
Table 10.9
Summary of CEOs’ Weaknesses
CEOs’ Weaknesses N %
Too sympathetic 35 40.70
Hot tempered and impatient 27 31.40
Lacking human management skills 20 23.26
Risk Avoiding 11 12.79
No political connection and inflexible 8 9.30
Over confident 5 5.81
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within CEOs’ weaknesses.
Total N=86.
Table 10.10 is a summary of CEO weaknesses by firm groups. To investigate CEO
weaknesses, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for low performers
and high performers. The data suggested that there was no statistically significant
difference between low performers and high performers for CEOs’ weaknesses.
However, CEOs in high performing firms seemed more likely to be lacking human
management skills, while CEOs in low performing firms tended to be too sympathetic,
hot tempered and impatient, risk avoiding and with no political connection and
inflexible.
255
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.10
CEOs’ Weaknesses by Firm Groups
Low
Performers
High
Performers Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Weaknesses
N % N % Value Sig.
Too sympathetic 18 46 17 36 .101 .35
Hot tempered and impatient 15 39 12 26 .139 .20
Lacking human management skills 7 18 13 28 .114 .29
Risk Avoiding 6 15 5 11 .071 .51
No political connection and inflexible 4 10 4 9 .030 .78 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.11 is a summary of CEO weaknesses by size of firm. To investigate CEOs’
weaknesses, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for small firms and
large firms. The results showed that no significant differences were identified by size of
firm. However, large firms tended to employ CEOs who were too sympathetic, lacking
human management skills and with no political connection and inflexible, whereas
small firms were more likely to employ CEOs who were hot tempered and impatient
and risk avoiding.
Table 10.11
CEOs’ Weaknesses by Size of Firm
Small
Firms
Large
Firms Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Weaknesses
N % N % Value Sig.
Too sympathetic 19 40 16 42 .025 .81
Hot tempered and impatient 16 33 11 29 .047 .66
Lacking human management skills 11 23 9 24 .030 .93
Risk Avoiding 7 15 4 11 .060 .58
No political connection and inflexible 4 8 4 11 .037 .73 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
256
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.12 is a summary of CEO weaknesses by environmental conditions. To
investigate CEOs’ weaknesses, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for
the stable group and the turbulent group. The results found that there were no
statistically significant differences between CEOs’ weaknesses and environmental
conditions. Firms in a turbulent environment tended to employ CEOs who were too
sympathetic, hot tempered and impatient and with no political connection and
inflexible, whereas firms in a stable environment were more likely to employ CEOs
lacking of human management skills and risk avoiding.
Table 10.12
CEOs’ Weaknesses by Environmental Conditions
Stable
Environment
Turbulent
Environment Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Weaknesses
N % N % Value Sig.
Too sympathetic 18 39 17 43 .034 .75
Hot tempered and impatient 12 26 15 38 .123 .26
Lacking human management skills 13 28 7 18 .127 .24
Risk Avoiding 8 17 3 8 .148 .17
No political connection and inflexible 4 9 4 10 .063 .56 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.13 is a summary of CEO weaknesses by business strategy. To investigate
CEOs’ weaknesses, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for three
groups of business strategy. The results showed that there were no statistically
significant differences among CEOs’ weaknesses and the three types of business
strategy. However, CEOs in defender firms were more likely to be risk avoiding, while
CEOs in prospector firms were more likely have no political connections and inflexible
and CEOs in analyser firms were more likely to be too sympathetic.
257
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.13
CEOs’ Weaknesses by Business Strategy
Defender Prospector Analyser Cramer’s V CEOs’ Weaknesses
N % N % N % Value Sig.
Too sympathetic 6 35 10 35 18 47 .128 .50
Hot tempered and impatient 6 35 10 35 11 29 .062 .85
Lacking human management skills 3 18 8 28 8 21 .091 .70
Risk Avoiding 4 24 2 7 5 13 .176 .27
No political connection and inflexible 1 6 5 17 2 5 .191 .22 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.14 is a summary of CEO weaknesses by behavioural complexity group. To
investigate CEOs’ weaknesses, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for
low complexity group and high complexity group. The results showed that there were
no statistically significant differences between types of CEOs for all CEOs’ weaknesses
variables. High behavioural complexity CEOs tended to have higher scores for being
too sympathetic, lacking human management skills and for no political connection and
inflexible than low behavioural complexity CEOs.
Table 10.14
CEO Weaknesses by Behavioural Complexity Group
Low
Complexity
High
Complexity Cramer’s V
CEOs’ Weaknesses
N % N % Value Sig.
Too sympathetic 17 40 18 42 .024 .83
Hot tempered and impatient 16 37 11 26 .125 .25
Lacking human management skills 8 19 12 28 .110 .31
Risk Avoiding 7 16 4 9 .104 .33
No political connection and inflexible 2 5 6 14 .160 .14 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
258
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.15 is a summary of CEO weaknesses by leadership style. To investigate CEO
weaknesses based on leadership style, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for autocratic leaders and democratic leaders. The results showed that being
too sympathetic was associated with leadership style [r=.244, p<.05, (p=.03)]. The
pattern was that the democratic leaders were more likely to be too sympathetic than the
autocratic leaders.
The results also found that there was a significant association between lacking of human
management skill and leadership style [r=.250, p<.05, (p=.03)]. It can be inferred that
the autocratic leaders were more likely to lack human management skills than the
democratic leaders.
Statistically, there was no significant difference between autocratic leaders and
democratic leaders for the other CEOs’ weaknesses.
Table 10.15
CEO Weaknesses by Leadership Style
Autocratic Democratic Cramer’s V CEOs’ Weaknesses
N % N % Value Sig.
Too sympathetic 13 33 21 57 .244 .03*
Hot tempered and impatient 13 33 12 32 .001 .99
Lacking human management skills 11 28 3 8 .250 .03*
Risk Avoiding 6 15 5 14 .021 .85
No political connection and inflexible 6 15 1 3 .214 .06 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Overall, the findings in this section highlighted that the main CEOs’ weaknesses were
being too sympathetic, hot tempered and impatient and lacking human management
skills respectively. The results also showed that there was a significant association
between CEOs’ weaknesses and leadership style. It can be inferred that democratic
leaders were more likely to be too sympathetic, whereas autocratic leaders tended to
lack human management skills. No statistically significant differences were found by
259
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
either firm groups, size of firm, environmental conditions, business strategy, and
behavioural complexity group for CEOs’ weaknesses.
10.4 CEO Succession Criteria
This section focuses on CEO succession criteria. Data analyses were also performed
into type of firm groups, size of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy.
Table 10.16 is a summary of CEO succession criteria. A total of one hundred and
twenty three respondents were requested to identify the most important criteria in
determining CEO succession in their organisations. Most of the answers given were
CEOs’ attributes. The most important CEO succession criteria were strategic thinking
and vision capabilities (56.91%) followed by industry and company business expertise
(45.53%), leadership (40.65%), credibility, proven track records and shareholder/BOD
approval (35.77%), integrity and business ethics (30.08%) and communication and
negotiation skills (22.76) respectively.
Table 10.16
CEO Succession Criteria
CEO Succession Criteria N %
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 70 56.91
Industry and company business expertise 56 45.53
Leadership 50 40.65
Credibility, proven track records and shareholder/ BOD approval 44 35.77
Integrity and business ethics 37 30.08
Communication and negotiation skills 28 22.76
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within CEO succession criteria.
Total N=123.
Table 10.17 is a summary of CEO succession criteria by firm groups. To investigate
CEO succession criteria, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for low
260
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
performers and high performers. The results found that there was no statistically
significant relationship between firm groups and CEO succession criteria. However,
high performers tended to select CEOs with industry and company business expertise,
leadership and management skills, credibility, proven track records and shareholder/
BOD approval and communication and negotiation skills, while low performers seemed
more likely to select CEOs with strategic thinking and vision capabilities and integrity
and business ethics.
Table 10.17
CEO Succession Criteria by Firm Groups
Low Performers High Performers Cramer’s V CEO Succession Criteria
N % N % Value Sig.
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 35 60 35 54 .066 .47
Industry and company business expertise 24 41 32 49 .079 .38
Leadership 23 40 27 42 .019 .83
Credibility, proven track record and
shareholder/ BOD approval
20 35 24 37 .025 .78
Integrity and business ethics 20 35 17 26 .091 .32
Communication and negotiation skills 11 19 17 26 .086 .34 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.18 is a summary of CEO succession criteria by size of firm. To investigate
CEO succession criteria, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for small
firms and large firms. The results found that there was no statistically significant
relationship between size of firm and CEO succession criteria. However, the large firms
were more likely to select CEOs with industry and company business expertise,
credibility, proven track record and shareholder/ BOD approval and communication and
negotiation skills, while the small firms seemed more likely to select CEOs with
strategic thinking and vision capabilities, leadership and management skills and integrity
and business ethics.
261
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.18
CEO Succession Criteria by Size of Firm
Small Firms Large Firms Cramer’s V Succession Criteria
N % N % Value Sig.
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 38 59 32 55 .033 .71
Industry and company business expertise 29 45 27 47 .019 .83
Leadership 29 45 21 36 .085 .34
Credibility, proven track record and
shareholder/ BOD approval
19 29 25 43 .144 .11
Integrity and business ethics 20 31 17 29 .016 .86
Communication and negotiation skills 14 22 14 24 .031 .73 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.19 is a summary of CEO succession criteria by environmental conditions. To
investigate CEO succession criteria, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for the stable group and the turbulent group. The results showed that
communication and negotiation skills was statistically significantly associated with
environmental conditions [r=.203, p<.05 (p=.03)]. The firms operating in a turbulent
environment are more likely to select CEOs with communication and negotiation skills
than the firms operating in a stable environment.
Statistically, there were no significant differences between firms operating in less and
more turbulent environments for the remaining variables. However, the results showed
that the firms operating in a turbulent environment were more likely to select CEOs
with strategic thinking and vision capabilities, credibility, proven track record,
shareholder /BOD approval, and integrity and business ethics, whereas the firms
operating in stable firms tended to select CEOs with industry and company business
expertise, and leadership qualification.
262
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.19
CEO Succession Criteria by Environmental Conditions
Stable
Environment
Turbulent
Environment Cramer’s V
Succession Criteria
N % N % Value Sig.
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 40 56 30 58 .014 .88
Industry and company business expertise 37 52 19 37 .154 .09
Leadership 32 45 18 35 .105 .24
Credibility, proven track record and
shareholder/ BOD approval
23 32 21 40 .082 .36
Integrity and ethics 18 25 19 37 .120 .18
Communication and negotiation skills 11 15 17 33 .203 .03*
*: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.20 is a summary of CEO succession criteria by business strategy. The reactor
strategy was dropped from the analysis because of the small sample size. To investigate
CEO succession criteria, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for the
defender group, the prospector group and the analyser group. The results found that
there was no statistically significant relationship between the business strategy and CEO
succession criteria. However, CEOs with industry and company business expertise, and
leadership qualification were more likely to be selected in the defender firms, whereas
CEOs with communication and negotiation skills were more likely to be selected in the
prospector firms and CEOs with strategic thinking and vision capabilities, credibility,
proven track record, and shareholder/BOD approval and integrity and business ethics
were more likely to be selected in the analyser firms.
263
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.20
CEO Succession Criteria by Business Strategy
Defender Prospector Analyser Cramer’s V CEO Succession Criteria
N % N % N % Value Sig.
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 14 50 24 57 30 60 .078 .69
Industry and company business expertise 17 61 15 36 24 48 .189 .12
Leadership 13 46 17 41 20 40 .053 .84
Credibility, proven track record and
shareholder/ BOD approval
9 32 13 31 20 40 .089 .62
Integrity and ethics 5 18 13 31 19 38 .169 .18
Communication and negotiation skills 4 14 12 29 12 24 .127 .38 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Overall, the findings in this section highlighted that the main criteria for appointing
CEOs in their organisations were all attributes of CEOs, the firms selected CEOs with
strategic thinking and vision capabilities, industry and company business expertise and
leadership. The analyses in this section found that there was a statistically significant
difference for communication and negotiation skills between firms in a stable
environment and firms in a turbulent environment. CEOs in firms in a turbulent
environment were more likely to be selected for communication and negotiation skills
than those of firms in a stable environment. No statistically significant differences for
CEO succession criteria were found by either firm groups, size of firm, and business
strategy.
10.5 Knowledge & Skills Required for Executive Development
This section deals with the knowledge and skills required for executive development.
Data analyses were also carried out into type of firm groups, size of firm, environmental
conditions and business strategy.
Table 10.21 is a summary of knowledge and skills required for executive development.
A total of one hundred and twenty three respondents were requested to identify what
types of knowledge and skills were required for the development of senior executives in
264
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
their organisations. Fifty-four (43.90%) respondents specified that the knowledge and
skills mostly required for the development of their senior executives were leadership,
while forty-eight (39.02%) identified strategic thinking and vision capabilities, forty-
one (33.33 %) industry knowledge and new business techniques, thirty-seven (30.08%)
integrity, business ethics and social responsibility, thirty-one (25.20%) communication
and negotiation skills, twenty-four (19.51%) teamwork building ability, twenty-three
(18.70%) marketing, nineteen (15.45%) finance, eight (6.50%) information technology
and seven (5.69%) were language skills (English and Chinese) respectively.
Table 10.21
Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
Knowledge and Skills N %
Leadership 54 43.90
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 48 39.02
Industry knowledge and new business techniques 41 33.33
Integrity, business ethics and social responsibility 37 30.08
Communication and negotiation skills 31 25.20
Teamwork building 24 19.51
Marketing 23 18.70
Finance 19 15.45
Information technology 8 6.50
Languages (English/Chinese) 7 5.69
N: number of respondents; %: percentage within knowledge and skills.
Total N=123.
Table 10.22 is a summary of knowledge and skills required for executive development
by firm groups. To examine knowledge and skills, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test
were performed for low performers and high performers. The results suggested that
there was a significant relationship between leadership and firm groups [r=.212, p<.05
(p=.02)]. High performers tended to require more training on leadership for the
development of their executives compared to low performers.
265
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Statistically, there was no significant difference between low performers and high
performers for the remaining variables. However, high performers were more likely to
require training on leadership, strategic thinking and vision capabilities, industry
knowledge and new business techniques, marketing, and foreign languages whereas low
performers were more likely to require training on integrity, business ethics and social
responsibility, communication and negotiation skills, teamwork building, finance and
information technology.
Table 10.22
Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
by Firm Groups
Low
Performers
High
Performers Cramer’s V
Knowledge and Skills
N % N % Value Sig.
Leadership 19 33 35 54 .212 .02*
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 21 36 27 42 .055 .55
Industry knowledge and new business techniques 16 28 25 39 .115 .20
Integrity, business ethics and social responsibility 19 33 18 28 .055 .54
Communication and negotiation skills 16 28 15 23 .052 .57
Teamwork building 14 24 10 15 .110 .22
Marketing 8 14 15 23 .119 .19
Finance 9 16 10 15 .002 .98
Information technology 5 9 3 5 .081 .37
Languages (English/Chinese) 2 3 5 8 .091 .31 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.23 is a summary of knowledge and skills required for executive development
by size of firm. To investigate required knowledge and skills, cross tabulation and
Cramer’s V test were performed for small firms and large firms. The results revealed
that there was no statistically significant relationship between size of firm and
knowledge and skills required for executive development. However, the results suggest
that the small firms were more likely to require training on leadership, strategic thinking
266
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
and vision capabilities, industry and new business techniques, communication and
negotiation skills, teamwork building, finance and information technology, while the
large firms more likely to require training on integrity, business ethics and social
responsibility, marketing and foreign languages.
Table 10.23
Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
by Size of Firm
Small Large Cramer’s V Knowledge and Skills
N % N % Value Sig.
Leadership 29 45 25 43 .015 .87
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 28 43 20 35 .088 .33
Industry knowledge and new business techniques 22 34 19 33 .012 .90
Integrity, business ethics and social responsibility 18 28 19 33 .055 .54
Communication and negotiation skills 20 31 11 19 .136 .13
Teamwork building 14 22 10 17 .054 .55
Marketing 11 17 12 21 .048 .59
Finance 12 19 7 12 .088 .33
Information technology 5 8 3 5 .051 .57
Languages (English/Chinese) 2 3 5 9 .119 .19 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.24 is a summary of knowledge and skills required for executive development
by environmental conditions. To investigate required knowledge and skills, cross
tabulation and Cramer’s V test were performed for the stable group and the turbulent
group. The results showed that there was a significant relationship between strategic
thinking and vision capabilities and environmental conditions [r=.193, p<.05 (p=.03)].
Firms operating in a turbulent environment tended to require more training on strategic
thinking and vision capabilities for the development of their senior executives compared
to firms operating in a stable environment.
267
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Statistically, there was no significant difference between firms operating in less and
more turbulent environments for the other variables. However, the broad pattern was
that the firms operating in a turbulent environment were more likely to require training
on leadership, strategic thinking and vision capabilities, integrity, business ethics and
social responsibility whereas firms operating in a stable environment were more likely
to require training on industry knowledge and new business techniques, communication
and negotiation skills, teamwork building, marketing, finance, information technology
and foreign languages.
Table 10.24
Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
by Environmental Conditions
Stable
Environment
Turbulent
Environment Cramer’s V
Knowledge and Skill
N % N % Value Sig.
Leadership 30 42 24 46 .039 .67
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 22 31 26 50 .193 .03
Industry knowledge and new business techniques 26 37 15 29 .081 .37
Integrity, business ethics and social responsibility 18 25 19 37 .120 .18
Communication and negotiation skills 19 27 12 23 .042 .64
Teamwork building 16 23 8 15 .089 .32
Marketing 14 20 9 17 .031 .74
Finance 13 18 6 12 .093 .31
Information technology 5 7 3 6 .026 .78
Languages (English/Chinese) 6 9 1 2 .139 .12 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Table 10.25 is a summary of knowledge and skill required for executive development
by business strategy. To investigate required knowledge and skills, cross tabulation and
Cramer’s V test were performed among the defender firms, the prospector firms and the
analyser firms. The results showed that there was no statistically significant difference
between business strategies and knowledge and skills required for executive
268
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
development. However, defender firms were more likely to require training on industry
knowledge and new business techniques, teamwork building and finance, while
prospector firms were more likely to require training on leadership, strategic thinking
and vision capabilities, integrity, business ethics and social responsibility and
information technology, and analyser firms were more likely to require training on
communication and negotiation skills, marketing and foreign languages.
Table 10.25
Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
by Business Strategy
Defender Prospector Analyser Cramer’s V Knowledge and Skills
N % N % N % Value Sig.
Leadership 13 46 20 48 18 36 .111 .47
Strategic thinking and vision capabilities 7 25 19 45 22 44 .169 .18
Industry knowledge and new business
techniques
11 39 11 26 18 36 .114 .46
Integrity, business ethics and social
responsibility
4 14 17 41 16 32 .213 .07
Communication and negotiation skills 5 18 10 24 14 28 .092 .60
Teamwork building 8 29 8 19 8 16 .123 .41
Marketing 5 18 4 10 14 28 .206 .08
Finance 6 21 4 10 8 16 .127 .38
Information technology 1 4 5 12 2 4 .154 .34
Languages (English/Chinese) 2 7 1 2 4 8 .109 .49 *: p<.05; **: p<.01; ***: p<.001.
Overall, the findings in this section highlighted that the main knowledge and skills
required for executive development were leadership, strategic thinking and vision
capabilities, industry knowledge/new business techniques, integrity, business ethics
and social responsibility, and communication and negotiation skills respectively.
Interestingly, the results showed that there was a significant difference for the variable
of leadership between low performers and high performers. CEOs in high performing
firms were more likely to require leadership training for their executive development
269
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
than those in low performing firm. No statistically significant differences were found by
either size of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy.
10.6 Leadership Style and CEO Attributes
This section aims to explore the relationship between leadership style and CEO
attributes. The objective was to compare autocratic leaders vs. democratic leaders on
their attributes. Table 9.26 is a summary of t-test results for leadership style. The t-test
results indicated that there were no statistically significant differences between
autocratic and democratic leaders for all six CEO attributes. The data shows that
autocratic leaders tended to have higher means on tenure in position, CEO experience
elsewhere, need for achievement and locus of control, while democratic leaders tend to
have higher means on tenure in firm, and industry experience.
Table 10.26
T-Test Results for Leadership Style
Mean CEO attributes
Autocratic Democratic Sig. Level
Tenure in position (years) 9.17 8.51 .66
CEO experience elsewhere (years) 5.14 3.74 .21
Tenure in firm (years) 13.90 14.06 .93
Industry experience (years) 19.90 20.42 .78
Need for achievement 5.62 5.43 .14
Locus of control 6.33 5.98 .58 *: p < 05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
To further examine other CEO attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for each of the following variables; age, level of education, holding an MBA
degree, overseas study, functional background, overseas work experiences, and origin of
appointment (refer Table 9.27). The results showed that there were no particular CEO
attributes significantly associated with leadership styles.
270
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.27
Relationship between Leadership Style and CEO Attributes
Autocratic Democratic Cramer’s V CEO Attributes
N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
10
48
17
83
10
43
19
81
.021 .82
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
30
28
52
48
24
29
45
55
.064 .50
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
20
38
35
66
10
43
19
81
.176 .06
Oversea study
Yes
No
39
19
67
33
34
19
64
36
.033 .73
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and management
22
14
20
16
38
24
35
28
18
13
18
24
34
25
34
45
.041
.005
.005
.184
.66
.96
.95
.05
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
22
36
38
62
20
33
38
62
.002 .98
Origin of appointment
Internal
External
28
30
48
52
28
25
53
47
.045 .63
*: p < 05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
Overall, no statistically significant differences were found between leadership styles and
all CEO attributes.
10.7 CEOs’ Origin of Appointment and CEO Attributes
This section aims to explore the relationship between CEOs’ origin of appointment and
CEO attributes. Table 9.28 is a summary of t-test results for CEOs’ origin of
271
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
appointment. The t-test results indicated that there was a significant difference between
internals and externals for the variables of CEO experience elsewhere and tenure in
firm. The differences between internals and externals for the variables of CEO
experience elsewhere and tenure in firm were all significant at .001 level (p=.000 and
p=.000 respectively). Externals scored higher for the variable of CEO experience
elsewhere, while internals scored higher for the variable of tenure in firms.
Statistically, there was no significant difference between internal CEOs and external
CEOs in the means for the remaining attributes.
Table 10.28
T-Test Results for CEO’s Origin of Appointment
Mean CEO attributes
Internals Externals Sig. Level
Tenure in position 7.73 9.82 .15
CEO experience elsewhere 2.00 6.87 .000***
Tenure in firm 17.40 10.33 .000***
Industry experience 20.62 19.67 .59
Need for achievement 5.51 5.56 .66
Locus of control 6.05 6.05 .98 *: p < 05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
To further examine other CEO attributes, cross tabulation and Cramer’s V test were
performed for each of the following variables; age, level of education, holding an MBA
degree, overseas study, functional background, overseas work experiences, and origin of
appointment (refer Table 9.29). The results suggested that age was associated with
origin of appointment [r=.357, p<.001 (p=.000)]. The younger CEOs (equal and less
than 45 years) were more likely to be promoted from within the firms, while the older
CEOs (more than 45 years) tended to be appointed from outside the firms. However, no
significant differences were identified between internal CEOs and external CEOs for the
remaining attributes.
272
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
Table 10.29
Relationship between Origin of Appointment and CEO Attributes
Internals Externals Cramer’s V CEO Attributes
N % N % Value Sig.
Age
<= 45 years old
> 45 years old
21
42
33
67
3
57
5
95
.357
.000***
Level of education
Bachelor and under
Postgraduate
32
31
51
49
29
31
48
52
.025 .79
Holding an MBA degree
Yes
No
16
47
25
75
18
42
30
70
.051 .46
Oversea study
Yes
No
39
24
62
38
41
19
68
32
.067 .46
Functional background
Finance and accounting
Engineering and production
Sales and marketing
Planning and GM
23
13
25
19
37
21
40
30
20
17
20
25
33
28
33
41
.033
.090
.066
.120
.71
.32
.47
.18
Overseas work experience
Yes
No
21
42
33
67
25
35
42
58
.086 .34
Leadership style
Autocratic
Democratic
28
28
50
50
30
25
55
46
.045 .63
*: p < 05; **: p < .01; ***: p < .001.
Overall, the data revealed that there were significant differences for the variables of
CEO experience elsewhere, tenure in firm and age between internal CEOs and external
CEOs. External CEOs seemed more likely to have longer stays in CEO position
elsewhere, less tenure in current firms and to be older (more than 45 years) than internal
CEOs.
273
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
10.8 Chapter Summary
This chapter has explored the additional findings apart from the main findings reported
in chapters 6 to 9. It has described four dimensions of executive leadership in Thailand
from the perspective of CEOs; key success attributes of effective leaders in Thailand,
strengths and weaknesses of CEOs, CEO succession criteria; and knowledge and skills
required for executive leadership. The attributes of either autocratic vs. democratic
leaders and internal CEOs vs. external CEOs were also examined. The data analyses
revealed evidence for the following conclusions:
1. The key success attributes required for effective leaders in Thailand were strategic
thinking and vision capabilities, followed by assertiveness and decisive decision-
making, integrity, ethics and social responsibility, management by inspiration, and
network building ability.
2. The major strengths of CEOs in Thailand were high commitment, dedication and
enthusiasm, employee-oriented management, industry and company business expertise,
strategic thinking and vision capabilities, respectively. The results showed statistically
significant differences for CEOs’ strengths by firm groups, environmental conditions
and business strategy. CEOs in low performing firms were more likely to be persistent
than those in high performing firms. Firms operating in a turbulent environment were
more likely to employ CEOs with employee-oriented management (cared for their staff,
respected their ideas and tried diligently to develop human resources) than those in a
stable environment. Prospector firms seemed more likely to employ CEOs with
strategic thinking, and vision capabilities than defender firms and analyser firms. No
statistically significant differences were found by either size of firm, complexity group
and leadership styles for CEOs’ strengths.
3. The major weaknesses of CEOs in Thailand were being too sympathetic, hot
tempered and impatient and lacking human management skills. The results showed only
one significant association between CEOs’ weaknesses and leadership styles. Democratic
leaders were more likely to be too sympathetic, whereas autocratic leaders tended to
274
Chapter 10: Additional Perspectives on Executive Leadership in Thailand
lack human management skills. Overall, there were no statistically significant
differences found by either firm groups, size of firm, environmental conditions,
business strategy, and behavioural complexity group for CEOs’ weaknesses.
4. The main criteria for appointing CEOs were all CEO attributes, and were people with
strategic thinking and vision capabilities, industry and company business expertise, and
leadership. The results showed a statistically significant association between the
variables of communication and negotiation skills and environmental conditions. Firms
in a turbulent environment were more likely to select CEOs with communication and
negotiation skills than in a stable environment. Overall, there were no statistically
significant differences for CEO succession criteria found by either firm groups, size of
firm and business strategy.
5. The important knowledge and skills required for executive development in Thailand
were leadership, followed by strategic thinking and vision capabilities, and industry
knowledge/new business techniques, integrity, business ethics and social responsibility,
and communication and negotiation skills respectively. The results showed that there
was a significant difference for the variable of leadership between low performers and
high performers. CEOs in high performing firms seemed more likely to require
leadership training for their executive development than those in low performing firm.
Overall, no statistically significant differences were identified by either size of firm,
environmental conditions and business strategy.
6. The results showed that there were no particular CEO attributes significantly
associated with leadership styles. There was a significant association for the variables of
CEO experience elsewhere, tenure in firm and age with origin of appointment. External
CEOs seemed more likely to have longer stays in CEO positions elsewhere, less tenure
in current firms and to be older (more than 45 years).
275
PART FIVE
CONCLUSIONS
Chapter 11 Conclusions and Implications
Chapter 12 Limitations and Future Research Directions
276
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Part five of this thesis consists of the conclusions from this research, the implications
from the findings, the limitations of this research and the scope this research suggests
for the future research. Chapter 11 presents the conclusions and implications. Chapter
12 identifies the limitations and suggests directions for future research.
277
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Chapter 11
Conclusions and Implications
11.1 Introduction
This chapter aims to bring together the key empirical findings of this research reported
in chapters 6 to 9, and to discuss the implications of the research findings to both
theory and practice. A summary of the additional finding contained in chapter 10 and
important implications are also reported. The implications of the fieldwork methodology
to researchers who may wish to conduct research fieldwork in Thailand are also
discussed. Section 11.2 highlights the characteristics of respondent companies. Section
11.3 presents the results of the Thai replication of both the Hart and Quinn and the
Zakliki studies. Section 11.4 summarises the major findings of the extended research
undertaken in Thailand. Section 11.5 provides a summary of additional findings on
other dimensions of executive leadership in Thailand. Section 11.6 discusses the
implications of the findings from this research. Section 11.7 provides a big picture for
the reader with a final overview of the findings from the research in this thesis.
11.2 Characteristics of Respondent Companies
This section summarises the main conclusions drawn from the data analysis in chapter 6,
on the characteristics of respondent companies.
Industries Represented
The major industry types by SIC code of the firms who participated in this survey were
manufacturing, finance and insurance, property and business services, agriculture,
forestry and fishing, and communication services respectively.
278
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Non–Response Bias Analysis
A total of one hundred and twenty three companies participated in this survey. It can be
concluded that there was no important difference between the respondents and non-
respondents in term of industry and size classification.
Company Size
The majority of the respondent companies employed full time employees between 500
and 2000.
Time Listed on the Thai Stock Exchange
The majority of companies had been listed on the Thai stock exchange from between 6
to 15 years. The average was 12.08 years with a standard deviation of 5.67 years.
Background of Respondents
A total of one hundred and twenty three CEOs/MDs of publicly listed companies of
Thailand participated in this research equipped with the following characteristics:
Gender
The vast majority of CEOs were male.
Age
The majority of CEOs were aged between 36 to 55 years.
Educational Level
The vast majority of CEOs had either a completed bachelor’s degree or postgraduate
qualification with the exception of a few CEOs whose highest education was a high
school level.
Functional Background
The major functional background represented by CEOs was sales and marketing
planning and management, and finance and accounting respectively.
279
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
CEO Experience
The average tenure of CEOs in their current position was 8.75 years with a standard
deviation of 7.85 years and in other organisations was 4.37 years with a standard
deviation of 6.72 years.
Work Experience
The average time CEOs had worked for their current firm was 13.95 years with a
standard deviation of 9.55 years and in industry was 20.15 years with a standard
deviation of 9.56 years. Over half of the CEOs had no work experience in any other
country than Thailand.
Origin of Appointment
Approximately half of CEOs were promoted to the CEO position from within the
firm.
11.3 Results of Thai Replication
This section aims to review the results of Thai replication drawn from the data analysis
in chapters 7 to 8. It is organised into two sections based upon the research objectives of
this study. One purpose is to review the results of Thai replication (H&Q) with
comparisons against the U.S. study conducted by Hart and Quinn (1993). The Australian
results undertaken by Zakliki (1996) that used the same instruments of Hart and Quinn
(1993) are also reviewed. The second purpose is to review the results of Thai
replication (Z) by employing the same instruments with the Zakliki’s (1996) study
with comparisons against the Australian study conducted by Zakliki. Demographic
characteristics and leadership styles identified in these two studies are further
summarised at the end of this section.
280
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
11.3.1 Results of Thai Replication (H&Q)
The theoretical background for this research was traced back to Quinn’s (1988) work.
Quinn presented a conceptualisation of role behaviours as the Competing Values
Framework and argued that leaders who demonstrate behavioural complexity, in that
they demonstrate the ability to balance competing roles, will be more effective leaders
than those who are less behaviourally complex. Additionally, the firms led by more
behaviourally complex leaders should be more effective than those firms who are led by
less behaviourally complex leaders.
Hart and Quinn (1993) characterised four fundamental roles for CEOs: vision setter,
motivator, analyser, and task master, which correspond with the four quadrants of the
Competing Values Framework. Each role represents a major conceptual base derived
from either the open system model, rational goal model, internal process model, or
human relation model (see chapter 3, section 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 for details). In an empirical
study, 916 CEOs from a Midwestern industrial metropolitan area of the U.S. were
administered a questionnaire to determine their propensity to behave according to the
four quadrants of Quinn’s (1988) Competing Values Framework. The dependent
variables were three dimensions of organisational performance namely financial,
business and organisational effectiveness performance. The results of this study argued
that CEOs who are more behaviourally complex have a significantly greater impact on
organisational performance particularly with respect to business and organisational
effectiveness performance.
Zakliki (1996) subsequently conducted an empirical study on the effect of behavioural
complexity on firm performance in Australian publicly listed companies. His initial
replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study with the same instrument and techniques
indicated that CEO behavioural complexity was not associated with higher firm
performance. He argued that the lack of consistency between the two studies might be
due to the nature of instruments and sample population. He did however find that by
using a modified instrument behavioural complexity contributed to firm performance –
281
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
(these results will be elaborated in the subsequent section when being compared with
Thai replication (Z)’s study).
Since few research studies have so far focused on behavioural complexity and its impact
on firm performance, it was decided to replicate the Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study in
Thailand. The findings drawn from Zakliki’s (1996) replication of Hart and Quinn are
also compared in this section.
The Thai replication (H&Q) with the same instrument and methods showed partial
support for both the original H&Q study and the Zakliki Australian replication. The data
concludes:
Executive Leadership Roles
Three studies showed little relationship between leadership roles played by CEOs and
organisational performance. The only significant result in the Thai replication (H&Q)
was a positive relationship between motivator role and organisational effectiveness.
Hart and Quinn’s (1993) findings showed that particular roles (vision, motivator and
analyser) played by CEOs were important predictors of business performance and
organisational effectiveness in the U.S., whereas in the Zakliki’s (1996) study, there
was a positive association between motivator role and business performance in
Australia. In these three studies, the amount of variance explained by executive
leadership roles was low.
Behavioural Complexity
The Thai replication (H&Q) suggested that high behavioural complexity of the CEOs
was predictive of higher firm performance with respect to business performance and
organisational effectiveness. This finding is consistent with Hart and Quinn’s (1993)
views concerning the mastery of paradoxical demands in that the highest levels of
performance were achieved by CEOs with high levels of behaviourally complexity
particularly to business and organisational effectiveness factors. On the other hand,
Zakliki (1996) reported that high behavioural complexity of the CEOs was not
associated with higher firm performance in his Australian study. In all three studies high
282
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
behavioural complexity of the CEOs had little to do with financial performance of
firms.
Situational Context
The situational context was important to organisational performance. The munificence
of environment was predictive of business performance and organisational effectiveness
in the Thai replication (H&Q). Hart and Quinn (1993) showed that a munificent
environment was a significant predictor of business performance and organisational
effectiveness, but was not related to financial performance. However, Zakliki (1996)
found that only complexity of environment was related to financial and business
performance and organisational effectiveness in his Australian study.
11.3.2 Results of Thai Replication (Z)
This section summarises the main conclusions arrived at from the data analysis in
chapter 8 based on the comparison between the Thai replication (Z) with the Australian
study (Zakliki 1996). The Thai replication (Z) used Zakliki’s modified instrument,
which also incorporated CEO characteristics and contingency variables. The main
conclusions are:
Executive Leadership Roles
The Thai replication (Z) reported the importance of the analyser role to business
performance and the motivator role to organisational effectiveness, whereas there was a
positive association between the task master role and organisational effectiveness in the
Australian study. Importantly, executive leadership roles had more influence on
organisational effectiveness than on the other performance dimensions in the Thai study
whereas business performance appeared to be the most influenced by leadership roles in
the Australian study.
283
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
CEO Characteristics
Organisational effectiveness was the performance dimension which most affected by
CEO characteristics in both the Thai study and the Australian study.
Executive Leadership
Both studies found that executive leadership, either executive leadership roles or CEO
characteristics, had no impact at all on financial performance dimension.
Behavioural Complexity
CEO behavioural complexity was associated with higher firm performance in the Thai
replication for organisational effectiveness in general, and for large firms and for firms
following an analyser type of strategy. Behavioural complexity also had a significant
impact on business performance in a turbulent environment. When compared to the
Australian study, both studies showed a similarity in that CEO behavioural complexity
had a positive relationship with organisational effectiveness and not the other
performance dimensions especially for large firms and for firms following an analyser
type of strategy. Both studies also revealed that there was no relationship between
behavioural complexity and financial performance regardless of situational factors.
CEO Characteristics between Thai CEOs and Australian CEOs:
Age
The vast majority of CEOs in the Thai study and the Australian study were older than
45 years.
Educational Level
About half of the CEOs in the Thai study and the Australian study had completed
postgraduate qualifications with about a quarter holding an MBA degree.
Functional Background
The top three functional backgrounds of CEOs in the Thai study were sales and
marketing, planning and management, finance and accounting, whereas others (e.g.
284
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
planning and management, human resource management), engineering and production,
finance and accounting background were the top three functional background of CEOs
in the Australian study.
CEO Experience
The majority of CEOs had tenure in their current position of less than 5 years followed
by 5 to 10 years and more than 10 years in both the Thai study and the Australian study.
CEOs in the Thai study were more likely to have CEO experience elsewhere of 5 years
or more than CEOs in Australian study.
Work Experience
About 60% of CEOs in the Thai study had worked for their current firms for more than
10 years, whereas slightly less than 60% of CEOs in Australian study had worked 10
years or less for their current firms. About 45% of CEOs in both studies had industry
experience of more than 20 years and there were no large differences in both the CEO
tenure in current position and the work experience of CEOs.
Origin of Appointment
CEOs in Thai study were more likely to be appointed from outside the firms whereas
CEOs in the Australian study tended to be promoted within their firms.
Leadership Style
It would be appear that CEOs in both studies were more likely to adopt an autocratic
style of leadership than a democratic style of leadership. The Thai CEOs were less
likely to share information and objectives to their subordinates than the Australian
CEOs. The Thai CEOs believed that the average subordinates need to be provided only
information which is necessary for them for their immediate tasks, they believed in
internal control followed by encouraging participation by subordinates and capacity for
leadership and initiative of subordinates. On the other hands, Australian CEOs believed
in sharing information followed by internal control, participation, and capacity for
leadership and initiative respectively.
285
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
11.4 Major Findings From Extended Thai Study
Since the results of the factor analyses on CEO role behaviour and firm performance
were in partial agreement with the previous studies, further work was done to construct
appropriate scales used in the extended Thai study. This extended study used a
theoretical framework (refer chapter 4, figure 4.1), which integrated new construct
scales for CEO role behaviour (refer section 5.4) and organisational performance (refer
section 5.10) as well as incorporating contingency factors, and CEO attributes including
demographic characteristics, personality aspects and leadership styles. The theoretical
framework provided a solid base for investigation into executive leadership and firm
performance in Thailand.
This section summarises the major findings from the extended Thai study as discussed
in chapter 9 regarding the research questions identified in chapter 4 section 4.4 and
arranged into five main categories. Section 11.3.1 focuses on the impact of executive
leadership on organisational performance (refer research question 1). Section 11.3.2
deals with the impact of behavioural complexity on organisational performance (refer
research questions 2 and 5). Section 11.3.3 examines CEO attributes and organisational
performance (refer research questions 3 and 6). Section 11.3.4 focuses on the
relationship between behavioural complexity and CEO attributes (refer research
question 4). Section 11.3.5 summarised the relationship between CEO attributes and
contingency factors (refer research question 7).
11.4.1 Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance
The data analysis, which examined research question 1, namely “Do CEOs make
a difference on organisational performance?” showed that executive leadership
(leadership roles and CEO attributes) had greater impact on organisational effectiveness
than other firm performance dimensions. Results showed that executive leadership
explained little variance in terms of financial and business performance. Thus, CEOs
make a difference but there is a limited connection between executive leadership and
organisational performance.
286
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Many factors that impact organisational performance are beyond the control of the
leaders. As Liberson and O’ Corner (1972) argued, more variance in firm performance
(e.g. sales, earnings and profit margins) could be related to environmental factors than
to leadership. The leader is embedded in a social system that constraints behaviour and
they are also constrained by the external forces in which the organisation operates
(Pfeffer 1977). As Pfeffer (1981) argued, leaders usually have little influence on
organisational performance such as sales market shares and profitability. It would
appear that organisational outcomes often depend on external factors beyond leaders’
control such as economic, political, and technological conditions.
This study is consistent with past research (e.g. Pfeffer 1981; Meindl, Ehrlich and
Duckerich 1985) in that executive leadership had its greatest impact on the social
domains of performance through the symbolic aspects of managerial behaviour such as
belief, attitude and value of organisational members. It would appear that organisational
effectiveness (e.g. employee satisfaction, quality, public image and goodwill) is the
dimension of organisational performance most immediately influenced by executive
leadership rather than complex domains such as market shares or short-term profitability.
Leaders through their impact on organisational performance may however have greater
impact on other dimensions of performance such as business performance and financial
performance over the longer term. The impact, however, is time dependent. Similarly,
as Romanelli and Tushman (1988) argued, executive leaders have timing effects on
organisational activities. The leaders have an impact on the level of employee
commitment, which may then result in increased productivity and eventually affect the
financial position of an organisation (Yukl 2002). “The farther along in the causal chain
of variables, the longer it takes for the effect to occur” (p.9). With respect to financial
performance, Day and Lord’s (1988) noted that it is unrealistic to expect immediate
results, suggesting a lag effect between leadership and profit. Financial performance
reflects the short-term profitability of an organisation and may not be immediately
influenced by executive leaders but rather over the longer term (Hart and Quinn 1993;
Zakliki 1996).
287
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
11.4.2 Behavioural Complexity and Organisational Performance
Research questions 2 and 5 deal with the relationship between CEOs’ behavioural
complexity and organisational performance.
Research question 2 examines “What types of CEOs’ behaviour pattern contributed
most to higher firm performance?” and research question 5 examines “Is the effect of
behavioural complexity on organisational performance, universal or contingent on the
situational conditions?”. The results showed that behavioural complexity had a positive
association with higher business performance and organisational effectiveness in
general. This finding supports the views discussed by Hart and Quinn (1993) that leader
who are more behaviourally complex act as accelerators on organisational performance.
It can be inferred that CEOs who are more behaviourally complex are better able to lead
their companies in a way that can balance the requirements of internal organisational
focus as well as external focus and then perform a diverse set of roles and skills.
Previous empirical works have provided some evidence for the notion that effective
managers are more behaviourally complex than ineffective manager (e.g. Quinn,
Spreitzer, and Hart 1992; Hooijberg and Quinn 1992; Hooijberg 1996).
This study further clarifies the specific relationship between behavioural complexity and
organisational performance by examining contingency factors. The finding from this
research supports the contingency nature of the executive-performance relationship as
previously discussed by several researchers (e.g. Gupta 1984,1988; Zakliki 1996). It
was found that behavioural complexity had a positive relationship with firm
performance particularly business performance and organisational effectiveness in
general and in large firms and for firms following an analyser type of strategy. CEOs
with high behavioural complexity had a positive relationship with organisational
effectiveness in a stable environment and for firms pursuing a prospector type of
strategy. However, there was no relationship between CEOs with high behavioural
complexity and financial performance regardless of the situational context except for
analyser firms.
288
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
The finding that behavioural complexity is positively associated with financial
performance for firms following an analyser strategy is very interesting, as it is the first
time such a relationship has been shown. On further examination, it was also found that
firms following an analyser strategy had a higher proportion of high performing firms
than the firms following the other types of strategy. Similarly CEOs in high performing
firms were more likely to have an internal locus of control especially in the firms
following an analyser strategy.
The explanation for this finding may be partly due to the refinement of the instruments
used in this study and partly due to the adoption of a contingency approach. In other
words, this relationship may not have been detected in previous studies due to the
research approach adopted, namely not using a contingency approach and possibly
limitations in the measuring instruments used.
Overall, this finding is very interesting as it implies that high behavioural complexity
CEOs who lead firms pursuing the most sophisticated strategy (i.e. analyser strategy)
are able to outperform low behavioural complexity who lead firms pursuing less
complex strategies.
11.4.3 CEO Attributes and Organisational Performance
Research questions 3 and 6 deal with the relationship between CEO attributes and
organisational performance. Research question 3, examines “What are the common
attributes of CEOs in the high performing firms?” and research question 6, examines
“Which CEO attributes are associated with high performing firms regardless of
situational conditions including size, environmental conditions and business strategy?”
The results showed that CEOs in high performing firms had some common attributes:
longer tenure in position, longer tenure in current firm, higher need for achievement,
more internal locus of control, internal origin of appointment and an autocratic
leadership style.
289
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Tenure of CEOs refers to the period that CEOs stay in their current position. This study
adds support to the view that tenure may impact positively on leaders in that they learn
and enhance their behaviour and performance. Finkelstein and Hambrick (1990)
identified the importance of tenure and its positive effect on performance. They
concluded from their study that the longer tenures of executives, the higher the
performance of their firms. However, some researchers (e.g. Miller 1991) found that
organisations led by CEOs with many years of CEO tenure do not perform as well as
they performed in their earlier year. CEOs with longer tenure are “stale in the saddle”.
This study provides further evidence that CEOs having a longer tenure in their current
position contribute to better firm performance. Work experience refers to the growth of
capabilities and skills that CEOs have developed in their careers. It refers to job-related
experience rather than general experience. McCauley (2001) found that experience
indicates how effective leader behaviours are, what impacts they have on their
organisations and what competences they possess. Fiedler (1996) claimed that more
experienced leaders contribute to a better performance under very stressful conditions.
CEOs having a high need for achievement are ambitious, hard working and place a high
value on achievements. They spend a great deal of time pursuing challenging goals and
seeking recognition of achievements. There are several studies documenting the
importance of a high need for achievement to growth rate of firm (Smith and Miner
1984), to firm growth among small businesses (Davidson 1989) and to a firm’s
technological innovation (Papadakis and Bourantas 1998).
It was found that CEOs with an internal locus of control also had a strong association
with organisational performance. This finding is in line with the findings from
early researchers (e.g Miller and Toulouse 1986a, 1986b) who found that CEOs with
internal locus of control were related with high organisational performance.
This research also provided support for the view that CEOs who were promoted from
within firms tended to have more firm experience and were associated with better firm
performance (e.g Zajac 1990). Internal CEOs usually have a better network for
290
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
information exchange (Kotter 1982) and tend to have greater stability in policies
(Helmich 1974) than external CEOs. They also provide for the continuity of existing
programs, management practice, and organisational stability (House and Singh 1987).
Surprisingly, an unexpected finding was the significant relationship between CEOs with
autocratic leadership style and firm performance. This finding suggests that CEOs who
place a greater focus on internal control, and exercise authority in directing subordinates
are more likely to contribute to higher firm performance.
When this study explored the specific relationship between CEO attributes and
organisational performance by applying contingency factors. It found that CEO
attributes differ with different situations in high performing firms. The main findings
are:
Size
In small firms, CEOs in high performing firms tended to have longer tenure in their
position, longer CEO experience elsewhere, longer tenure in current firm, whereas in
large firms, CEOs in high performing firms seemed more likely to have a higher need
for achievement, an internal locus of control and come from a sales and marketing
background.
Environmental Conditions
In a turbulent environment, CEOs in high performing firms tended to have longer tenure
in current firm, a higher need for achievement, an internal locus of control, no overseas
work experience and to have received education in Thailand only.
Business Strategy
In firms following a prospector strategy, CEOs in high performing firms had a higher
need for achievement and an internal origin of appointment whereas in firm pursuing an
analyser strategy, CEOs in high performing firms were more likely to have an internal
locus of control. It was also found for firms pursuing a defender strategy that CEOs in
high performing firms had an autocratic leadership style.
291
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
11.4.4 Behavioural Complexity and CEO Attributes
The analysis, which investigated research question 4, “What kinds of CEO attributes are
associated with higher behavioural complexity?” has shown that the high complexity
CEOs had some common attributes: a high need for achievement, more internal locus of
control, possibly an autocratic leadership style and were less likely to come from a
planning and management background.
Behavioural complexity is an ability of effective managers who are not only cognitively
complex but who are also able to perform a diverse set of roles and behaviours that
circumscribe the requisite variety implied by an environmental and organisational
context (Denison, Hooijberg and Quinn 1995). The managers need to strike a balance
among the various roles that they play to a greater extent (Hooijberge and Quinn 1992).
Behavioural complexity requires them to balance the demands from a complex set of
paradoxical roles.
This research found that CEOs with a high need for achievement and an internal locus
of control were strongly associated with high behavioural complexity. As noted earlier,
high need for achievement people desire to control events, which affect them
(McClelland 1961). These people prefer a difficult task in which success depends on
their own ability rather than chance factors that are beyond their control (Yukl 1994).
Similarly, people with an internal locus of control believe that they can influence the
outcome of events through the effectiveness of their own behaviour. Rotter (1966)
explained that people with a strong internal locus of control believe that events in their
lives are within their control. Consequently, it can be inferred that the capabilities of
CEOs to have a diversity and balance among leadership role behaviours in complex
organisations setting probably requires these two distinct personality traits, a high need
for achievement and an internal locus of control.
It was also found that CEOs with an autocratic leadership styles were more likely to
have high behavioural complexity. It can be suggested that the CEOs who focus on
internal control and are involved in organisational activities are more likely to have the
292
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
capacity to balance competing role demands. The results also suggested that CEOs with
a planning and management background are less likely to demonstrate high behavioural
complexity.
11.4.5 CEO Attributes and Contingency Factors
The analysis, which investigated research question 7 “Based on this research, which are
the important attributes required for CEOs in different situational settings?” has found
that the pattern of CEO attributes differed with the requirements of different situations.
The qualities required in the CEOs were determined by the situational context such as
size of firm, environmental conditions and business strategy. This study concluded that
CEO attributes differed in large firms compared to smaller firms; in stable environments
compared with turbulent environments as well as for defender firms compared with
prospector firms and analyser firms. It can be inferred that any CEO selection should be
based on situational needs. These results are consistent with findings on contingency
nature of the attributes-size relationship (e.g. Dalton and Kesner 1983; Guthrie and
Datta 1997), the attributes-environment conditions relationship (e.g. Gupta and
Govindarajan 1982; Miller and Toulouse 1986b; Papadakis and Bourantas (1998) and
the attributes-strategy relationship (e.g. Miller and Toulouse 1986a; Smith and White
1987; Govindaraja 1989; Thomas and Ramswamy 1996). The main findings are:
Size
CEOs in small firms were more likely to hold an MBA degree, and complete
postgraduate qualifications whereas CEOs in large firms tended to have a longer tenure
in their current position, greater industry experience and to have completed a bachelor
degree’s or less.
Environmental Conditions
CEOs in a turbulent environment were more likely to be older (more than 45 years),
stay longer in the firm, have greater industry experience and a higher need for
achievement whereas CEOs in stable environment tended to be younger (equal and less
than 45 years).
293
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Business strategy
The majority of CEOs with an engineering and production background were more likely
to be employed in defender type firms, while younger CEOs (equal and less than 45
years) were more likely to be employed in the analyser type firms and older CEOs
(greater than 45 years) were more likely to be employed in prospector type firms.
11.5 Summary of Additional Perspectives on Executive
Leadership in Thailand
This section summarises the main conclusions arrived at from the data analysis in
chapter 10 and provides some additional findings on other leadership aspects in
Thailand apart from the major research results reported in chapters 6 to 9. They include
key success attributes for Thai executive leadership, strengths and weaknesses of CEOs,
CEO succession criteria, knowledge and skills required for executive development,
leadership styles and origin of CEO appointment.
Key Success Attributes for Thai Executive Leadership
The key success attributes required for effective leaders in Thailand were strategic
thinking and vision capabilities, followed by assertiveness and decisive decision-
making, integrity, ethics and social responsibility, management by inspiration, and
network building ability.
The Strengths and Weaknesses of CEOs in Thailand
The major strengths of CEOs in Thailand were high commitment, dedication and
enthusiasm, employee-oriented management, industry and company business expertise,
strategic thinking and vision capabilities, respectively. The results showed statistically
significant differences for CEOs’ strengths by firm groups, environmental conditions
and business strategy. CEOs in low performing firms were more likely to be persistent
than those in high performing firms. Firms operating in a turbulent environment were
more likely to employ CEOs with employee-oriented management (cared for their staff,
respected their ideas and tried diligently to develop human resources) and credibility
than those in a stable environment. Prospector firms seemed more likely to employ
294
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
CEOs with more strategic thinking, and vision capabilities than defender firms and
analyser firms. No statistically significant differences were found by either size of firm,
complexity group and leadership styles for CEOs’ strengths.
The major weaknesses of CEOs in Thailand were being too sympathetic, hot tempered
and impatient and lacking human management skills. The results showed only one
significant association between CEOs’ weaknesses and leadership styles. Democratic
leaders were more likely to be too sympathetic, whereas autocratic leaders tend to lack
human management skills. Overall, there were no statistically significant differences by
either firm groups, size of firm, environmental conditions, business strategy, and
behavioural complexity group for CEOs’ weaknesses.
CEO Succession Criteria
The main criteria for appointing CEOs were all found to be attributes of CEOs, and
were people with strategic thinking and vision capabilities, industry and company
business expertise, and leadership. The results showed a statistically significant
association between the variables of communication and negotiation skills and
environmental conditions. Firms in a turbulent environment were more likely to select
CEOs with communication and negotiation skills than those of firms in a stable
environment. Overall, there were no statistically significant differences for CEO
succession criteria found by either firm groups, size of firm and business strategy.
Knowledge and Skills Required for Executive Development
The important knowledge and skills required for executive development in Thailand
were leadership, followed by strategic thinking and vision capabilities, and industry
knowledge/new business techniques, integrity, business ethics and social responsibility,
communication and negotiation skills respectively. The results showed that there was a
significant difference for the variable of leadership between low performers and high
performers. CEOs in high performing firms seemed more likely to require leadership
training for their executive development than those in low performing firm. Overall, no
statistically significant differences were identified by either size of firm, environmental
conditions and business strategy.
295
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Leadership Style and CEO Attributes
There were no particular CEO attributes significantly associated with leadership style.
CEOs’ Origin of Appointment and CEO Attributes
There was a significant association for the variables of CEO experience elsewhere,
tenure in firm, and age with origin of appointment. External CEOs seemed more likely
to have longer stays in CEO positions elsewhere, less tenure in current firms and to be
older (more than 45 years) than internal CEOs.
11.6 Implications of Results
This section discusses the implications of the findings from this study to both
researchers and practitioners. The implications of the fieldwork research methodology
for those who wish to conduct fieldwork in Thailand is also discussed.
11.6.1 Implications to Theory
This research has several implications for top management theory and executive
leadership literature. Firstly, there has been limited research into understanding the
effectiveness of top leaders in developing country such as Thailand particularly in
publicly listed companies. The findings of this research are, therefore, a significant
contribution to the theory of top management, and provide a foundation for further
research into developing countries.
Secondly, this research study has supported Hart and Quinn’s (1993) study that more
behaviourally complex leaders namely leaders who are able to play at a high level all
four roles tended to have a positive impact on organisational performance particularly
business performance and organisational effectiveness.
Thirdly, this study investigates the conditions under which behavioural complexity has
a significant relationship with firm performance. The findings support the contingency
nature of the executive-performance relationship discussed by several researchers (e.g.
296
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Gupta 1984,1988; Zakliki 1996). This research showed that situational situation was
important to the relationship between leaders and firm performance. For example, in the
analyser strategy group, CEOs with high behavioural complexity were related to all
three firm performance dimension namely financial performance, business performance,
and organisational effectiveness.
Fourthly, This study also explored CEO attributes, which were related to behavioural
complexity and firm performance. The results showed that high complexity CEOs had a
need for achievement, more internal locus of control, possibly an autocratic leadership
style and were less likely to come from a planning and management background. CEOs
in high performing firms had longer tenure in position, longer tenure in current firm,
higher need for achievement, internal locus of control, internal origin of appointment
and an autocratic leadership style. This study provides a number of contributions to
executive leadership theory and in particular to understanding behavioural complexity.
Fifthly, this study provides support for a contingency theory on determining the
necessary executive leaders’ attributes to be effective in a given situation. As discussed
earlier, the pattern of CEO attributes differed with the requirements of different
situations in the Thai survey. Several scholars (e.g. Miller and Toulouse 1986a,b; Smith
and White 1987; Guthrie and Datta 1997; Papadakis and Bourantas 1998) have
suggested the link between executive leaders’ attributes and contingency factors.
Finally, this research study has demonstrated the benefits of replication studies to test
the generalisability of Hart and Quinn (1993) and Zakliki (1996) findings and helped to
improve behavioural complexity research by testing the validity and reliability of the
instruments and measures.
11.6.2 Implications to Practice
There are a number of important implications for practice. The findings from this study
have significant implications for organisations, executive development, CEO selection,
and management education.
297
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
Firstly, the findings have a major implication for organisations and top executives. This
research has shown that behavioural complexity of CEOs is a significant contributor to
organisational performance. This means that CEOs need the ability to develop or
adapt to the evolving demands of their jobs over times. They are required to
demonstrate paradoxical skills. One group of skills focuses on innovativeness, while
another focuses on rationality. The third group emphasises human relation skills while
the fourth group focuses on control skills. The more CEOs play their competing roles,
the more effective they are. Emphasis on behavioural complexity as a key aspect of
organisational development of more effective leaders is supported by several scholars
(e.g. Quinn 1988; Bullis 1992; Quinn, Spreitzer, and Hart 1992; Hart and Quinn 1993;
Denision, Hooijberg, and Quinn 1995; Hooijberg 1996).
Secondly, another implication of the findings is for executive development. In the
highly completive and fast changing environment of the 21st century, organisations need
to emphasise training and human development particularly at the executive level. The
findings provide crucial clues on a suitable leadership model for those senior executives
who want to improve their knowledge and skills and for human resource departments to
be able to focus their human development strategies. Importantly, this study supports
the need for continuity of learning as critical to success of leaders beyond that of formal
training programs. Organisations need to create a learning work environment, which
motivates employees.
Thirdly, the findings have implications for CEO selection. This research supports a
contingency view in determining the attributes required for the CEO’s position. The
qualities required in CEOs are determined by the situational context such as size of
firm, environmental conditions and business strategy. Thus, any CEO selection should
be based on an understanding of relevant situational factors.
The final implication is for management education. Leaders in the future will face
increasingly complex organisations and rapid changes in the environment. Management
education needs to emphasize the type of knowledge and skills required for CEOs to
more effectively handle their position, and shape the future of their organisations.
298
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
11.6.3 Implications to Research Methodology
There are a number of implications for researchers who plan to conduct research
fieldwork particularly with senior executives of the companies in Thailand. These are
summarised below:
Firstly, the use of personal interviews is the preferred methodology over the use of
mail questionnaires for fieldwork in Thailand particularly when seeking sensitive
information from chief executives of publicly listed companies. Since Thai society is
made up of positions, which are hierarchically related, the seniority system is a crucial
factor in a Thai culture and tradition. Any request to top executives to participate in
personal interviews must highlight that the researcher has a real interest in the research
and will respect their ideas and perspectives. In Thailand, chief executives receive many
mail questionnaires from time to time, and they are not happy to find time to respond to
them. Many chief executives’ secretaries commented to the researchers that “there are a
pile of questionnaires on their tables, and their boss don’t have time to fill them”.
Secondly, since most chief executives are very busy and difficult to access, phone calls
seeking interviews are usually screened by executive secretaries. The need for executive
secretaries to perceive the researchers as credible and the proposed research worthwhile
is particularly important. This research has benefited from good relationships built up
with executive secretaries in increasing the number of chief executives who agreed to
participate.
Thirdly, the length of interview is important for a research with top executives. For this
research the length was based on a maximum of one hour as most top executives have
limited time to participate. In practice, it was found that the length of interview varied
based on the CEOs interest in the topic concerned, and their desire to explore. The
longest interview for this research was about two and a half hours. Some CEOs also
shared their knowledge on particular business aspects, relevant business documents and
even their published autobiography. This researcher also believes that good manners,
smart dress, good communication skills and extensive preparation before interviews (i.e.
299
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
understanding clearly all questions and researching general information about the
respondents and their organisations) are important to create a supportive environment
during the interviews.
Fourthly, most of the interviews were pre-arranged and conducted in the CEOs’ office
during normal business hours. Since CEOs are very busy with corporate meetings,
external meetings and overseas travel, to make a date and time for interviews was often
a complex and time-consuming process. On a number of occasions, the researcher had
to re-schedule the interviews because of the CEOs’ time availability. This research has
found that researchers need to be flexible and well organised in seeking time to make
appointments.
Finally, the use of personal networks is crucial to the success of research fieldwork in
Thailand. This research gained the assistance of a prominent Thai politician, Thai
government authorities, former Thai governors, and Thai top executives of private
companies. It was found that the assistance of senior people both in private and public
positions is necessary to gain the participation of the top leaders of publicly listed
companies in Thailand. In some case using personal connections from employees at
lower levels of organizations to gain participation from CEOs is also important.
11.7 A Final Overview
This section provides a final overview of the findings from the research described in
this thesis.
The findings showed that there was a low significant relationship between the
roles played by CEOs and organisational performance. The amount of variance
explained by leadership roles was low in all three research studies.
All three research studies demonstrated that behavioural complexity of CEOs is a
significant contributor to organisational performance. However, none of the two
previous studies have shown an association between behavioural complexity and
300
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
financial performance. This research study is the first time that such a relationship has
been shown in certain specific situations. The findings in this thesis was able to show
that for firms following an analyser type of strategy, CEOs with high behavioural
complexity CEOs had a positive association with all performance dimensions namely
financial performance, business performance, and organisational effectiveness. This
finding is very interesting as it implies that high behavioural complexity CEOs who lead
firms pursuing the most sophisticated strategy (i.e. analyser strategy) are able to
outperform low behavioural complexity CEOs who lead firms pursuing less complex
strategies.
This research identified that CEOs in high performing firms had a relatively longer
tenure in the existing position, a longer tenure in the current firm, a higher need for
achievement, a greater internal locus of control, an internal origin of appointment and
an autocratic leadership style. Further by applying contingency factors, the results found
that high performing firms tended to be associated with CEOs who have particular
attributes with the specific attribute requirements being dependent on the situation.
High behavioural complexity CEOs had a higher need for achievement, more internal
locus of control, autocratic leadership style and were less likely to come from a
planning and management background.
Attributes required in CEOs to be effective were determined by the situational context
namely firm size, environmental conditions and business strategy. CEO attributes
differed in the smaller firms compared to the larger firms, in the stable environments
compared with the turbulent environments as well as for the defender firms compared
with the prospector firms and the analyser firms.
This research has also provided some qualitative findings obtained from the personal
interviews with the Thai CEOs. Specifically the CEOs identified what they believed
were:
(a) the key success CEO attributes for effective leaders in Thailand,
(b) the major strengths of CEOs in Thailand,
301
Chapter 11: Conclusions and Implications
(c) the major weaknesses of CEOs in Thailand,
(d) the main selection criteria for appointing CEOs,
(e) the necessary knowledge and skills required in executive development programs.
11.8 Chapter Summary
This chapter concludes the key findings of this research as well as the implications of
this study to the theory, to practice and for further research methodology. The next
chapter points out research limitations and future research directions.
302
Chapter 12: Limitations and Future Research Directions
Chapter 12
Limitations and Future Research Directions
12.1 Introduction
This final chapter highlights the limitations of the research in this thesis and suggests
the scope for further research.
12.2 Limitations of This Study
There are three main limitations that exist with respect to this study.
Firstly, the population for this research was limited to publicly listed companies of
Thailand. Therefore, the findings of this research can only be used to explain the
relationship between executive leadership and organisational performance in this
particular population. This finding may not apply to other types of organisations such as
public organisations, non- profit organisations or small family businesses.
Secondly, another constraint on this study was the lack of financial support and
consequent inability of the researcher to conduct personal interviews with top
executives of publicly listed companies in other provinces than Bangkok, which is the
capital city of Thailand. Hence, this research is in one constrained geographic area.
Thirdly, this research relied on the data from a single respondent (self-reports) in the
sample companies. CEOs may have introduced bias to their data particularly for their
role behaviour. Senior executives may have very different perspectives on the behaviour
and style of their CEOs. Ideally, data from a wider range of senior executives in each
company would have been preferred, however, cost and time constraints limited the
research to one personal interview per company.
303
Chapter 12: Limitations and Future Research Directions
12.3 Future Research Directions
This research has developed a database and provided the foundation for further
research. Several avenues for future research directions are identified below:
Firstly, research on executive leadership of non-publicly listed companies to allow a
comparison of CEO role patterns and CEO attributes between publicly listed companies
and non-publicly listed companies would provide a valuable extension.
Secondly, to further understand the nature and managerial characteristics of top
executives, additional work on developing the conceptual framework by adding more
variables on CEOs’ personality attributes such as risk taking, tolerance for ambiguity,
assertiveness and decision making processes would be valuable. Future research in this
area may also look at the link between personality traits and demographic characteristics
and their impact on firm performance.
Thirdly, while the present research did incorporate organisational, environmental and
strategy control variables, further research is desirable to clarify the specific relationship
between executive leadership and firm performance by expanding the contingency
factors explored. For example, do organisations in different industries or with different
cultures call for different executive leadership types? Similarly, do different types of
firm characteristics such as age or types of ownership require different executive
leadership behaviour? It would also be desirable to collect data from multiple
respondents in firms to validate the CEOs’ perceptions about their role behaviour.
Similarly, where possible, the use of secondary data of firm performance to further
validate the top executives’ perception of their organisational performance would be of
value.
Fourthly, future research may also expand this study by replicating these results in
another context other than just in Thailand and with further refined measures of
executive leadership roles in order to generalise. Much more research work is required
304
Chapter 12: Limitations and Future Research Directions
to develop more reliable measures of executive leadership and to test them in specific
organisational settings.
Finally, as no previous research had been conducted on the relationship between
executive leadership and organisational performance in Thailand particularly in publicly
listed companies of Thailand, this research has provided an important benchmark and
valuable database for future research in Thailand and likewise in other developing
countries.
12.4 Chapter Summary
This chapter summarises the limitations of this study as well as the scope it affords for
further research.
305
REFERENCES Anderson, C. R. 1977. Locus of control, coping behaviors and performance in a stress
setting: A longitudinal study. Journal of Applied Psychology, vol. 62, no. 4, pp. 446-451.
Ansoff, H. I. 1965. Business Strategy. Hammondsworth: Penguin. Ansoff, H. I. 1979. Strategic Management. London: MacMillan Press Ltd. Aldrich, H. E. 1979. Organization and Environment. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Baker, C., and Phongpaichit, P. 1998. Thailand’s Boom and Bust. Bangkok: Printing
House. Bantel, K., and Jackson, S. 1989. Top management and innovations in banking: Does
the composition of the top team make a difference. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 10, Special issue (Summer), pp. 107-124.
BBL 2004. Annual Economic Report: Bank Data Set. Bangkok. Bass, B. M. 1981. Bass and Stogdill’ s Handbok of Leadership: Theory Research and
Managerial Applications, 2nd edn . New York: Free Press. Bass, B. M. 1990. Bass and Stogdill’ s Handbok of Leadership: Theory Research and
Managerial Applications, 3rd edn . New York: Free Press. Bass, B. M. 1985. Leadership and Performance Beyond Expectations. New York: Free
Press. Bass, B. M., and Avolio, B. J. 1993. Transformational leadership and organizational
culture. Public Administration Quarterly, vol. 17, no. 1, pp. 112-117. Bennett, R. 1999. Corporate Strategy, 2nd edn. London: Financial Time. Bennis, W. G., and Nanus, B. 1985. Leaders: The Strategies for Taking Charge.
New York: Harper and Row. Biddle, B. G., and Thomas, E. J. 1966. Role Theory: Concepts and Research. New
York: John Wiley. Blake, R. R., and Mouton, J. S. 1985. The Managerial Grid III. Houston: Gulf
Publishing. Blau, P. M. 1970. Weber’s theory of bureaucracy. In D. Wrong, Makers of Modern
Social Science Max Weber, pp. 141-145. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
307
Boal, K. B., and Whithead, C. J. 1992. A critique and extension of the stratified systems theory perspective. In R. L. Phillips and J. G. Hunt (Eds.), Strategic Leadership, pp. 237-253. London: Quorum Books.
Boeker, W., and Goodstein, J. 1993. Performance and successor choice: The moderating
effects of governance and ownership. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 36, no. 1, pp.172-186.
Boone, C., Brabander, B., and Witteloostujin, A. 1996. CEO locus of control and small
firm performance: An integrative framework and empirical test. Journal of Management Studies, vol. 33, no. 5, pp. 667-699.
Boone, C., Branbander, B., and Hellemans, J. 2000. Research note: CEO locus of control
and small firm performance. Organization Studies, vol. 21, no. 3, pp. 641-646. BOT, 2003. Thailand’s Economic and Monetary Condition in 2002. Bangkok. Bowers, D. G., and Seashore, S. E. 1966. Predicting Organisational Effectiveness with a
Four Factor Theory of Leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly, vol.11, pp. 238-263.
Brockhaus, R. H. 1980. Psychological and environmental factors which distinguish the
successful from the unsuccessful entrepreneur: A longitudinal study. Academy of Management Proceedings, pp. 368-372.
Bullis, R. C. 1992. The Impact of Leader Behavioural Complexity on Organisational
Performance. Phd. Dissertation. Texas Technology University. Burk, D. M., and Light, L. L. 1981. Memory and aging: the role of retrieval processes.
Psychological Bulletin, vol. 90, p. 6370. Burns, T. 1978. Leadership. New York: Harper and Row Cannella, A., and Lubatkin, M. 1993. Succession as a sociopolitical process: Internal
impediments to outsider selection. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 763-793.
Carlsson, G., and Karlsson, K. 1970. Age, cohorts and the generation of generations.
American Sociological Review, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 710-718. Chandler, A. D. 1962. Strategy and Structure. Boston: MIT Press. Child, J. 1972. Organization structure, environment and performance: The role of
strategic choice. Sociology, vol. 6, pp. 1-22. Child, J. 1974. Managerial and organizational factors associated with company
performance – Part I. Journal of Management Studies, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 175-189.
308
Conant J. S., Mokwa M. P., and Varadarajan, P. R. 1990. Strategic types, distinctive marketing competencies and organizational performance: A multiple measures-based study. Strategic Management Journal. vol. 11, no. 5, pp. 365-383.
Daellenbach, U. S., McCarthy, A. M., and Schoenecker, T. S. 1999. Commitment to
innovation: the impact of top management team characteristics. R&D Management, vol. 29, no. 3, pp. 199-208.
Daft, R. L. 1983. Organization Theory and Design, St. Paul: West Publishing. Daft, R. L. 1999. Leadership: Theory and Practice. Orlando: Dryden Press. Dalton, D. R., and Kesner, I. F. 1983. Inside/outside succession and organizational size:
The pragmatics of executive replacement. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 26, no. 4, pp. 736-742.
Datta, D. K., and Guthrie, J. P. 1994. Executive succession: Organizational antecedents
of CEO characteristics. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 15, no. 7, pp. 569-577.
David, P. S., and Pett, T. L. 2002. Measuring organizational efficiency and
effectiveness, Journal of Management Research, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 87-97. Davidson, P. 1989. Entrepreneurship- and after? A study of growth willingness in small
firms. Journal of Business Venturing, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 211-226. Day, D. V., and Lord, R. G. 1988. Executive leadership and organizational
performance: Suggestions for a new theory and methodology. Journal of Management, vol. 14, no. 3, pp. 453-464.
Denison, D. R., Hooijberg, R., and Quinn, R. E. 1991. Paradox and Performance: A
Theory of The Behavioral Complexity of Effective Leaders. Working paper. Denison, D. R., Hooijberg, R., and Quinn, R. E. 1995. Paradox and performance:
Toward a theory of behavioral complexity in managerial leadership. Organizational Science, vol. 6, no. 5, p. 524-540.
Dess, G. G., and Robinson R. B. 1984. Measuring organizational performance in the
absence of objective measures: The case of the privately-held firm and conglomerate business unit. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 265-273.
Dixon, C. 1999. The Thai Economy: Uneven Development and Internationalization.
London: Routledge. Donaldson, G., and Lorsch, J. 1983. Decision Making at the Top. New York: Basic.
309
Dearbon, D. C., and Simon, H. A. 1958. Selective perception: A note on the departmental identifications of executives. Sociometry, vol. 21, no. 2, pp. 144-150.
Dess, G. G., and Beard, D. W. 1984. Dimensions of organizational task environments.
Administrative Science Quarterly, vol.29, no. 1, pp. 52-73. Dess, G. G., and Picken, R. C. 2000. Changing roles: Leadership in the 21st century,
Organizational Dynamics, vol. 28, no. 3, pp. 18-33. Drucker, P. F. 1973. Management: Tasks, Responsibilities, Practices. London: Heineman. Drucker, P. F. 1993. Post-Capitalist Society. New York: HarperCollins. Dubrin, A., Ireland, R. D., and Williams, J. C. 1989. Management & Organization.
Cincinnati: South-Western Publishing. Dubrin, A. 1997. The Essentials of Management. Cincinnati: South Western College
Publishing. EIU, 2001. The Economic Intelligence Unit Country profile 2001: Thailand, p. 31. Emery, F. E., and Trist, E. L. 1965. The causal texture of organizational environments.
Human relations, vol. 18, pp. 21-31. Fayol, H. 1984. General and Industrial Management. New York: IEEE Press. Fiedler, F. E. 1964. A contingency model of leadership effectiveness. In L. Berkowitz
(Ed), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology. New York: Academic Press. Fiedler, F. E. 1967. A Contingency Theory of Leadership Effectiveness. New York:
McGraw- Hill. Fiedler, F. E. 1996. Research on leadership selection and training: One view of the
future. Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 41, no. 2, pp. 241-250. Finkelstein, S. 1992. Power in top management teams: Dimensions, measurement, and
validation. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 35, no. 3, pp. 505-538. Finkelstein, S., and Hambrick, D. C. 1990. Top management team tenure and
organizational outcome: The moderating role of managerial discretion. Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 35, no. 3, pp. 484-503.
Finkelstein, S., and Hambrick, D. C. 1996. Strategic Leadership: Top Executives and
Their Effects on Organization. St. Paul: West Publishing Co. Friedman, S. D., and Singh, H. 1989. CEO succession and stockholder reaction: The
influence of organizational context and event content. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 32, no. 4, pp. 718-744.
310
Fry, J. N., and Killing, J. P. 1986. Strategic Analysis and Action. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall.
Garbarro, J. J. 1987. The Dynamic of Taking Charge. Boston: Harvard Business School
Press. Goleman, D. 2000. Leadership that gets results. Harvard Business Review, (Mar-Apr),
pp. 78-90. Govindarajan, V. 1989. Implementing competitive strategies at the business unit level:
Implications for matching managers and strategies. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 251-270.
Griffin, R. W. 1990. Management, 3rd edn. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Gupta, A. K. 1984. Contingency linkages between strategy and general manager
characteristics: A conceptual examination. Academy of Management Review, vol. 9, no.3, pp. 399-412.
Gupta, A. K. 1988. Contingency perspectives on strategic leadership: Current
knowledge and future research directions. In D. C. Hambrick (Ed), The Executive Effect: Concept and methods for studying top managers. Greenwich: JAI press.
Gupta, A. K., and Govindarajan, V. 1982. An empirical Examination of linkages
between strategy, managerial characteristics, and performance. Academy of Management Proceedings, pp. 31-35.
Gupta, A. K., and Govindarajan, V. 1984. Business unit strategy, managerial
characteristics, and business unit effectiveness at strategy implementation. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 27, no. 1, pp. 25-41.
Guthrie, J. P., and Datta, D. K. 1997. Contextual influences on executive selection: Firm
characteristics and CEO experience. Journal of Management Studies, vol. 34, no. 4, pp. 537-557.
Hagen, A. F., and Amin, S. G. 1995. Corporate executives and environmental scanning
activities: An empirical investigation. Sam Advanced management Journal, vol. 60, no. 2 (Spring), pp. 41-47.
Hambrick, D. C. 1981. Environment, strategy and power within top management teams.
Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 26, no. 2, pp. 253-276. Hambrick, D. C. 1994. Top management groups: A conceptual integration and
reconsideration of the team label. In B. M. Staw and L. L. Cummings (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, vol. 16, pp. 171-213. Greenwich: JAI Press.
Hambrick, D. C. 2003. On the staying power of defenders, analyzers, and prospectors.
Academy of Management Executive, vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 115-118.
311
Hambrick, D. C., Black, S. and Fredrickson, J. W. 1992. Executive leadership of the high technology firm: What is special about it?. In Advance in Global High-Technology Management, (Eds). L. R. Gomez-Mejia and M. W. Lawless. pp. 3-18, Greenwich: JAI press.
Hambrick, D. C., Geletkanycz, M., and Frederickson, J. 1993. Top executive commitment
to the status quo: A test of some its determinants. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 14, no. 6, pp. 410-418.
Hambrick, D. C., and Fukutomi, G. D. S. 1991. The seasons of a CEO’s tenure.
Academy of Management Review, vol. 16, no. 4, pp. 719-742. Hambrick, D. C., and Mason, P. A. 1984. Upper echelons: The organization as a reflection
of its top managers. Academy of Management Review, vol. 9, no. 2, pp. 193-207 Hart, S. L., and Quinn, R. E. 1993. Roles executives’ play: CEO’s, behavioral
complexity, and firm performance. Human Relations, vol. 46, no. 5, pp. 543-574. Hayes, R. H., and Abernathy, W. J. 1980. Managing our ways to economic decline.
Harvard Business Review, vol. 58, no. 4, pp. 67-77. Helmich, D. L. 1974. Organizational growth and succession patterns. Academy of
Management Journal, vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 771-775. Helmich, D. L., and Brown, W. B. 1972. Successor type and organizational change in
the corporate enterprise. Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 371-381.
Hersey, P., and Blanchard, K. H. 1988. Management of Organizational Behavior, 5th
edn. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Hitt, M. A., and Tyler, B. B. 1991. Strategic decision models: Integrating different
perspective. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 12, no. 5, pp. 327-351. Hofer, C. W. 1983. ROVA: A new measure for assessing organizational performance.
In R. Lamb (ed.). Advances in Strategic Management, vol. 2, pp. 43-55. New York: JAI Press.
Hofstede, G. H. 1991. Cultures and Organizations: Software of the Mind. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. Hooijberg, R. 1996. A multidirectional approach toward leadership: An extension
concept of behavioral complexity. Human Relations, vol. 49, no. 7, pp. 917-933. Hooijberg, R., Hunt, J. G., and Dodge, G. E. 1997. Leadership complexity and
development of the leaderplex model. Journal of Management, vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 375-408.
312
Hooijberg, R., and Quinn, R. E. 1992. Behavioral complexity and the development of effective managers. In R. L. Phillips and J. G. Hunt (Eds.), Strategic Leadership, pp. 161-175. London: Quorum Books.
Hooijberg, R., and Schneider, M. 2001. Behavioral complexity and social intelligence:
How executive leaders use stakeholders to form a system perspective. In S. J. Zaccro and R. J. Klimoski (Eds.), The Nature of Organizational Leadership, pp. 104-131. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
House, R. J. 1971. A Path-Goal Theory of Leader Effectiveness. Administrative Science
Quarterly, vol. 16, no. 3, pp. 321-339. House, R. J. 1977. A 1976 theory of charismatic leadership. In J. G. Hunt and Larson,
L. L. (Eds), Leadership: The cutting edge, pp. 189-207. Carbonade, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.
House, R. J. 1988. Leadership research: Some forgotten, ignored, overlooked findings.
In J. G. Hunt, B. R. Baliga, H. P. Dachler, and C. A. Schriesheim (Eds.), Emerging Leadership Vistas, pp. 245-260. Lexington: Lexington Books.
House, R. J., and Baetz, M. L. 1979. Leadership: Some empirical generalizations and
new research directions. In L. L. Cummings, and B. M. Staw (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, vol. 1, pp. 341-423. Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press.
House, R. J., and Mitchell, T. R. 1974. Path-goal theory of leadership. Journal of
Contemporary Business, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 81-97. House, R. J., and Singh, J. V. 1987. Organizational behavior: Some new directions for
I/O Psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, vol. 38, pp. 669-718. Howard, A. 2001. Identifying, assessing, and selecting senior leaders. In S. J. Zaccro
and R. J. Klimoski (Eds.), The Nature of Organizational Leadership, pp. 305-346. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Howell, J. M., and Avolio, B. J. 1993. Transformational leadership, transactional
leadership, locus of control, and support for innovation: Key predictors of consolidated business unit performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, vol. 78, no. 6, pp. 891-902.
Hunt, J. G., and Phillips, R. L. 1989. Leadership in battle and garrison: A framework for
understanding the difference and preparing for both. In R. Gal and A. D. Mangelsdoeff (Eds.), Handbook of Military Psychology. Chichester: Wiely
Ireland, R. D., and Hitt, M. A. 1999. Achieving and maintaining strategic
competitiveness in the twenty-first century: The role of strategic leadership. Academy of Management Executive, vol. 13, no. 1, pp. 43-57.
313
James, W. L., and Hatten, K. J. 1995. Further evidence on the validity of the self-typing paragraph approach: Miles and Snow strategic archetypes in banking. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 16, no. 2, pp. 161-168.
Kaplan, R. S., and Norton, D. P. 1992. Balanced scorecard-measures that drive
performance. Harvard Business Review, vol. 70, no. 1, pp. 71-79. Kaplan, R. S., and Norton, D. P. 1998. Balanced scorecard-measures that drive
performance. In Harvard Business Review (Ed), Measuring Corporate Performance. pp. 123-145. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
Kast, F. E., and Rosenzweig, J. E. 1985. Organization and Management: A system and
Contingency Approach. 4th edn. New York: McGraw-Hill. Katz, R. L. 1974. Skills of an effective administrator. Harvard Business Review, vol.52,
no.5, pp. 90-102. Katz, D., and Kahn R. 1978. The Social Psychology of Organizations. New York: John
Wiley. Kahal, S. E. 2001. Business in Asia Pacific: Text and Cases. New York: Oxford
University Press. Kitchell, S. 1997. CEO characteristics and technological innovativeness: A Canadian
perspective. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences, vol. 14, no. 2, pp.111-125.
Klausner, W. J. 1993. Reflections on Thai Culture. 4th edn. Bangkok: The Siam Society. Kamoche, K. 2000. From boom to bust: The challenges of managing people in Thailand.
International Journal of Human Resource Management, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 452-468. Korsak, C. 2003. Eastern CEOs. Bangkok: Siam Inter Books. Kotter, J. P. 1982. What effective managers really do. Harvard Business Review, vol.
60, no. 6, pp. 156-167. Kotter, J. P. 1988. The Leadership Factor. New York: Free Press. Kotter, J. P. 1999. What effective general managers really do. Harvard Business
Review, vol. 77, no. 2, pp. 145-156. Kotter, J. P. 2001. What leaders really do. Harvard Business Review, vol. 77, no. 2, pp.
145-156. Lauterbach, B., Vu, J., and Weisberg, J. 1999. Internal and external successions and
their effect on firm performance. Human Relations, vol. 52, no. 12, pp. 1485-1504.
314
Lewin, K., and Lippitt, R. 1938. An experiment approach to the study of autocracy and democracy: A preliminary note. Sociometry, vol. 1, no.3 , pp. 292-300.
Lieberson, S., and O’ Conner, J. 1972. Leadership and organizational performance: A
study of large corporations. American Sociological Review, vol. 37, no. 2, pp.117-130.
Likert, R. 1967. The Human Organization. New York: McGraw-Hill. Likert, R. 1977. Management styles and the human component. Management Review,
vol. 66, no. 10, pp. 23-45. Luthans, F., and Lockwood, D. L. 1984. Toward an observational system for measuring
leader behavior in natural setting. In J. G. Hunt, D. M. Hosking, C. A. Schriesheim, and R. Stewart (Eds.), Managers and Leaders: An Integrational Perspective, pp. 117-141. Elmsford: Pergamon.
Mann, F. C. 1965. Toward an understanding of the leadership role in formal
organization. In R. Dubrin, G. C. Gomans, F. C. Mann, and D. C. Miller (Eds), Leadership and Productivity. San Francisco: Chandler.
McCauley, C. D. 2001. Leader training and development. In S. J. Zaccro and R. J.
Klimoski (Eds.), The Nature of Organizational Leadership, pp. 347-383. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. McClelland, D. C. 1961. The Achieving Society. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. McGregor, D. 1960. The Human Side of Enterprise. New York: McGraw-Hill. McLennan K, 1967. The manger and his job skills. Academy of Management journal,
vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 235-245. Meindl, J. R., Ehrlich, S. B., and Dukerich, J. M. 1985. The romance of leadership.
Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 30, no. 1, pp. 78-102. Meyer, M. M., and Gupta, V. 1994. The perfect paradox. In B. M. Staw and L. L.
Cummings (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, vol. 16, pp. 309-369. Greenwich: JAI Press.
Michel, J., and Hambrick, D. 1992. Diversification posture and top management team
characteristics. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 35, no. 1, pp. 9-37. Miles, R. E., and Snow, C. C. 1978. Organizational Strategy, Structure and Process.
New York: McGraw-Hill. Miller, D. 1988. Relating Porter’s business strategies to environment and structure:
Analysis and performance implication. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 31, no.2, pp. 280-308.
315
Miller, D. 1991. Stale in the saddle: CEO tenure and the match between organization and environment. Management Science, vol. 37, no. 1, pp.34-52.
Miller, D. 1993. Some organizational consequence of CEO succession. Academy of
Management Journal, vol. 36, no. 3, pp. 644-659. Miller, D., and Droge, C. 1986. Psychological and traditional determinants of structure.
Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 31, no. 4, pp. 539-560. Miller, D., and Droge, C., and Toulouse, J. 1988. Strategic process and content as
mediators between organizational context and structure, Academy of Management Journal, vol. 31, no. 3, pp. 544-569.
Miller, D., and Friesen, P. H. 1980. Archetypes of organizational transition.
Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 268-299. Miller, D., Kets De Vries, M. F. R., and Toulouse, J. M. 1982. Top executive locus of
control and its relationship to strategy-making, structure and environment. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 237-253.
Miller, D., and Toulouse, J. M. 1986a. Chief executive personality and corporate
strategy and structure in small firms. Management Science, vol. 32, no. 11 pp. 1389-1409.
Miller, D., and Toulouse, J. M. 1986b. Strategy, structure, CEO personality, and
performance in small firms. American Journal of Small Business, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 47-62.
Mintzberg, H. 1973. The Nature of Managerial Work. New York: Harper and Row. Mintzberg, H. 1975. The manager’s job: Folklore and fact. Harvard Business Review,
vol. 53, no. 4, pp.49-61. Mintzberg, H. 1979. The Structuring of Organizations. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Mintzberg, H. 1998. Generic business strategy. In H. Mintzberg, and J. B. Quinn (Eds.),
Reading in Strategy Process. 3rd edn., pp. 83-91. Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall. Morse, J. J., and Wagner, F. R. 1978. Measuring the process of managerial effectiveness.
Academy of Management Journal, vol. 21, no. 1, pp. 23-25. Nananookul, S. 1981. Management in Thailand. Economic Journal, December, pp.
514-532. NESDBa, 2003. Thailand’s Economic Report 2002. Bangkok: NESDB Press. NESDBb, 2003. Thailand in Brief 2003. Bangkok: NESDB Press.
316
NESDB, 2004. Thailand in Brief 2004. Bangkok: NESDB Press. NIB, 2000. Thailand into the 2000’s. Bangkok: Amarin Printing Press. Norburn, D., and Birley, J. D. 1988. The top management team and corporate
performance. Strategic Management Journal. vol. 9, pp. 225-237. Norburn, D. 1989. The chief executive: A breed apart. Strategic Management Journal,
vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 1-15. Northhouse, P. G. 1997. Leadership: Theory and Practice. Thousand Oaks: Sage
Publications. NSO, 2003. Statistical Yearbook Thailand 2003. Bangkok: NSO Press. OEC, 2004. Education in Thailand 2004, Bangkok: OEC Press. Ogbonna E., and Harris L. C. 2000. Leadership style, organizational culture and
performance: empirical evidence from UK. companies, Human Resource Management, vol. 11, no. 4, pp. 766-788.
Ostroff, C., and Schmitt, N. 1993. Configurations of organizational effectiveness and
efficiency. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 1345-1361. Papadakis, V., and Bourantas, D. 1998. The chief executive officer as corporate
champion of technological innovation: An empirical investigation. Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 89-109.
Page, R. 1985. The position description questionnaire. Unpublished Manuscript,
Minneapolis: Control Data Business Advisors. Pfeffer, J. 1977. The ambiguity of leadership. Academy of Management Review, vol. 2,
no. 1, pp. 104-112. Pfeffer, J. 1981. Management as a symbolic action: The creation and maintenance of
organizational paradigm. In L. L. Cummings and B. M. Staw (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, vol. 3, pp. 1-52. Greenwich: JAI Press.
Pfeffer, J., and Salancik, G. R. 1978. The External Control of Organizations. New York:
Harper and Row. Phongpaichit, P., and Chaisakul, S. 1993. Services. In P. G. Warr (Ed), The Thai
Economy in Transition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pongsapich, P. 1998. Traditional and Changing Thai World View. Bangkok:
Chulalongkorn University Printing House.
317
Porter, M. E. 1980. Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors. New York: Free Press.
Porter, M. E. 1985. Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior
Performance. New York: Free Press. Quinn, R. E. 1988. Beyond Rational Management: Mastering the Paradoxes and
Competing Demands of High Performance. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Quinn, R. E., and Cameron, K. S. 1988. Paradox and Transformation: Toward a
Framework of Change in Organization and Banagement. Cambridge: Ballinger. Quinn, R. E., Faerman, S. R., Thompson, M. P., and McGrath, M. R. 1996. Becoming a
Master Manager: A Competency Framework, 2nd edn. New York: Wiley and Sons. Quinn, R. E., Faerman, S. R., Thompson, M. P., and McGrath, M. R. 2003. Becoming a
Master Manager: A Competency Framework, 3rd edn. New York: Wiley and Sons. Quinn, R. E., and Rohrbaugh, J. 1983. A spatial model of effectiveness criteria: toward
a competing values approach to organizational analysis. Management Science, vol. 29, no. 3, pp. 363-377.
Quinn, R. E., and Spreitzer, G. M. and Hart, S. 1992. Challenging the assumptions of
bipolarity: In interpenetration and managerial effectiveness. In S. Srivastva (Ed.) Executive and Organization Continuity. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Rasheed, A. M. A., and Prescott, J. E. 1992. Towards an objective classification scheme
for organizational task environments. British Journal of Management, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 197-206.
Robbins, S. P., and Barnwell, N. 1998. Organization Theory: Concepts and Cases. 3rd
edn. Sydney: Prentice Hall. Robbins, S. P., Bergman, R., and Stagg, I. 1997, Management, Prentice-Hall, Sydney. Robbins, S. P., Bergman, R., Stagg, I., and Coulter, M. 2003. Foundation of
Management. China: Prentice-Hall. .
Robert, A. 1988. Management, Cincinnati: South Western Publishing. Robinson, P. B., and Sexton, E. A. 1994. The effect of education and experience on
self-employment success. Journal of Business Venturing, vol. 9, pp. 141-156. Romanelli, E., and Tushman, M. L. 1988. Executive leadership and organizational
outcomes: an evolutionary perspective. In D. C. Hambrick (Ed). The Executive Effect: Concepts and Methods for Studying Top Managers. pp. 129-140. Greenwich: JAI press.
318
Rotter, J. B. 1966. Generalized expectancies for internal versus external control of reinforcement. Psychological Monographs, vol. 80, no. 1, whole no. 609.
Runglertkrengkrai, S., and Engkaninan, S. 1987. The pattern of managerial behaviour in
Thai culture. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, vol. 5, no. 1, pp.8-15. Salancik, G. R., and Pfeffer, J. 1977. Constraints on administrator discretion: The
limited influence of mayors on city budgets. Urban Affairs Quarterly, vol. 12, pp. 475-498.
Sambharya, R. B. 1989. Managerial characteristics and MNC performance. Academy of
Management Proceedings, pp. 111-115. Sapienza, H., Smith, K. G., and Gannon, M. J. 1988. Using subjective evaluations of
organizational performance in small business research. American Journal of Small Business. vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 45-53.
Scarborough, J. 1998. The Origins of Cultural Differences and Their Impact on
Management. Westport: Quorum Books. SEC, 2001. Annual Report 2001. Bangkok: SEC Press. SEC, 2002. First Decade of the Thai SEC and Capital Market in Thailand (1992-2002).
Bangkok: SEC Press. SET, 2000. Fact Book 2000. Bangkok: Investor Relations and Communications
Department of SET. SET, 2001. Fact Book 2001. Bangkok: Investor Relations and Communications
Department of SET. SET, 2002. Fact Book 2002. Bangkok: Investor Relations and Communications
Department of SET. SET, 2003. Fact Book 2003. Bangkok: Investor Relations and Communications
Department of SET SET, 1996. The Stock Market in Thailand 1996. Bangkok: Investor Relations and
Communications Department of SET. SET, 1999. The Stock Market in Thailand 1999. Bangkok: Investor Relations and
Communications Department of SET. Sharfman, M. P., and Dean, J. W. 1991. Conceptualizing and measuring the
organizational environment. A multidimensional approach. Journal of Management, vol. 17, no.4, pp. 681-700.
319
Shortell S. M., and Zajac, E. J. 1990. Perceptual and archival measures of Miles and Snow’s strategic types: A comprehensive assessment of reliability and validity. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 33, no.4, pp.817-832.
SiengThai, S., and Vadhanasindhu, P. 1991. Management in a Buddhist Society-
Thailand. In J. M. Putti (Ed), Management: Asian Context, pp. 222-228. Singapore: McGraw-Hill.
Skinner, 1974. The decline, fall and renewal of manufacturing. Industrial Engineering,
pp. 32-38. Smith, J. E., Carson, K. P., and Alexander, R. A. 1988. Leadership: It can make a
difference. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 27, no.4, pp. 765-776. Smith, N. R., and Miner, J. B. 1984. Motivational consideration in the success of
technological innovative entrepreneurs. In Hornaday, J. A., Tarpley, F., Timmons, J. A and Vesper, K. H. (Eds), Frontiers of Entrepreneurship Research, pp.488-485. MA: Babson Center for Entrepreneurship Studies.
Smith, M., and White, M. C. 1987. Strategy, CEO specialization, and succession.
Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 32, pp. 263-280. Snow, C. C., and Hambrick D. C. 1980. Measuring Organizational Strategies: Some
theoretical and methodological problems. Academic of Management Review, vol. 5, no. 4, pp. 527-538.
Snow, C. C., and Hrebiniak, I. G. 1980. Strategy, distinctive competence, and
organizational performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 307-335.
Song, J. H. 1982. Diversification strategies and the experience of top executives of large
firms. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 3, pp. 377-380. Stearns, A. 1987. Management. Cincinnati: South-Western Publishing. Steers, R. M., and Braunstein, D. N. 1976. A behaviorally-based measure of manifest
needs in work settings. Journal of Vocational Behavior, vol. 9, pp. 251-266. Stewart, R. 1982. The relevance of some studies of managerial work and behavior to
leadership research. In J. G. Hunt, U. Sekaran, and C. A. Schriesheim (Eds.). Leadership: Beyond Established Views, pp. 11-30. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.
Stogdill, R. L. 1963. Manual for the leader behavior description questionnaire Form
XII: An experimental revision. Columbus: Bureau Of Business Research, Ohio State University.
TAT, 2003. Annual Report 2002. Bangkok: TAT Press.
320
Tan, W. C. M., and Tay, R. S. T. 1994. Factors contributing to the growth of SMEs: The Singapore case. Proceedings of the Fifth ENDEC World Conference on Entrepreneurship, pp. 150-161, Singapore.
Taylor, R. N. 1975. Age and experience as determinants of managerial information
processing and decision making performance. Academy of Management Journal, vol. 18, pp. 74-81.
Thompson, J. D. 1967. Organization in Action. New York: McGraw-Hill. Thomas, S. A., Litschert, R. J., and Ramaswamy, K. 1991. The performance impact of
strategy-manager coalignment: An empirical examination. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 12, no. 7, pp. 509-522.
Thomas, S. A., and Ramaswamy, K. 1989. Executive characteristics, strategy and
performance: A contingency model. Academy of Management Proceedings. pp. 42-46.
Thomas, S. A., and Ramaswamy, K. 1992. Top executive profiles, orientation and
organizational performance. International Journal of Management, vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 406-416.
Thomas, S. A., and Ramaswamy, K. 1996. Matching managers to strategy: Further tests
of the Miles and Snow typology. British Journal of Management, vol. 70, no. 3, pp. 247-261.
Tichy, N., and DeVanna, M. 1986. Transformation Leadership. New York: Wiley. Tocquer, G. A., and Cudennec, C. 1998. Service Asia, Singapore: Prentice-Hall. Tushman, M. L., and Romanelli, E. 1985. Organizational Evolution: A metamorphosis
model of convergence and reorientation. Research in Organizational Behavior, vol. 7, pp.171-222.
Van Eynde, D. F., and Tucker, S. L. 1996. Personality patterns of health care and
industry CEOs: Similarities and differences. Health Care Management Review, vol. 21, no. 2, pp. 87-95.
Venkatraman, N., and Ramanujam, V. 1986. Measurement of business performance in
strategy research: A comparison of approaches. Academy of Management Review, vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 801-814.
Velsor, E. V., and Leslie, J. B. 1995. Why executives derail: Perspectives across time
and culture. Academy of Management Executive, vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 62-72. Viljoen, J., and Dann, S. 2000. Strategic Management, 3 rd edn. French Forest: Pearson
Education Australia.
321
Wainer, H. A., and Rubin, I. M. 1969. Motivation of research and development entrepreneurs: Determinants of company success. Journal of Applied Psychology, vol. 53, no. 3, pp. 178-190.
Warr, P. G. 1993. The Thai Economy. In P. G. Warr (Ed), The Thai Economy in
Transition, pp. 1-80. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Warner, J. B., and Watts, R. L., and Wruck, K. H. 1988. Stock prices and top
management changes. Journal of Financial economics, vol. 20, no. 1, pp.461-492. Weiner, N. 1978. Situational and leadership influence on organizational performance.
Proceedings of the Academy of Management, pp. 230-234. Weiner, N., and Mahoney, T. A. 1981. A model of corporate performance as a function
of environmental, organizational, and leadership influences. Academy of Management Journal. vol. 24, no. 3, pp. 453-470.
Wiersema, M. F., and Bantel, K. A. 1992. Top management team demography and
corporate strategic change. Academy of Management Journal, vol.35, no. 1, pp. 91-121.
Wooldridge B., and Floyed S. W. 1990. The strategy process, middle management
involvement, and organizational performance. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 231-241.
Wren, D. A. 1994. The Evolution of Management Thought, 4th edn. New York: John
Wiley. Yukl, G. A. 1987. A New Taxonomy for Integrating Diverse Perspectives on
Management Behavior. Paper presented at the American Psychological Associating Meeting, New York.
Yukl, G. A.1989. Managerial Leadership: A review of theory and research. Journal of
Management, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 251-289. Yukl, G. A. 1994. Leadership in Organizations, 3rd edn. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Yukl, G. A. 2002. Leadership in Organizations, 5st edn. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Yusuf, A. 1995. Critical success factors for small business: Perceptions of south pacific
entrepreneurs. Journal of Small Business Management, vol. 23, no. 2, pp. 68-73. Zaccaro, S. J. 1996. Models and Theories of Executive Leadership: A Conceptual
Empirical Review and Integration. Alexandria: U.S. Army Research Institute for the Behavioral and Social Sciences.
Zaccaro, S. J., and Klimoski, R. J. 2001. The Nature of Organizational Leadership. San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
322
Zajac, E. J. 1990. CEO selection, succession, compensation, and firm performance: a theoretical integration and empirical analysis. Strategic Management Journal, vol. 11, no. 3, pp.217-230.
Zakliki, M. A. 1996. The Relationship between Executive leadership and Firm
Performance: A Contingency Approach. Ph.d Dissertation. Swinburne University of Technology.
323
List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand 1. Asian Seafood Coldstorage Public Company Limited 2. Seafresh Industry Public Company Limited 3. Chiangmai Frozen Foods Public Company Limited 4. Charoen Pokphand Foods Public Company Limited 5. Chumporn Palm Oil Industry Public Company Limited 6. GFPT Public Company Limited 7. Lee Feed Mill Public Company Limited 8. Pakfood Public Company Limited 9. Patum Rice Mill And Granary Public Company Limited 10. Sri Trang Agro-Industry Public Company Limited 11. Thailuxe Enterprises Public Company Limited 12. United Palm Oil Industry Public Company Limited 13. Bank of Ayudhya Public Company Limited 14. Bangkok Bank Public Company Limited 15. Bank of Asia Public Company Limited 16. The Bank Thai Public Company Limited 17. The DBS Thai Danu Bank Public Company Limited 18. The Industrial Finance Corporation Of Thailand 19. Krung Thai Bank Public Company Limited 20. Standard Chartered Nakornthon Bank Public Company Limited 21. The Siam Commercial Bank Public Company Limited 22. Siam City Bank Public Company Limited 23. The Thai Farmers Bank Public Company Limited 24. The Thai Military Bank Public Company Limited 25. Dynasty Ceramic Public Company Limited 26. WiikK & Hoeglund Public Company Limited 27. The Siam Cement Public Company Limited 28. Siam City Cement Public Company Limited 29. Southern Concrete Pile Public Company Limited 30. Sahaviriya Steel Industries Public Company Limited 31. Tipco Asphalt Public Company Limited 32. Thailand Carpet Manufacturing Public Company Limited 33. Thai Gypsum Product Public Company Limited 34. TPI Polene Public Company Limited 35. The Union Mosaic Industry Public Company Limited 36. Vanachai Group Public Company Limited 37. The Aromatics (Thailand) Public Company Limited 38. National Fertilizer Public Company Limited 39. National Petrochemical Public Company Limited 40. Pato Chemical Industry Public Company Limited 41. Thai Carbon Black Public Company Limited 42. Thai Central Chemical Public Company Limited 43. Thai Plastic And Chemical Public Company Limited 44. Union Plastic Public Company Limited 45. Vinythai Public Company Limited 46. Yong Thai Public Company Limited 47. Big C Supercenter Public Company Limited
325
List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand (Continued) 48. Berli Jucker Public Company Limited 49. I.C.C. International Public Company Limited 50. Loxley Public Company Limited 51. Siam Makro Public Company Limited 52. Minor Corporation Public Company Limited 53. Newcity (Bangkok) Public Company Limited 54. O.C.C. Public Company Limited 55. Robinson Department Store Public Company Limited 56. Saha Pathanapibul Public Company Limited 57. Saha Pathana Inter-Holding Public Company Limited 58. White Group Public Company Limited 59. Advanced Info Service Public Company Limited 60. The International Engineering Public Company Limited 61. Shin Corporations Public Company Limited 62. Telecomasia Corporation Public Company Limited 63. TT&T Public Company Limited 64. United Communication Industry Public Company Limited 65. Compass East Industry (Thailand) Public Company Limited 66. Charoong Thai Wire & Cable Public Company Limited 67. Furukawa Metal (Thailand) Public Company Limited 68. Kulthorn Kirby Public Company Limited 69. Muramoto Electron (Thailand) Public Company Limited 70. Metro Systems Corporation Public Company Limited 71. Singer Thailand Public Company Limited 72. S.V.O.A. Public Company Limited 73. Circuit Electronic Industries Public Company Limited 74. Hana Microelectronics Public Company Limited 75. KCE Electronics Public Company Limited 76. Banpu Public Company Limited 77. The Bangchak Petroleum Public Company Limited 78. Electricity Generating Public Company Limited 79. Lanna Resources Public Company Limited 80. PTT Exploration And Production Public Company Limited 81. Siam United Service Public Company Limited 82. BEC World Public Company Limited 83. City Sports And Recreation Public Company Limited 84. CVD Entertainment Public Company Limited 85. Digital Onpa International Public Company Limited 86. GMM Grammy Public Company Limited 87. Safari World Public Company Limited 88. United Broadcasting Corporation Public Company Limited 89. Asia Credit Public Company Limited 90. Ayudhya Investment And Trust Public Company Limited 91. Adkinson Securities Public Company Limited 92. ABN Amro Asia Securities Public Company Limited 93. The Book Club Finance Public Company Limited 94. Bangkok First Investment And Trust Public Company Limited
326
List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand (Continued) 95. Capital Nomura Securities Public Company Limited 96. Kiatnakin Finance & Securities Public Company Limited 97. MFC Asset Management Public Company Limited 98. National Finance Public Company Limited 99. Phatra Leasing Public Company Limited 100. Scandinavian Leasing Public Company Limited 101. The Siam Sunwa Industrial Credit Public Company Limited 102. Siam Panich Leasing Public Company Limited 103. TISCO Finance Public Company Limited 104. Food and Drinks Public Company Limited 105. Haad Thip Public Company Limited 106. Lam Soon (Thailand) Public Company Limited 107. The Minor Food Group Public Company Limited 108. Kuang Pei San Food Products Public Company Limited 109. President Rice Products Public Company Limited 110. S&P Syndicate Public Company Limited 111. Siam Food Products Public Company Limited 112. S.Khonkaen Food Industry Public Company Limited 113. The Serm Suk Public Company Limited 114. Thai President Foods Public Company Limited 115. The Thai Pineapple Public Company Limited 116. Thai Union Frozen Products Public Company Limited 117. Thai Vegetable Oil Public Company Limited 118. Thai Wah Food Products Public Company Limited 119. Universal Food Public Company Limited 120. United Flour Mill Public Company Limited 121. Bangkok Dusit Medical Services Public Company Limited 122. Krungdhon Hospital Public Company Limited 123. Ramkamhaeng Hospital Public Company Limited 124. Samitivej Public Company Limited 125. Vibhavadi Medical Center Public Company Limited 126. Central Plaza Hotel Public Company Limited 127. Dusit Thani Public Company Limited 128. The Mandarin Hotel Public Company Limited 129. The Oriental Hotel (Thailand) Public Company Limited 130. Pacific Assets Public Company Limited 131. Royal Garden Resort Public Company Limited 132. Rajadamri Hotel Public Company Limited 133. Royal Orchid Hotel (Thailand) Public Company Limited 134. Shangri-La Hotel Public Company Limited 135. Modernform Group Public Company Limited 136. Ocean Glass Public Company Limited 137. Rockworth Public Company Limited 138. Srithai Superware Public Company Limited 139. Sun Wood Industries Public Company Limited 140. The Ayudhya Insurance Public Company Limited 141. Bangkok Insurance Public Company Limited 142. Bangkok Union Insurance Public Company Limited
327
List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand (Continued) 143. Charan Insurance Public Company Limited 144. The Deves Insurance Public Company Limited 145. Interlife John Hancock Assurance Public Company Limited 146. Indara Insurance Public Company Limited 147. Khoom Khao Insurance Public Company Limited 148. The Navakij Insurance Public Company Limited 149. Nam Seng Insurance Public Company Limited 150. Phatra Insurance Public Company Limited 151. The Safety Insurance Public Company Limited 152. Siam Commercial New York Life Insurance Public Company Limited 153. The Samaggi Insurance Public Company Limited 154. Syn Mun Kong Insurance Public Company Limited 155. The Thai Commercial Insurance Public Company Limited 156. Thai Reinsurance Public Company Limited 157. The Thai Insurance Public Company Limited 158. Dhipaya Insurance Public Company Limited 159. The Thai Setakij Insurance Public Company Limited 160. Pacific Insurance Public Company Limited 161. Pranda Jewelry Public Company Limited 162. Sawang Export Public Company Limited 163. Patkol Public Company Limited 164. TCJ Asia Public Company Limited 165. Thai Lift Industries Public Company Limited 166. Padaeng Industry Public Company Limited 167. A.J. Plast Public Company Limited 168. NEP Realty And Industry Public Company Limited 169. Nippon Pack (Thailand) Public Company Limited 170. Thantawan Industry Public Company Limited 171. Thai Metal Drum Manufacturing Public Company Limited 172. Thai O.P.P. Public Company Limited 173. Varopakorn Public Company Limited 174. Jack Chia Industries (Thailand) Public Company Limited 175. S & J International Enterprises Public Company Limited 176. Amarin Printing and Publishing Public Company Limited 177. Matichon Public Company Limited 178. Nation Multimedia Group Public Company Limited 179. The Post Publishing Public Company Limited 180. Se-Education Public Company Limited 181. Siam Sport Syndicate Public Company Limited 182. Tong Hua Communications Public Company Limited 183. Far East DDB Public Company Limited 184. Prakit Holding Public Company Limited 185. Amarin Plaza Public Company Limited 186. Amata Corporation Public Company Limited 187. Bangkok Land Public Company Limited 188. CH. Karnchang Public Company Limited 189. Central Pattana Public Company Limited
328
List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand (Continued) 190. Golden Land Property Development Public Company Limited 191. Hemraj Land And Development Public Co.Ltd. 192. Italian-Thai Development Public Company Limited 193. Land and House Public Company Limited 194. L.P.N. Development Public Company Limited 195. MBK Development Public Company Limited 196. M.K.Real Estate Development Public Company Limited 197. Noble Development Public Company Limited 198. Property Perfect Public Company Limited 199. Quality-Houses Public Company Limited 200. Rojana Industrial Park Public Company Limited 201. Sammakorn Public Company Limited 202. Sansiri Public Company Limited 203. Supalai Public Company Limited 204. Thai Factory Development Public Company Limited 205. Advance Agro Public Company Limited 206. Phoenix Pulp & Paper Public Company Limited 207. The Siam Pulp & Paper Public Company Limited 208. Thai Cane Paper Public Company Limited 209. Asia Fiber Public Company Limited 210. The Bangkok Nylon Public Company Limited 211. Bangkok Rubber Public Company Limited 212. Boutique New City Public Company Limited 213. Castle Peak Holdings Public Company Limited 214. Hantex Public Company Limited 215. Luckytex (Thailand) Public Company Limited 216. New Plus Knitting Public Company Limited 217. Pan Asia Footwear Public Company Limited 218. People's Garment Public Company Limited 219. Saha-Union Public Company Limited 220. Thanulux Public Company Limited 221. Textile Prestige Public Company Limited 222. Thai Rayon Public Company Limited 223. TTL Industries Public Company Limited 224. Thai Toray Textile Mills Public Company Limited 225. Tuntex (Thailand) Public Company Limited 226. Union Pioneer Public Company Limited 227. Union Textile Industries Public Company Limited 228. Thai Wacoal Public Company Limited 229. Bangkok Expressway Public Company Limited 230. Jutha Maritime Public Company Limited 231. Precious Shipping Public Company Limited 232. Regional Container Lines Public Company Limited 233. Thai Airways International Public Company Limited 234. Thoresen Thai Agencies Public Company Limited 235. Unithai Line Public Company Limited 236. Goodyear (Thailand) Public Company Limited 237. Swedish Motors Corporation Public Company Limited
329
List of Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand (Continued) 238. S.P. Suzuki Public Company Limited 239. Thai Rung Union Car Public Company Limited 240. Krungdhep Sophon Public Company Limited 241. Sab Sri Thai Warehouse Public Company Limited 242. United Standard Terminal Public Company Limited 243. DTC Industries Public Company Limited 244. Eastern Water Resources Development And Management Public Company Limited
330
«Title» «Name» «Surname»«JobTitle»«Company»<<Address 1»
«City», THAILAND
28 February 2003
Dear «Title» «Surname»,
We are seeking your participation and cooperation in the first major survey of "ExecutiveLeadership and Organisational Performance in Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand". Thestudy focuses on how the most senior executives see their jobs and on matters that are ofparticular concern to top management. We believe that chief executives as leaders are veryimportant, that they collectively shape organisational outcomes and have a crucial impact onthe performance of an organisation.
This is an academic study and is being conducted under my research supervision, byMiss Panpilai Vajanapoom, a full-time Ph.D. candidate. The results will help inform seniorexecutives about leadership effectiveness and assist human resource development in yourorganisation, as well as management education and leadership programs in Thailand.
Your support is crucial to our study and we would greatly appreciate your valuableparticipation. Miss Vajanapoom will return to Thailand for this study. She will contact youfor an appointment to conduct a personal interview, which is expected to take one hour.
On completion of this study, we will send you a report summarizing the major researchfindings. We are confident that you will find the research results both interesting and useful.All the information gathered during the study will be treated as strictly confidential. Thefmdings will be reported in aggregated form so that no individual company or person can beidentified.
We trust that you will be able to participate in this important study. If you require furtherinformation, please do not hesitate to contact either myself on 61-3-98596072, (E-mail:[email protected]) or Miss Vajanapoom on: 01-8469119, 02 589-1019 (Thailand),61-3-92145974 (Australia), (E-mail: [email protected]).
Thanking for your cooperation.
Your sincerely
«Signed»
Chris ChristodoulouProfessor of ManagementAustralian Graduate School of EntrepreneurshipSwinburne University of Technology, Australia
Ui tJi"' tJ.n n 6{ m-J 191.Ji1d- r:!! GJ .'V1lJ-;)"n'H.~~:J'U61-;)"':1.n.~n <a:::'Vl~..:jIJ.-;)"..,NTU...
ll~fi.'Uf\ ~'f}'U n-;),,~:Jn.-;)"-ei.u'J~n.~~ ~ C91.~nl~-;)I'lI,j-;)l2J. .
-"1 .., "....lJ'Y'".1.I. ~..:j..:j.'UVl...:jVI.'JVI~ '!J'WUL<IJJ.t,2J'eI..:j
n ~:;Yl1,)..:J U.N~1'U
rt'lJ1.cijVl1 UJvi1 ~'ULl.v)~ n1~ 1.YI'Yf'1 10400.. .LYl1. 0 2245 1959 li1'U~n LYl1..0 2392 4188
. 26 m.J1l1'Wu1f 2546.d
L-;)",£)..:1
., SI ,~'ilFI,)12J'ilULFl11:;"'~U1J~1JU'Il'il~~LYi'il~11J'J~EJ. - . v
iJL~~U nlnln11eY4'l11n111.~ruv ...
A''JEJ'U1~~1'JYintUYi~.~u:;.n~l un~n1fi1::i1J1froJnni.'fIn 2J~1~a1i'a~-:jULijfu~ ...-. tl1:;L"FI'iI'fI~Lfl1\.~tI 1J~~UUti1tr~1''hn11':j4'a1l1a1.~1i'Ji'fl "1l1'J~~U'ujlj1'V11ff:;~1J~~u.~:;tI~n'l1'. . . ~ . . .
~'1LW..:J1UlI'fI':l1Jm'VI~ VlYl~LiJmJ 1.~VI~1V1\'1im~m6LI.~..:J1.fr.;L 'VIfill Yla"
~h~ L4''1L~rt~11ru1Ufl')i1F1<J12JaU~ ~~ :;~uu~uu~lu-:j4'ai~m.h~. L1"i11:;~U1.~.jl .-. .CJ~~'l~~1n~'1u-:j4'EJ~:;dhl111:;LtI~ULI11EJVlNvi'fln~~ VJ.l1J1t!1Jm1~~1Jfi'l LW:;n':m;VJ.I1J11JFI~'ln1.. . - . .. v .."I. -- I cOt... SIa "I. - I If.
. L1J~Fln11l'fl..:sYl1U 1'J:J~n1mVJ.lU1Yl'11=tnn1~ V)n11L1.~;1I1'):;e'U1 t.U1J~1.'VIfi\.'Yltl ... .1. SI ...,,- _. ... It.!' "".y. --~LWU2J1L'Vi'il"1l'flfl,)12J1'J2J2.J'iI 'VIU~~1,)'VintU'Vi Ut. ~~2J Wl~1J1..Yi'fl;j2.J.n11::tW'.. . -. . .... ... ... ......
. LL~~'t)if'fl2J~91n'vhu ;1..:Ji1~2.J~';..:J'VI2JVI~:;u11JL.J\.iI'UF.l').12Ji'1JLI.~:;1;rL.w'flm1Arnri3{UL"ri1uu .wS'..:Jlw.. '." . ..-4 ...
. FI,)'12J'iI'\..u.f1~~'I"1I'il1I'fI'Uf\UJ1J1cu L'iln1~i1~. . . .-'\y}/. .
- ...'1I'iI LL~ 111..:sFI'J12-l'U1Jt1'f1
. itfrrl flAw-. .. .(u'1tJ'iaJin~ fr1'5'VJ.lu)
..J- f.! - ... Ii'IlJ~n~1~~UVl1'J1n11n~1'J~UN~1U.LII.
'iI~V1f~2Juj;in')utj1n11n~1'J~2-l~1f;111'1tJ. .. ..
~VlV11~2J'\J61n4)a'J1n1ffi1~1'J~f12-1'\J1f\~... tJ~VI~'4'Wj;ihl1::~1~1,rnu1emf.~2-luVl1.~ ..
t1UU5Jt;'I1'b.iV11~ULLv)~
L'VI1.0 2245 1959
334
Thanking you for participating in our survey into how chief executives as leaders see their jobs. In this questionnaire, we will be seeking your opinions about matters that are of particular concern to top management. In particular, we are looking for the extent to which dimensions of firm performance can be consequently affected by the roles and attributes of top executive leader. The company in this questionnaire means the entity of which you are the most senior executive, whether it be a division, a subsidiary, or an independent organisation. All the information you provide will be treated as strictly confidential. The data will be coded to ensure that no unauthorized person can identify or interpret an organisation’s return. The findings will be reported in aggregated form, so that no company or person can be identified. This questionnaire will be used for academic purpose only. On completion of the study, we will send you a summary of the main research findings for further reference. Company code: Survey conducted on:
Survey of Executive Leadership and Organisational Performance in Publicly Listed Companies of Thailand
QUESTIONNAIRE
Swinburne University of Technology
Section I: General Questions
1. What is the approximate number of full-time employees in your company? _________
2. How long have you served as CEO/MD/President? In this organisation _____years In other organisations _____years
3. How many years have you been employed on full-time basis? In this organisation _____years In this industry _____years
4. Have you had overseas working experience?
Yes No
If “Yes”, please provide us your details (e.g. length of experience, country, and your opinion on differences between Thai and foreign CEO/MD/President)
5. Were you an internal appointment to your present position?
Yes
6. Please specify your age range
35 years or less 46 – 55 years
7. What is your main functional background?
Finance and Accounting Human Resource Management Others (please specify) ____________________
8. What is your educational background? Yes No Field/ School
Engineering and Production
No
36 – 45 years
Sales and Marketing
56 or more years
Bachelor’s degree _______________________________________ Master’s degree _______________________________________
Doctorate degree _______________________________________ Certificate/ Diploma _______________________________________
Others (please specify) _______________________________________
335
9. Below is the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC). In which SIC category would you judge your company to be primarily located? If more than one category applies, please select the number, which is the largest area of your business by revenue. 1. Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 10. Communication Services 2. Mining 11. Finance and Insurance 3. Manufacturing 12. Property and Business Services 4. Electricity, Gas and Water Supply 13. Government Administration and Defence 5. Construction 14. Education 6. Wholesale Trade 15. Health and Community Services 7. Retail Trade 16. Cultural and Recreational Services 8. Accommodation, Cafes and Restaurants 17. Personal and Other Services 9. Transports and Storage
Section II: The Roles of Chief Executives
10. Listed below are some statements that describe top management roles and behaviours. Please use the following scale to indicate how often you engage in these activities by selecting the appropriate number. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Very infrequently Occasionally Very frequently Not applicable In my job as Chief Executive (CEO/MD/President), I: 1. Concentrate on our firm’s basic purpose and general direction. 1 2 3 4 5 6
2. Nurture contacts with people external to the company. 1 2 3 4 5 6
3. Try to create a sense of excitement within the company. 1 2 3 4 5 6
4. Emphasize important company values through ceremonies and other events. 1 2 3 4 5 6
5. Use my position to influence decisions made at lower levels. 1 2 3 4 5 6
6. Contribute specific knowledge and opinions about problems 1 2 3 4 5 6
7. Make trade-off decisions and allocate resources accordingly. 1 2 3 4 5 6
8. Focus on results-“getting the job done today”. 1 2 3 4 5 6
9. Communicate a sense of where the company might be in 20 years. 1 2 3 4 5 6
10. Study emerging social and economic trends. 1 2 3 4 5 6
11. Challenge our people with new goals and aspirations. 1 2 3 4 5 6
12. Short-circuit the hierarchy by talking to people throughout the firm. 1 2 3 4 5 6
13. Ask questions which force subordinates to think about problems in new ways. 1 2 3 4 5 6
14. Evaluate critically proposed projects and programs. 1 2 3 4 5 6
15. Work to integrate conflicting perspectives and unpopular views. 1 2 3 4 5 6
16. Set specific, operational targets for our company. 1 2 3 4 5 6
17. Assess records and reports against stated goals. 1 2 3 4 5 6
18. Involve myself with daily operations to enhance efficiency. 1 2 3 4 5 6
19. Show concern for the needs of the staff. 1 2 3 4 5 6
20. Analyse the competitors’ policies and actions. 1 2 3 4 5 6
336
337
Section III: Managerial Attributes
11. Below are listed statements that describe various things people do or try to do on their jobs. Please select the appropriate number, which best describes your own actions when you are at work. There are no right or wrong answers.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Never Almost Seldom Sometimes Usually Almost Always Never Always 1. I do my best work when my job assignments are fairly difficult. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2. I pay a good deal of attention to the feelings of others at work. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. I try very hard to improve on my past performance at work. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4. I take moderate risks and stick my neck out to get ahead at work. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5. I express my disagreements with others openly. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6. I try to avoid any added responsibilities on my job. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7. I consider myself a “team player” at work. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8. I try to perform better than my co-workers. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section IV: Managerial Style
12. The following statements are about managerial beliefs. Would you please indicate to what extent you agree or disagree with them by selecting the appropriate number. 1 2 3 4 5
Strongly agree Strongly disagree 1. The average of human being prefers to be directed, wishes to avoid
responsibility, and has relatively little ambition. 1 2 3 4 5
2. Leadership skills can be acquired by most people regardless of their particular inborn traits and abilities.
1 2 3 4 5
3. The use of rewards (pay, promotion, etc) and punishment (failure to promote, etc.) is not the best to get subordinates do their work.
1 2 3 4 5
4. In a work situation, if subordinates cannot influence me then I lose some influence on them.
1 2 3 4 5
5. A good leader should give detailed and complete instructions to subordinates, rather than giving them merely general directions and depending upon their initiative to work out the details.
1 2 3 4 5
6. Group goal setting offers advantages that cannot be obtained by individual goal setting.
1 2 3 4 5
7. A superior should give his subordinates only that information which is necessary for them to their immediate tasks.
1 2 3 4 5
8. The superior’s authority over his subordinates in an organisation is primarily economic.
1 2 3 4 5
Section V: Environmental Conditions
13. Please indicate the extent of your agreement with each of the following statements by selecting the appropriate number.
1 2 3 4 5
Strongly agree Strongly disagree 1. The business environment for our company is changing very rapidly. 1 2 3 4 5
2. The business environment we face is very complex with many organisations whose actions can affect us.
1 2 3 4 5
3. The markets for our main product will grow next year. 1 2 3 4 5 14. Please select the number in each scale that best approximates the actual condition in your main industry. 1. Our firm must rarely change its marketing
practices to keep up with the market and competitors.
Our firm must change its marketing practices extremely frequently (e.g. semiannually).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2. The rate at which products/services are getting obsolete in the industry is very slow (e.g. basic metal like copper).
The rate of obsolescence is very high (e.g. in some fashion goods).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. The production/service technology is not subject to very much change and is well established (e.g. in steel production).
The modes of production/service change often and in a major way (e.g. advanced electronic components).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4. Demand and consumer tastes are fairly easy to forecast (e.g. for milk companies).
Demand and tastes are almost unpredictable (e.g. high-fashion goods).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5. Actions of competitors are quite easy to predict (e.g. in some primary industries).
Actions of competitors are unpredictable (e.g. in retail trade).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6. Market activities of our key competitors have become far more hostile.
Market activities of our key competitors have become far less hostile.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7. Customers’ buying habits are about the same for all products.
Customers’ buying habits vary a great deal from one line to another.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8. The natures of the competition are about the same for all products.
The nature of the competition varies a great deal from one line to another.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9. Required methods of production/ service are about the same for all products.
Required methods of production/ service vary a great deal from one line to another.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
338
339
Section VI: Organisational Strategy
15. Which one of the following descriptions most closely fits your organisation? Please consider your organisation as a whole and note that none of the types listed below are inherently “good” or “bad”. Please select one number. 1. This type of organisation attempts to locate and maintain a secure niche in a relatively stable
product or service area. The organisation tends to offer a more limited range of products or services than its competitors, and it tries to protect its domain by offering higher quality, superior service, lower prices, and so forth. Often this type of organisation is not at the forefront of developments in the industry – it tends to ignore industry changes that have no direct influence on current areas of operation and concentrates instead on doing the best job possible in a limited area.
2. This type of organisation typically operates within a broad product-market domain that undergoes
periodic redefinition. The organisation values being “first in” in new product and market areas even if not all of these efforts prove to be highly profitable. The organisation responds rapidly to early signals concerning areas of opportunity, and these responses often lead to a new round of competitive actions. However, this type of organisation may not maintain market strength in all of the areas it enters.
3. This type of organisation attempts to maintain a stable, limited line of products or services, while at
the same time moving out quickly to follow a carefully selected set of the more promising new developments in the industry. The organisation is seldom “first in” with new products or services. However, by carefully monitoring the actions of major competitors in areas’ compatible with its stable product-market base, the organisation can frequently be “second in” with a more cost-efficient product or service.
4. This type of organisation does not appear to have a consistent product-market orientation. The
organisation is usually not as aggressive in maintaining established products and markets as some of its competitors, nor is it willing to take as many risks as other competitors. Rather, the organisation responds in those areas where it is forced to by environmental pressures.
Section VII: Organisational Performance
16. Over the past 5 years, how would you rate your company’s performance against your industry? Please select the number that best represents your opinion.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Low High
1. Profitability level/ return on assets 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2. Cash flow (liquidity and ability to raise financial resources) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3. Share price 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4. Sales growth 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5. Market share 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6. Technical product/ service design and development 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7. Quality of product/ service 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8. Employee satisfaction 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9. Overall company performance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10. Personnel development 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11. Public image and goodwill 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Section VIII: Personal Beliefs
In this section, we will be exploring your personal beliefs in a broad environmental context. 17. Please select the one statement of each pair (and only one), which you more strongly believe to be the case as far as you are concerned by selecting the letter a or b. In some instances you may discover that you believe both statements or neither one. In such cases, please select the one you more strongly believe. There are no right or wrong answers. 1. a. Children get into trouble because their parents punish them too much. b. The trouble with most children nowadays is that their parents are too easy with them. 2. a. Many of the unhappy things in people’s lives are partly due to bad luck. b. People’s misfortunes result from the mistakes they make. 3. a. One of the major reasons why we have wars is because people don’t take enough interest
in politics. b. There will always be wars, no matter how hard people try to prevent them. 4. a. In the long run people get the respect they deserve in this world. b. Unfortunately, an individual’s worth often passes unrecognized no matter how hard he
tries. 5. a. The idea that teachers are unfair to students is nonsense. b. Most students don’t realize the extent to which their grades are influenced by accidental
happenings. 6. a. Without the right breaks one cannot be an effective leader. b. Capable people who fail to become leaders have not taken advantage of their opportunities. 7. a. No matter how hard you try some people just don’t like you. b. People who can’t get others to like them don’t understand how to get along with others. 8. a. Heredity plays the major role in determining ones personality. b. It is one’s experiences in life which determine what they’re like. 9. a. I have often found that what is going to happen will happen. b. Trusting to fate has never turned out as well for me as making a decision to take a definite
course of action. 10. a. In the case of the well prepared student there is rarely if ever such a thing as an unfair test. b. Many times exam questions tend to be so unrelated to course work that studying is really
useless. 11. a. Becoming a success is a matter of hard work, luck has little or nothing to do with it. b. Getting a good job depends mainly on being in the right place at the right time. 12. a. The average citizen can have an influence in government decisions. b. This world is run by the few people in power, and there is not much the little guy can do
about it. 13. a. When I make plans, I am almost certain that I can make them work. b. It is not always wise to plan too far ahead because many things turn out to be a matter of
good or bad fortune anyhow.
340
341
14. a. There are certain people who are just no good. b. There is some good in everybody. 15. a. In my case getting what I want has little or nothing to do with luck. b. Many times we might just a well decide what to do by flipping a coin. 16. a. Who gets to be the boss often depends on who was lucky enough to be in the right place
first. b. Getting people to do the right thing depends upon ability, luck has little or nothing to do
with it. 17. a. As far as world affairs are concerned, most of us are the victims of forces we can neither
understand, nor control. b. By taking an active part in political and social affairs the people can control world events. 18. a. Most people don’t realize the extent to which their lives are controlled by accidental
happenings. b. There really is no such thing as “luck”. 19. a. One should always be willing to admit mistakes. b. It is usually best to cover up one’s mistakes. 20. a. It is hard to know whether or not a person really likes you. b. How many friends you have depends upon how nice a person you are. 21. a. In the long run the bad things that happen to us are balanced by the good ones. b. Most misfortunes are the result of lack of ability, ignorance, laziness, or all three. 22. a. With enough effort we can wipe out political corruption. b. It is difficult for people to have much control over the things politicians do in office. 23. a. Sometimes I can’t understand how teachers arrive at the grades they give. b. There is a direct connection between how hard I study and the grades I get. 24. a. A good leader expects people to decide for themselves what they should do. b. A good leader makes it clear to everybody what their jobs are. 25. a. Many times I feel that I have little influence over the things that happen to me. b. It is impossible for me to believe that chance or luck plays an important role in my life. 26. a. People are lonely because they don’t try to be friendly. b. There’s not much use in trying too hard to please people, if they like you, they like you. 27. a. There is too much emphasis on athletics in high school. b. Team sports are an excellent way to build character. 28. a. What happens to me is my own doing. b. Sometimes I feel that I don’t have enough control over the direction my life is taking. 29. a. Most of the time I can’t understand why politicians behave the way they do. b. In the long run the people are responsible for bad government on a national as well as on a
local level.
Section IX: Additional Questions
18. Which are the most important factors to take into consideration in determining CEO/MD/President succession in your organisation? 19. What do you consider to be both your strengths and weaknesses as a CEO/MD/President? 20. In your opinion, what types of knowledge and skills are required for the development of senior executives in your organisation?
342
21. In your opinion, which are the essential attributes required to be an effective leader in Thailand? 22. Are there any other comments you would like to make with regard to the subjects covered in this survey?
343
Thank you for your valuable time in completing this questionnaire. Your spontaneous assistance was greatly appreciated. As mentioned earlier, all that information that you provided for this survey will be treated as Strictly Confidential and for Academic Purpose Only.
Professor Dr. Chris Christodoulou and Panpilai Vajanapoom Australian Graduate School of Entrepreneurship Swinburne University of Technology, Australia
344
Swinburne University of Technology
แบบสอบถาม
การวิจัยภาวะผูนําผูบริหารระดับสูงและผลการดําเนินงานของ บริษัทจดทะเบียนในตลาดหลักทรัพยแหงประเทศไทย
ขอขอบพระคุณทานที่ใหความอนุเคราะหในการตอบแบบสอบถามการวิจัยเกี่ยวกับความคิดเห็นของผูบริหารระดับสูงที่มี ตอลักษณะงานของตนเองและสาระสําคัญในการบริหารงาน การวิจัยนี้มีจุดมุงหมายที่จะคนหาบทบาทและคุณลักษณะ ของผูบริหารระดับสูงที่มีผลกระทบตอผลการดําเนินงานขององคกร รวมไปถึงรูปแบบการบริหารงานของผูนําที่มี ประสิทธิภาพ องคกรในแบบสอบถามฉบับนี้หมายถึง หนวยงาน บริษัทลูก หรือ บริษัทอิสระ ที่ทานดํารงตําแหนง ผูบริหารสูงสุดทางฝายบริหาร
ขอมูลท้ังหมดที่ไดจากกการวิจัยครั้งนี้จะถูกปกปดไวเปนความลับและถูกใชเพ่ือวัตถุประสงคในการศึกษาเทานั้น ขอมูลตางๆ ที่ไดจากการตอบคําถามของทานจะถูกรายงานเปนภาพรวมและไมสามารถระบุเจาะจงไดวามาจากองคกรใด ขาพเจาจะจัดทํารายงานสรุปผลการวิจัยและจัดสงใหกับทานหลังจากการศึกษาเสร็จส้ินสมบูรณ
รหัสบริษัท: __________________________ วันที่: __________________________
345
สวนที่ ๑ : คําถามทั่วไป
1. องคกรของทานมีพนักงานประจําทั้งหมดประมาณเทาใด? _________คน
2. ทานดํารงตําแหนงกรรมการผูอํานวยการ/กรรมการผูจัดการ(ใหญ)เปนระยะเวลานานเทาใด? ในองคกรปจจุบัน ______ ป ในองคกรอื่นๆ ______ ป
3. ทานมีประสบการณทํางานประจําเปนระยะเวลานานเทาใด? ในองคกรปจจุบัน ______ ป ในอุตสาหกรรมที่เกี่ยวของกับธุรกิจขององคกร ______ ป
4. ทานเคยมีประสบการณทํางานในตางประเทศหรือไม?
เคย ไมเคย
ถา “เคย” กรุณาใหรายละเอียดของทาน เชน ระยะเวลาและประเทศทีท่านทํางาน รวมท้ังความคิดเห็นของทานเกี่ยวกับความ
แตกตางระหวางผูบริหารระดับสูงสุดของไทยกับตางประเทศ
5. ทานไดรับการแตงตั้งมาดํารงตําแหนง กรรมการผูอํานวยการ/กรรมการผูจัดการ(ใหญ) โดยการเลื่อนตําแหนงภายในองคกร ใชหรือไม?
ใช ไมใช
6. กรุณาระบุชวงอายขุองทาน
35 ปหรือต่ํากวา
46 – 55 ป
36 – 45 ป
56 ปหรือสูงกวา
7. ทานมีประสบการณทํางานหลักในสาขาใดดังตอไปน้ี?
วศิวกรรมและการผลิต การขายและการตลาด
การเงินและการบัญชี บริหารบุคลากร อื่น ๆ (กรุณาระบุ) _______________
8. กรุณาระบุประวัติการศึกษาของทาน?
ใช ไมใช สาขา/สถาบัน
ป ริญญาตรี _________________________________________
ปริญญาโท _________________________________________ ปริญ ญาเอก _________________________________________
ประกาศนียบัตร _________________________________________ อื่น ๆ (กรุณาระบุ) _________________________________________
346
9. ทานคิดวาองคกรของทานจัดอยูในอุตสาหกรรมประเภทใดตามการแบงประเภทของอุตสาหกรรมที่ระบุขางลาง หากทานคิดวาองคกรทาน จัดอยูในหลายประเภทอุตสาหกรรม กรุณาเลือกประเภทอุตสาหกรรมที่เกี่ยวของกับธุรกิจหลักของทานเพียงขอเดียว โดยพิจารณาจากรายได
1. การเกษตร ปาไม และ ประมง 10. บริการดานสื่อสาร 2. เหมืองแร 11. การเงิน และการประกันภัย 3. อุตสาหกรรมการผลิต 12. บริการธุรกิจอสังหาริมทรัพยและธุรกิจตางๆ 4. ไฟฟา กาซ และ นํ้าบริโภค 13. การปกครองและปองกันประเทศ 5. กอสราง 14. การศึกษา 6. ขายสง 15. บริการดานสุขภาพและชุมชน 7. ขายปลีก 16. บริการดานวัฒนธรรมและนันทนาการ 8. ที่พัก และรานอาหาร 17. บริการสวนตัว และอื่นๆ 9. ขนสง และโกดังเกบ็ของ
สวนที่ ๒ : บทบาทผูบริหารระดับสูง
10. ทานมีสวนเกี่ยวของกับลักษณะงานตางๆ ตามที่ระบุขางลางมากนอยเพียงใด 1 2 3 4 5 6 ไมบอยมาก บางครั้ง บอยมาก ไมเก่ียวของ
ในฐานะที่ขาพเจาดํารงตําแหนงกรรมการผูอํานวยการ/กรรมการผูจัดการ(ใหญ) ขาพเจา
1. ใหความสําคัญของเปาหมายและทิศทางขององคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6
2. สรางสัมพันธภาพที่ดีกับบุคคลภายนอกองคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6
3. พยายามสรางบรรยากาศของการกระตือรือรนภายในองคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6
4. เนนคุณคาขององคกรผานงานพิธีการและงานกิจกรรมตางๆ 1 2 3 4 5 6
5. ใชตําแหนงของขาพเจาชี้นําการตัดสินใจของผูบริหารระดับลาง 1 2 3 4 5 6
6. มีสวนในการแสดงความคิดเห็นและความรูเฉพาะเจาะจงในปญหาตางๆ 1 2 3 4 5 6
7. ตัดสินใจโดยคํานึงถึงผลไดผลเสีย และจัดสรรทรัพยากรอยางเหมาะสม 1 2 3 4 5 6
8. เนนผลลัพธของงานตามคํากลาว “ทํางานใหเสร็จส้ินภายในวันน้ี” 1 2 3 4 5 6
9. ใหขอมูลขาวสารเกี่ยวกับทิศทางขององคกรในอีก 20 ปขางหนา 1 2 3 4 5 6
10. ศึกษาแนวโนมทางเศรษฐกิจและสังคมที่กําลังเกิดข้ึน 1 2 3 4 5 6
11. ทาทายพนักงานดวยเปาหมายและแรงบันดาลใจใหมๆ 1 2 3 4 5 6
12. ลดชองวางของลาํดับชั้นตําแหนงโดยพูดคุยกับพนักงานทั่วทั้งองคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6
13. ตั้งคําถามซึ่งบังคับใหผูใตบังคับบัญชาคิดเกี่ยวกับปญหาตางๆในแนวทางใหมๆ 1 2 3 4 5 6
14. ประเมินโครงการและแผนงานที่เสนอมาอยางพินิจพิเคราะห 1 2 3 4 5 6
15. ทํางานประสานความคิดเห็นที่ขัดแยงและมุมมองตางๆที่ไมไดรับการสนับสนุน 1 2 3 4 5 6
16. ตั้งเปาหมายการดําเนินงานที่ชัดเจนสําหรับองคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6
17. ประเมินผลบันทึกและรายงานโดยเทยีบกับเปาหมายทีต่ั้งไว 1 2 3 4 5 6
18. มีสวนรวมในการปฏิบัติงานประจําวันเพ่ือเพิ่มประสิทธิภาพขององคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6
19. แสดงความสนใจตอความตองการของพนักงาน 1 2 3 4 5 6
20. วิเคราะหนโยบายและการปฏิบัติการของคูแขง 1 2 3 4 5 6
347
สวนที่ ๓ : คุณลักษณะการบริหารงาน
11. ทานคิดวาลักษณะการทํางานของทานเปนอยางไร ไมมีคําตอบใดถูกหรือผิด
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ไมเคยเลย แทบจะไมเคย นานๆ ครั้ง บางครั้ง เปนประจํา เกือบตลอดเวลา ตลอดเวลา
1. ขาพเจาทํางานสุดความสามารถเมื่อไดรับงานที่ยาก 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2. ขาพเจาใหความใสใจตอความรูสึกของผูอื่นในการทํางาน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. ขาพเจาพยายามอยางมากเพื่อที่จะปรับปรุงผลงานของขาพเจาที่ผานมา 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4. ขาพเจายอมรับความเสี่ยงพอประมาณเพื่อความกาวหนาในหนาที่การงานของขาพเจา 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5. ขาพเจาแสดงความคิดเห็นที่ขัดแยงตอผูอื่นอยางเปดเผย 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6. ขาพเจาพยายามหลีกเลี่ยงความรับผิดชอบในงานที่เพิ่มข้ึน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7. ขาพเจาพิจารณาตัวเองเปนทีมงานคนหน่ึงในการทํางาน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8. ขาพเจาพยายามทํางานใหดีกวาคนอืน่ๆ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12. ขอความตามที่ระบุขางลางนี้เกี่ยวของกับความเชื่อในการบริหารงาน กรุณาแสดงความเห็นของทาน
1 2 3 4 5
สวนที่ ๔ : รูปแบบการบริหารงาน
เห็นดวยอยางยิ่ง ไมเห็นดวยอยางยิ่ง 1. โดยทั่วไป คนชอบทําตามคําสั่ง ปรารถนาที่จะหลีกเลี่ยงความรับผิดชอบ
และมีความทะเยอทะยานต่ํา 1 2 3 4 5
2. ทักษะความเปนผูนําสามารถเกิดข้ึนไดในคนสวนใหญโดยไมข้ึนกับความสามารถและพรสวรรคที่ติดตัวมาต้ังแตกําเนิด
1 2 3 4 5
3. การใหรางวัล (เชน การใหเงินเดือน การเลื่อนตําแหนง)และการลงโทษ (เชน ไมเลื่อนตําแหนง) ไมถือวาเปนวิธีที่ดีที่สุดที่ทําใหลูกนองทํางาน
1 2 3 4 5
4. ในสภาพแวดลอมการทํางาน หากลกูนองไมสามารถมีอิทธิพลตอทานได ทานจะลดบทบาทที่มีอิทธิพลตอพวกเขาลง
1 2 3 4 5
5. ผูนําที่ดีควรใหขอแนะนําอยางละเอียดและสมบูรณแกลูกนอง มากกวาที่จะใหเพียง คําแนะนําทั่วไป โดยปลอยใหลูกนองศึกษารายละเอียดดวยตนเอง
1 2 3 4 5
6. การตั้งเปาหมายรวมของกลุมมีขอไดเปรียบมากกวาการตั้งเปาหมายรายบุคคล 1 2 3 4 5
7. ผูบังคับบัญชาควรใหเพียงขอมูลที่จําเปนแกลูกนองสําหรับงานเฉพาะหนา 1 2 3 4 5
8. ผูบังคับบัญชามีอํานาจเหนือลูกนองในองคกรเน่ืองจากเปนผูใหคาตอบแทนทางการเงิน 1 2 3 4 5
348
สวนที่ ๕ : สภาพแวดลอมขององคกร
13. ทานมีความเห็นอยางไรตอสภาพแวดลอมขององคกรทาน
1 2 3 4 5
เห็นดวยอยางยิ่ง ไมเห็นดวยอยางยิ่ง 1. สภาพแวดลอมทางธุรกิจขององคกรทานกําลังเปลี่ยนแปลงอยางรวดเร็วมาก 1 2 3 4 5
2. สภาพแวดลอมทางธุรกิจที่องคกรทานเผชิญน้ัน ซับซอนและหลากหลายไปดวยองคกรตางๆ ที่มีผลกระทบตอธุรกิจของทาน
1 2 3 4 5
3. ตลาดสําหรับสินคาหลักของทานจะเติบโตในปหนา 1 2 3 4 5
14. กรุณาเลือกตัวเลขที่เหมาะสมกับสภาวะเงื่อนไขในอุตสาหกรรมหลักของทาน 1. องคกรของเราแทบจะไมตองเปลี่ยนวิธีปฏิบัติทางการตลาด
เพื่อใหทันกับตลาดและคูแขงขัน องคกรของเราตองเปลี่ยนวิธปีฏิบัติทางการตลาดบอย
คร้ังมาก เชน ทุกครึ่งป 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2. อัตราการลาสมัยของสินคา/บริการในอุตสาหกรรมต่ํามาก เชน โลหะจําพวกทองแดง
อัตราการลาสมัยของสินคา/บริการสูงมาก เชน สินคาแฟชั่น
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. เทคโนโลยีในการผลิต/การบริการไมเปลี่ยนแปลงมาก และถูกติดตั้งมาอยางดี เชน การผลิตเหล็ก
เทคโนโลยีในการผลิต/การบริการเปลี่ยนแปลงบอยคร้ัง เชน ชิ้นสวนอิเล็คโทรนิคที่ทันสมัย
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4. ความตองการและรสนิยมของผูบริโภคงายตอการคาดการณ เชน เครื่องดื่มจําพวกนม
ความตองการและรสนิยมของผูบริโภคแทบจะไมสามารถ คาดการณได เชน สินคาแฟชั่นนําสมัย
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5. การปฏิบัติการของคูแขงงายตอการคาดการณ เชน ธุรกิจที่เพิ่งเร่ิมตน
การปฏิบัติการของคูแขงไมสามารถคาดการณได เชน การคาปลีก
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6. กิจกรรมทางการตลาดของคูแขงขันหลักรุนแรงมาก กิจกรรมทางการตลาดของคูแขงขันหลักไมรุนแรง 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7. พฤติกรรมการบริโภคของลูกคามีลักษณะเดียวกันหมด สําหรับทุกประเภทสินคา
พฤติกรรมการบริโภคของลูกคามีลักษณะแตกตางกันมาก ตามแตละประเภทสินคา
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8. ธรรมชาติการแขงขันมีลักษณะเดียวกันหมดสําหรับ ทุกประเภทสินคา
ธรรมชาติการแขงขันมีลักษณะแตกตางกันมาก ตามแตละประเภทสินคา
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9. วิธีการผลิตสินคา/บริการมีลักษณะเดียวกันหมด สําหรับทุกประเภทสินคา
วิธีการผลิตสินคา/บริการมีลักษณะแตกตางกันมาก ตามแตละประเภทสินคา
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
349
สวนที่ ๖ : กลยุทธองคกร
15. กรุณาเลือกกลยุทธที่ระบุขางลางนี้เพียงขอเดียว ตามที่ทานคิดวาเหมาะสมกับองคกรของทาน โปรดพิจารณาองคกรเปนภาพรวม (หมายเหต:ุ ไมมีกลยุทธใดทั้ง 4 รูปแบบ ถูกพิจารณาวา ดี หรือ ไมดี)
1. องคกรลักษณะนี้พยายามวางรูปแบบและรักษาชองทางธุรกิจทั้งสินคา/บริการที่เฉพาะเจาะจง และมีแนวโนมที่จะเสนอสินคา/บริการที่ จํากัดใหมากกวาคูแขงขัน รวมถึงปองกันขอบเขตทางธุรกิจของตนเองโดยเสนอคุณภาพและการใหบริการที่เปนเลิศ อีกทั้งราคาที่ต่ํา กวาคูแขง องคกรลักษณะนี้ไมจัดวาอยูในแนวหนาของการพัฒนาในอุตสาหกรรมกลาวคือองคกรไมสนใจตอการเปลี่ยนแปลงใน อุตสาหกรรมที่ไมมีอิทธิพลโดยตรงตอการปฏิบัติการขององคกร และใหความสําคัญตอการดําเนินงานใหดีที่สุดเฉพาะขอบเขตของ ตนเองเทานั้น
2. องคกรลักษณะนี้ดาํเนินงานภายในขอบเขตของสินคา/ตลาดที่กวางและมกีารเปลี่ยนแปลง คุณคาขององคกรอยูที่การเปนรายแรกใน สินคา/ตลาดใหมๆถึงแมวาจะไดผลลัพธในรูปกําไรไมสูงมากก็ตาม องคกรลักษณะนี้จะตอบสนองอยางรวดเร็วกับโอกาสที่เขามา ซ่ึงการตอบสนองดังกลาวมักจะนําไปสูการแขงขันในอุตสาหกรรม อยางไรก็ตาม องคกรอาจจะไมสามารถรักษาความแข็งแกรงทาง การตลาดในทุกกรณีที่เขาดําเนินการได
3. องคกรลักษณะนี้พยายามรักษาสินคา/บริการที่มีชนิดจํากัดและม่ันคงแลวในตลาด ขณะเดียวกันองคกรมีการเคลื่อนไหวอยางรวดเร็ว เพื่อติดตามการพัฒนาใหมๆในอุตสาหกรรมอยางระมัดระวัง นอยครั้งมากที่องคกรจะเขามาเปน “รายแรก” ในสินคา/บริการใหมๆ อยางไรก็ตาม โดยการตรวจตราการปฏิบัติการของคูแขงขันหลักๆที่มีฐานสินคา/ตลาดในลักษณะที่เปนไปในทางเดียวกันอยาง พินิจพิเคราะห องคกรสามารถเขามาเปน “รายที่สอง” ในสินคา/บริการใหมๆ ซ่ึงมีตนทุนที่มีประสิทธิภาพมากกวาคูแขงไดบอยคร้ัง
4. องคกรลักษณะนี้ไมมีความแนชัดในในสินคา/ตลาด โดยปกติแลวองคกรจะไมใชวิธีการรุนแรงในการรักษาสินคา/ตลาดและไมยินดีที่ จะรับความเสี่ยงสูงเหมือนคูแขงอื่น ในทางกลับกัน องคกรมักจะโตตอบในเรื่องดังกลาวเฉพาะเมื่อเผชิญเหตุการณคับขันจาก สภาพแวดลอม
สวนที่ ๗ : ผลการดําเนินงานขององคกร
16. ในระยะ 5 ปที่ผานมา ทานคิดวาผลการดําเนินงานขององคกรทานเปนอยางไรเม่ือเทียบกับองคกรอื่นๆ ในอุตสาหกรรมเดียวกัน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ต่ํา สูง
1. ระดับผลกําไรและผลตอบแทนตอสินทรัพย 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2. กระแสเงินสดหมุนเวียน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. ราคาหุน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4. การเจริญเติบโตของยอดขาย 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5. สวนแบงทางการตลาด 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6. การพัฒนาสินคาและบริการ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7. คุณภาพสินคาและบริการ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8. ความพึงพอใจของพนักงาน 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9. ผลการดําเนินงานโดยรวมขององคกร 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10. การพัฒนาบุคลากร 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11. ภาพพจนตอสาธารณชนและชื่อเสียงทางการคา 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
350
สวนที่ ๘ : ความเชื่อเฉพาะบุคคล
ในสวนน้ี จะเก่ียวของกับความเชื่อเฉพาะบุคคลของทานในเหตุการณตาง ๆ
17. กรุณาเลือกเพียงประโยคเดียวในแตละขอที่ทานเชื่อมากที่สุด (ก หรือ ข) ในเร่ืองทั่วๆไปตอไปน้ี ในบางขอทานอาจพบวาทานเชื่อ ทั้งสองประโยค หรือ ไมเชื่อแมแตประโยคเดียว ในกรณีดังกลาวกรุณาเลือกประโยคที่ทานเชื่อมากกวา ไมมีคําตอบใดถูกหรือผิด 1. ก. เด็กมีปญหาเน่ืองจากผูปกครองลงโทษมากเกินไป ข. ปญหาของเด็กทุกวันน้ีเกิดจากการที่ผูปกครองตามใจมากเกินไป 2. ก. ความผิดหวังตางๆที่เกิดข้ึนในชีวิตคนสวนหน่ึงมาจากความโชคราย ข. ความโชครายที่เกดิข้ึนเปนผลมาจากความผิดพลาดที่พวกเขาเหลานั้นทําข้ึน 3. ก. เหตุผลหลักอันหน่ึงของการเกิดสงครามเพราะคนสนใจการเมืองไมเพียงพอ ข. สงครามเกิดข้ึนเสมอไมวาคนจะพยายามปองกันมันมากนอยเพียงใด 4. ก. ในระยะยาวคนจะไดรับความนับถือตามที่เขาสมควรจะไดรับ ข. นับวาเปนการโชครายที่คุณคาของคนจะผานไปโดยไมไดรับการนับถือไมวาเขาจะพยายามเพียงใด 5. ก. ความคิดที่วาครูไมยุติธรรมตอนักเรียนเปนเร่ืองไรสาระ ข. นักเรียนสวนมากไมตระหนักวาคะแนนที่ไดรับเปนผลมาจากความบังเอิญ 6. ก. หากปราศจากการพักผอนที่เหมาะสมก็จะไมสามารถเปนผูนําที่มีประสิทธิภาพ ข. คนที่มีความสามารถแตไมไดข้ึนมาเปนผูนําเพราะไมฉวยโอกาส 7. ก. ไมวาทานจะพยายามแคไหน ก็ยังมีบางคนไมชอบทาน ข. คนที่ไมสามารถทําใหผูอื่นมาชอบไดเพราะไมเขาใจวิธีการคบคาผูอื่น 8. ก. พันธุกรรมเปนปจจัยสําคัญมากในการสรางบุคลิกภาพ ข. ประสบการณชีวิตเปนตัวกําหนดวาคนๆนั้นจะเปนอยางไร 9. ก. บอยครั้งที่ขาพเจาพบวาอะไรจะเกิดมันก็ตองเกิด ข. การเชื่อในโชคชะตาไมเคยใหผลดีเทากับการตัดสินใจดวยตัวเอง 10. ก. นักเรียนที่เตรียมตัวมาอยางดีแทบจะไมพบวาการสอบไมยุตธิรรม ข. หลายครั้งที่พบวาขอสอบไมสัมพันธกับแบบฝกหัดที่ใชในการเรียน ทําใหการเรียนดูไมมีประโยชน 11. ก. การประสบความสําเร็จเปนผลจากการทํางานหนัก โชคมีสวนเล็กนอยหรือแทบจะไมมีผลเลย ข. การไดงานทําที่ดีข้ึนอยูจังหวะและโอกาสที่เหมาะสม 12. ก. ประชาชนโดยทั่วไปสามารถชี้แนะการตัดสินใจของรัฐบาลได ข. โลกอยูในมือคนที่มีอาํนาจเพียงไมกี่คนและคนที่ไมมีอํานาจไมสามารถทําอะไรได 13. ก. เม่ือขาพเจาทําแผน ขาพเจาแนใจวาแผนนั้นจะปฏิบัติได ข. เปนการไมฉลาดที่ทําแผนลวงหนาเปนระยะเวลานานๆ เพราะอยางไรก็ตาม ส่ิงตางๆเที่กิดข้ึนเปนเร่ือง
ของความโชคดีโชคราย
351
14. ก. มีคนจํานวนหน่ึงที่เปนคนไมดี ข. คนทุกคนจะมีสวนดี 15. ก. ในกรณีของขาพเจา ส่ิงที่ขาพเจาตองการแทบจะไมเกี่ยวของกับโชค หรือไมเกี่ยวของเลย ข. บอยครั้งที่เราอาจตัดสินใจไดดีในเร่ืองที่จะทํา โดยการโยนเหรียญ
16. ก. คนที่ไดเปนใหญเปนโตมักจะข้ึนอยูกับความโชคดีที่ไดไปอยูในจังหวะที่เหมาะสมกอน ข. การไดคนมาทํางานที่เหมาะสมขึ้นอยูกับความสามารถ โชคแทบจะไมมีสวนเกี่ยวของ หรือไมเกี่ยวของเลย 17. ก. ตราบเทาที่คํานึงถึงเร่ืองตางๆของโลก ทุกคนเปนเหยื่อของอํานาจที่ไมเขาใจและไมสามารถควบคุมมันได ข. คนสามารถควบคุมเหตุการณของโลกได โดยการมีสวนรวมในกิจกรรมทางการเมืองและสังคม 18. ก. คนสวนใหญไมตระหนักถึงขอบเขตชีวิตของตนเองที่ถูกควบคุมโดยความบังเอิญ ข. จริงๆแลว ไมมีส่ิงที่เรียกวา “โชค”
19. ก. คนควรเต็มใจยอมรับความผิดพลาดที่เกิดข้ึนเสมอ ข. เปนการดีที่สุดที่จะปกปดความผิดพลาดของตนเองไว 20. ก. เปนการยากที่จะรูวาคนอื่นชอบทานจริงๆ หรือไม ข. การที่ทานจะมีเพื่อนมากนอยข้ึนอยูกับความเปนคนดีของทาน 21. ก. ในระยะยาวสิ่งไมดีที่เกิดข้ึนกับเราจะสมดุลดวยส่ิงที่ดีๆ ข. ความโชครายสวนมากเปนผลมาจากการขาดความสามารถ การละเลย และความขี้เกียจ หรือทั้งสามอยางรวมกัน 22. ก. เราสามารถกําจัดคอรัปชั่นทางการเมืองได หากมีความพยายามเพียงพอ ข. เปนการยากที่ประชาชนจะเขาไปควบคุมส่ิงที่นักการเมืองทํา 23. ก. บางครั้งขาพเจาก็ไมสามารถเขาใจวาไดวาครูใหคะแนนแบบนั้นมาไดอยางไร ข. มันเกี่ยวเน่ืองกันโดยตรงระหวางการเรียนหนักกับคะแนนที่ไดรับของขาพเจา 24. ก. ผูนําที่ดีคาดหวังใหคนอื่นตัดสินใจดวยตนเองวาควรจะปฏิบัตเิชนไร ข. ผูนําที่ดีควรอธิบายงานใหชัดเจน 25. ก. บอยครั้งที่ขาพเจารูสึกวาขาพเจาสามารถควบคุมส่ิงตางๆ ที่เกิดข้ึนกับตัวขาพเจาไดเพียงเลก็นอย ข. สําหรับขาพเจา เปนไปไมไดเลยที่จะเช่ือวาโอกาสหรือโชคมีบทบาทสําคัญในชีวิตของขาพเจา
26. ก. คนที่โดดเดี่ยวเพราะวาเขาไมพยายามที่จะมีไมตรีตอผูอื่น ข. ไมจําเปนที่จะตองพยายามมากในการเอาใจผูอื่น เพราะถาเขาชอบทาน เขาก็ชอบทาน 27. ก. มีการเนนการฝกกีฬามากเกินไปในโรงเรียนมัธยม ข. กีฬาประเภททีมเปนวิธีที่ดีในการสรางลักษณะนิสัย 28. ก. อะไรที่เกิดข้ึนกับขาพเจามาจากการกระทําของขาพเจาเอง ข. บางครั้งขาพเจารูสึกวาขาพเจาไมสามารถควบคุมทิศทางในชีวิตของขาพเจาได 29. ก. ตลอดเวลา ขาพเจาไมเคยเขาใจวาทําไมนักการเมืองถึงประพฤติปฏิบัติตนเชนน้ัน ข. ในระยะยาว ประชาชนจะรับผิดชอบตอรัฐบาลที่ไมดีทั้งในระดับชาติและระดับทองถ่ิน
352
สวนที่ ๙ : คําถามเพิ่มเตมิ
18. ทานคิดวาปจจัยสําคัญในการพิจารณาการสืบทอดตําแหนงกรรมการผูอํานวยการ/กรรมการผูจัดการ(ใหญ)ในองคกรของทานไดแกอะไร?
19. ในฐานะที่ทานดํารงตําแหนงกรรมการผูอํานวยการ/กรรมการผูจัดการ(ใหญ) ทานคิดวาตัวทานมีจุดแข็ง และจุดออน อะไรบาง?
20. ทานคิดวาความรูและความชํานาญแบบไหนที่มีความจําเปนตอการพัฒนาผูบริหารระดับสูงในองคกรของทาน?
353
21. ทานคิดวาอะไรคือคุณลักษณะทีจํ่าเปนสําหรับผูนําที่มีประสิทธิภาพในประเทศไทย?
22. ทานมีคําแนะนําอะไรที่ทานตองการเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับเร่ืองที่ทําการวิจัยน้ี
354
ขอขอบพระคณุทานที่กรุณาสละเวลาอันมีคาในการตอบแบบสอบถามชุดนี้ ตามที่กลาวไวขางตน ขอมูลทั้งหมดที่ไดรับจากการวิจัยจะถูกเก็บไวเปนความลับ และ เพ่ือวัตถุประสงคในการศึกษาเทานั้น
ศาสตราจารย ดร. คริส คริสโทดูลู และ นางสาว พรรณพิไล วัจนะภูมิ Australian Graduate School of Entrepreneurship Swinburne University of Technology, Australia
355
APPENDIX C
FACTOR ANALYSIS
Appendix C1: Executive Leadership Roles
(Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study)
Appendix C2: Executive Leadership Roles
(Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study)
Appendix C3: Executive Leadership Roles
(Extended Thai Study)
Appendix C4: Organisational Performance
(Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study)
Appendix C5: Organisational Performance
(Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study)
Appendix C6: Organisational Performance
(Extended Thai Study)
356
Appendix C1: Executive Leadership Roles
Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
1. Introduction
This section aims to provide the results of factor analysis of the sixteen items (the same
instrument employed by Hart and Quinn, 1993) included in CEO roles behaviour. The
purpose of this analysis was to test the underlying dimensions (factors) developed by
Hart and Quinn, 1993. The analysis procedure was performed through the evaluation of
data, factor extraction, and factor rotation.
2. Data Evaluation
The initial PCA was performed and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the
existing data. The results suggested that it was reasonable to proceed with the factor
analysis as follows:
1. 48 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was .822, which is meritorious.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [665.534 (p=. 000)].
3. Procedures and Results
The initial PCA was performed for sixteen role items. The adequacy of extraction and
the number of factor were evaluated in several tests. Figure C1.1 revealed that the
maximum number of factors with eigenvalue larger than one was four factors. Almost
60.08% of the total variance was attributed to the first four factors, and the remaining
factors together accounted for the rest of the variance. The scree plot in Figure C1.2
demonstrates the steep slop of the curve around the fourth factor.
357
The result of the first run with PCA and Varimax rotation is presented in Figure C1.3.
Six items (R1, R13, R6, R7, R9, R4) were loaded on more than one factor. Two of
theses items (R13, R9) were complex and loaded ambiguously. The results of rotated
factors were interpretable since most of the items loaded on the factors that theoretically
were sensible. However, some items were loaded differently when compared to the
original study. For example, the first factor contained three high loading items (R2, R1,
R10) that belonged to vision role, while in the Hart and Quinn study the three loading
items of vision role were R1, R9, R10. Since these run did not generate the same items
as predicted, to test the proposition developed by the original study, the same structure
and the same items that they used were constructed. The replication column in Table 5.2
(p.129) refers to these factors that were calculated by summing the same items that they
used. The descriptive statistics for these factors is presented in Figure C1.4. They were
used to replicate Hart and Quinn study in chapter 7.
358
Figure C1.l
Total Variance Explained
~"
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.-~ "
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
359
InitialEiQenvauesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 5.189 32.428 32.4282 1.620 10.124 425523 1.510 9.439 51:9914 1295 8..092 60.0835 .924 5.774 65.8576 .843 5.267 71.1247 .682 4261 75.3858 .661 4.133 " 79.5189 .635 3.971 83.48910 .524 3.273 86.76111 0487 3.M3 89.80512 0402 2.512 " 92.31613 .381 2.382 94.69814 .3"10 1.937 96.63415 .289 1.805 9844016 .250 1.560 100.000 "
Extraction Sumsof SauaredLoadinas Rotation Sums of Sauared LoadinQsComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %" Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 5.189 32.428 32.428 2.462 15.388 15.3882 1.620 10.124 42.552 2.399 14.995 30.3833 1.510 9.439 51.991 2.383 14.892 45.2754 1.295 8.092 60.083 2.369 14.808 60.0835678910111213141516
Figure Cl.2
Scree Plot6
5
4
3
2
CD::J
g! 1"C:Q)C>ill 0
~
1 3" 4 52
Component Number
6 7
360
8 9 "10 11 12" 13 14 15 16
Figure Cl.3. . ... ..
Rotated Component Matrix a
-~)
Extraction Method: Principal Component Al'!alysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 6 iterations.
Component Transfonnation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
361
Com onent1 2 3 4
R2:V2: Nurturing external .830contactR1:V1:Concentrating onbasic purpose and .799 .382directionR10:V4:Studyingemerging social and .797economic trendsR16:A4:Settingoperational targets for .811firmsR14:A2: Evaluating .727criticallyproposed projectR15:A3: Integrating .657conflictingpespectivesR13:A1: Questioningsubordinates to think
.394 .449 .355about problem in newwaysR5:T1: Influencing .718decisions at lower levelsR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on .390 .709problemsR7:T3: Makingtrade off .319 .698decisionR8:T4: Focusing on .594resultsR9:V3: Communicating asense of where the firm .401 .420willbe in 20 yearsR11:M3:Challengingpeople with new goals and .809aspirationR3:M1: Creating a sense .709of excitementR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .351 .694events.Rt2:M4: Short-circuit the
.594hierachy
Component 1 2 3 41 .518 .500 .507 .4742 -.612 .047 -.145 .7763 .001 ' -.774 .612 .1624 -.597 .385 .590 -.384
Figure C1.4
Statistics
362
H&Q: Mean H&Q: Mean H&Q: Mean H&Q: Mean ofof vision of motivator of anlvser task master
N Valid 123 123 123 123Missing 0 0 0 0
Mean 3.9024 3.7507 3.5095 3.5915Std. Error of Mean .05807 .06458 .05966 .05463Median 4.0000 3.6667 3.3333 3.5000Mode 4.00 4.00 3.33 3.50Std. Deviation .64406 .71618 .66163 .60587Variance .41481 .51292 .43775 .36708Skewness -.054 -.338 .114 .061Std. Error of Skewness .218 .218 .218 .218Kurtosis -.498 .011 -.325 -.121Std. Error of Kurtosis .433 .433 .433 .433Range 2.67 3.33 3.00 3.00Minimum 2.33 1.67 2.00 2.00Maximum 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00Sum 480.00 461.33 431.67 441.75
Appendix C2: Executive Leadership Roles
Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
1. Introduction
This section aims to provide the result of factor analysis of the twenty items (the same
instrument used by Zakliki, 1996) included in CEO roles behaviour. The purpose of this
analysis was to test the underlying dimensions (factors) developed by Zakliki (1996).
The analysis procedure was performed through evaluating the existing data, extracting,
and rotating the factors.
2. Data Evaluation
The initial PCA was performed and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the
existing data. The results suggested that it was reasonable to proceed with the factor
analysis as follows:
1. 68 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was .811, which is meritorious.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [953.759 (p=. 000)].
3. Procedures and Results
The initial PCA was performed for twenty role items. The results of the first run with
PCA revealed that the maximum number of factors with eigenvalue larger than one was
five factors (refer Figure C2.1). Given the number of factors should reflect a theoretical
foundation, a second run was conducted based on a four factor extraction. The adequacy
of extraction and the number of factor were evaluated in several tests. Figure C2.2
showed that 56.84% of the total variance was attributed to the first four factors, and the
363
remaining factors together accounted for the rest of the variance. The scree plot in
Figure C2.3 demonstrates the steep slop of the curve on the fourth factor.
The result of second run with PCA and Varimax rotation is presented in Figure C2.4.
Six items (R18, R1, R9, R13, R7, R6) were loaded more than one factor. Three of these
items (R18, R9, R13) were complex and loaded ambiguously. The results of rotated
factors produced partial agreement with Zakliki’s (1996) study. Since these run did not
generate the same items as the previous study, to test the proposition developed by
Zakliki study, the same structure and the same items that Zakliki used were constructed.
The replication column in Table 5.3 (p.130) refers to these factors that were calculated
by summing the same items. The descriptive statistics for these factors is presented in
Figure C2.5. They were used to replicate Zakliki study in chapter 8.
364
Figure C2.1
Total Variance Explained
)
~
. Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
365
InitialEiaenvaluesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.2892 2.020 10.100 40.3883 1.783 8.915 49.3034 1.507 7.536 56.8395 1.022 5.111 61.9506 .949 4.746 66.6967 .909 4.546 71.2428 .775 3.874. 75.1169 .706 3.529 78.64510 .636 3.181 81.82611 .551 2.757 84.58312 .497 2.483 87.06613 .462 2.312 89.37914 .452 2.259 91.63815 .361 1.805 93.44316 .322 1.611 95.05417 .294 1.470 96.525
) 18 .261 .1.307 97.83219 .235 1.173 99.00520 .199 .995 100.000
Extraction Sums of Sauared Loadinqs Rotation Sums of Sauared LoadinasComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.289 2.985 14.925 14.9252 2.020 10.100 40.388 2.858 14.289 29.2143 1.783 8.915 49.303 2.704 13.522 42.7364 1.507 7.536 56.839 2.317 11.586 54.3225 1.022 5.111 61.950 1.526 7.628 61.95067891011121314151617181920
Figure C2.2
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
366
I InitialEiqenvaluesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.2892 2.020 10.100 40.3883 1.783 8.915 49.3034 1.507 7.536 56.8395 1.022 5.111 61.9506 .949 4.746 66.6967 .909 4.546 71.2428 .775 3.874 75.1169 .706 3.529 78.64510 .636 3.181 81.82611 .551 2.757 84.58312 .497 2.483 87.06613 .462 2.312 89.37914 .452 2.259 91.63815 .361 1.805 93.44316 .322 1.611 95.05417 .294 1.470 96.525
; 18 .261 1.307 97.83219 .235 1.173 99.00520 .199 .995 100.000
Extraction Sums of Sauared Loadinas Rotation Sums of Sauared Loadinas
Component Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30289 3.012 15.058 15.0582 2.020 10.100 40.388 2.982 14.910 29.9673 1.783 8.915 49.303 2.884 14.420 44.3874 1.507 7.536 56.839 2.490 12.451 56.8395678910111213141516171819 ".
20
Figure C2.3
Scree Plot7
6
5
""',
4
3
CD 2::J
ca~ 1CD.Q>w 0.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 192 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-,)Component Number
367
Figure C2.4
Rotated Component Matrix-
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 6 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
368
Component1 2 3 4
R16:A4: Settingoperational targets for .780firmsR17:A5: Assessingrecords against standard .715goalsR14:A2: Evaluating
.667criticallyproposed projectR15:A3: Integrating
.642conflictingpespectivesR18:T5: Involvingwith
.558 .401daily operationsR1:V1: Concentrating onbasic purpose and .369 .787directionR10:V4: Studyingemerging social and .770economic trendsR2:V2: Nurturing extemal
.768contactR20:V5 : Analysing the
.735competitors's policiesR9:V3: Communicating asense of where the firm .476 .346willbe in 20 yearsR13:A1: Questioningsubordinates to think
.383 .417 .310about problem in newwaysR11:M3: Challengingpeople with new goals and .792aspirationR19:M5: Showingconcerns for the needs of .770staffsR3:M1: Creating a sense
.699of excitementR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .685eventsR12:M4: Short-circuit the
.552hierachyR7:T3:Mangtradecff
.304 .765decisionR5:T1: Influencing
.696decisions at lower levelsR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on .343 .667problemsR8:T4: Focusing on
.576.results
Component 1 2 3 41 .526 .519 .495 .4562 .437 -.695 .507 -.2633 -.726 .007 .682 .0904 -.070 -,497 -.182 .845
Figure C2.5
Statistics
369
-----------------------------------
z: Meanof Z: Meanof Z: Meanof Z: Meanofvision motivator analyser taskmaster
N Valid 123 123 123 123Missing 0 0 0 0
Mean 3.9004 3.8354 3.6878 3.5081Std. Errorof Mean .05941 .05698 .05321 .05032Median 4.0000 3.7500 3.6000 3.5000Mode 4.00 3.75 3.60 3.25Std. Deviation .65891 .63199 .59016 .55804Variance .43416 .39942 .34829 .31141Skewness -.273 -.294 .224 .251Std. Errorof Skewness .218 .218 .218 .218Kurtosis -.131 .546 -.380 -.321Std. Errorof Kurtosis .433 .433 .433 .433Range 3.00 "3.50 2.60 2.75Minimum 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.00Maximum 5.00 5.00 5.00 4.75Sum 479.75 471.75 453.60 431.50
Appendix C3: Executive Leadership Roles
Extended Thai Study
1. Introduction
This section aims to provide the results of factor analysis of the twenty items of CEO
roles behaviour in the extended Thai questionnaire. Since the results provided only
partial agreement with the previous research, further work was performed to construct
appropriate scales used for the extended Thai study. The analysis procedure was
performed through evaluating the existing data, extracting, and rotating the factors.
2. Data Evaluation
The initial PCA was performed and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the
existing data. The preliminary analysis suggested the same results as Zakliki’s
replication study as follows:
1. 68 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was .811, which is meritorious.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [953.759 (p=. 000)].
3. Procedures and Results
The initial PCA was performed again for twenty role items. The results of the first run
with PCA revealed that the maximum number of factors with eigenvalue larger than one
was five factors (refer Figure C3.1). Thus, the second run was based on four factor
extraction consistent with the theoretical framework. The adequacy of extraction and the
number of factor were evaluated in several tests. The preliminary results showed that
56.84% of the total variance was attributed to the first four factors, and the remaining
370
factors together accounted for the rest of the variance (refer Figure C3.2). The scree plot
in Figure C3.3 demonstrates the steep slop of the curve nearly on the fourth factor.
The result of second run with PCA and Varimax rotation is presented (refer Figure
C3.4). Six items (R18, R1, R9, R13, R7, R6) were loaded on more than one factor.
Three of these items (R18, R9, R13) were complex and loaded ambiguously. Further
analysis was carried out for this research.
The third run with PCA and Oblimin rotation is presented in Figure C3.5. The results
produced nearly the same pattern as the second run with PCA and Varimax rotation and
two variables (R18, R13) loaded on different factors that theoretically were not related.
Both runs provided the same agreement that theses two variables loaded ambiguously.
Thus, the deletion of these two variables was conducted for the next run.
The fourth run with PCA and Varimax rotation was performed for eighteen role items.
The results of this run revealed that the maximum number of factors with eigenvalue
larger than one was four factors (refer Figure C3.6). Approximately 58.86% of the total
variance was attributed to the first four factors, and the remaining factors together
accounted for the rest of the variance. The scree plot in Figure C3.7 demonstrates the
steep slop of the curve on the fourth factor. The result of this run with PCA and
Varimax rotation is presented in Figure C3.8. Four items (R4, R1, R9, R6) were loaded
on more than one factor. Only one variable (R9) was complex and loaded ambiguously.
Therefore, a fifth run with PCA and Oblimin was again performed to clarify the results
(refer Figure C3.9). The difference between the fourth run and the fifth run was not
considerable. R9 item still loaded ambiguously. Thus, it was decided to drop this
variable from the analysis.
A PCA was performed again and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the existing
data. The final results suggested that it was reasonable to proceed with the factor
analysis as follows:
371
1. 44 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was .802, which is meritorious.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [760.284 (p=. 000)].
The final run with PCA and Varimax rotation was performed for seventeen role items.
The results of this run indicated that the maximum number of factors with eigenvalue
larger than one was four factors (refer Figure C3.10). Approximately 60.61% of the
total variance was attributed to the first four factors, and the remaining factors together
accounted for the rest of the variance. The scree plot in Figure C3.11 demonstrates the
steep slop of the curve on the fourth factor. Figure C3.12 reveales the interpretation of
four factors since all items loaded on the factors that were theoretically sensible. The
result of the final statistics and rotated factors with PCA and Oblimin rotation is shown
in Figure C3.13. The difference between the run with PCA and Varimax rotation and
PCA and Oblimin rotation was not found. Table 5.4 (p.131) was developed to construct
the reliability and mean of scales as well as describe each role items in this research.
The descriptive statistics for these factors is presented in Figure C3.14. They were used
to examine the relationship of executive leadership and organisational performance in
chapter 9.
372
Figure C3.1
Total Variance Explained
)
~.
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
373
InitialEiaenvaluesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.2892 2.020 10.100 40.3883 1.783 8.915 49.3034 1.507 7.536 56.8395 1.022 5.111 61.9506 .949 4.746 66.6967 .909 4.546 71.2428 .775 3.874 75.1169 .706 3.529 78.64510 .636 3.181 81.82611 .551 2.757 ) 84.58312 .497 2.483 87.06613 .462 2.312 89.37914 .452 2.259 91.63815 .361 1.805 93.44316 .322 1.611 95.05417 .294 1.470 96.525
I 18 .261 1.307 97.83219 .235 1.173 99.00520 .199 .995 100.000
Extraction Sums of Sauared Loadings Rotation Sums of Squared LoadinasComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.289 2.985 14.925 14.9252 2.020 10.100 40.388 2.858 14.289 29.2143 1.783 8.915 49.303 2.704 13.522 42.7364 1.507 7.536 56.839 2.317 11.586 54.3225 1.022 5.111 61.950 1.526 7.628 61.95067891011121314151617181920
Figure C3.2
Total Variance Explained
i>:.
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
374
Initial EiqenvaluesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.2892 2.020 10.100 40.3883 1.783 8.915 49.3034 1.507 7.536 56.8395 1.022 5.111 61.9506 .949 4.746 66.6967 .909 4.546 71.2428 .775 3.874 75.1169 .706 3.529 78.64510 .636 3.181 81.82611 .551 2.757 84.58312 .497 2.483 87.06613 .462 2.312 89.37914 .452 2.259 91.63815 .361 1.805 93.44316 .322 1.611 95.05417 .294 1.470 96.525
) 18 .261 1.307 97.83219 .235 1.173 99.00520 .199 .995 100.000
Extraction Sums of Squared Loadinas Rot;ltion Sums of Squared LoadinqsComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 6.058 30.289 30.289 3.012 15.058 15.0582 2.020 10.100 40.388 2.982 14.910 29.9673 1.783 8.915 49.303 2.884 14.420 44.3874 1.507 7.536 56.839 2.490 12.451 56.839567891011121314151617181920
Figure C3.3
Scree Plot7
6
5
4
3
Q) 2:JroE: 1Q)0)ill 0.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 192 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
)Component Number
375
Figure C3.4Rotated Component Matrixa
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 6 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
376
Comeonent1 2 3 4R16:A4:Setting
operational targets for .780firmsR17:A5:Assessingrecords against standard .715goalsR14:A2:Evaluating .667criticallyproposed projectR15:A3:Integrating .642conflictingpespectivesR18:T5:Involvingwith .558 .401daily operationsR1:V1:Concentrating onbasic purpose and .369 .787direction
cR10:V4:Studyingemerging social and .770economic trendsR2:V2:Nurturingextemal
.768contactR20:V5:Analysingthe .735competitors's policiesR9:V3:Communicatingasense ofwhere the firm .476 .346willbe in20 yearsR13:A1:Questioningsubordinates to think
.383 .417 .310about problem in newwaysR11:M3:Challengingpeople withnew goals and .792aspirationR19:M5:Showingconcems for the needs of .770staffsR3:M1:Creating a sense
.699of excitementR4:M2:Emphasizingcompany value through .685eventsR12:M4:Short-circuitthe
.552hierachyR7:T3:Makingtrade off .304 .765decisionR5:T1:Influencing
.696decisions at lower levelsR6:T2:Contributingspecific knowledge on .343 .667problemsR8:T4:Focusing on
.576results
Comconent 1 2 3 41 .526 .519 .495 .4562 .437 -.695 .507 -.2633 -.726 .007 .682 .0904 -:070 -.497 -.182 .845
Figure C3.5
Pattern Matrix3
"-,
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Obliminwith Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 9 iterations.
377
Comc:onent1 2 3 4
R16:A4: Settingoperational targets for .771firmsR17:A5: Assessingrecords against standard .715goalsR14:A2: Evaluating .633criticallyproposed projectR15:A3: Integrating .606conflicting pespectivesR18:T5: Involvingwith .533 .402daily operationsR1:V1: Concentrating onbasic purpose and -.831directionR2:V2: Nurturing external -.780contactR10:V4:Studyingemerging social and -.779
I economic trendsR20:V5 : Analyzing the -.773competitors's policiesR9:V3: Communicating asense of where the firm. -.447willbe in 20 yearsR13:A1: Questioningsubordinates to think
-.366about problem in newwaysR11:M3:Challengingpeople with new goals and .805aspirationR19:M5: Showingconcems for the needs of .789staffsR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .707events.R3:M1:Creating 'a sense .697of excitementR12:M4: Short-circuit the .568hierachyR7:T3: Making trade off .756decisionR5:T1: Influencing .713decisions at lower levelsR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on .671problemsR8:T4: Focusing on .544results
Figure C3.6
Total Variance Explained
"'"
). 'Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
378
Initial EiqenvaluesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 5.414 30.078 30.0782 2.004 11.135 41.2133 1.723 9.575 50.7874 1.453 8.072 58.8595 .951 5.282 64.1416 .841 4.675 68.8157 .772 4.291 73.1068 .741 4.119 77.2269 .657 3.648 80.87310 .585 3.253 84.12611 .530 2.944 87.07012 .458 2.545 89.61513 .399 . 2.219 91.83414 .373 2.072 93.90615 .330 1.832 95.73816 .277 1.541 97.27817 .253 1.407 98.68518 .237. 1.315 100.000
Extraction Sums of Squared Loadinas Rotation Sums of Sauared LoadinasComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 5.414 30.078 30.078 2.801 15.563 15.5632 2.004 11.135 41.213 2.783 15.464 31.0273 1.723 9.575 50.787. 2.612 14.514 45.5404 1.453 8.072 58.859 2.397 13.319 58.85956789101112131415161718
Figure C3.7
Scree Plot6
5
4
3
2ID::s .~ 1cID0)ill 0 ,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
") Component Num.ber
379
Figure C3.8Rotated Component Matrix a
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 6 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
380
Comonent1 2 3 4
R11:M3: Challengingpeople with new goals and .787aspirationR19:M5: Showingconcerns fer the needs of .778staffsR3:M1: Creating a sense .711of excitementR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .661 .345eventsR12:M4: Short-circuit the
.580hierachyR1:V1: Concentrating onbasic purpose and .793 .360directionR10:V4: Studyingemerging social and .770economic trendsR2:V2:Nurturing external
.763contactR20:V5: Analysing the .744competitors's policiesR9:V3: Communicating asense of where the firm .443 .386will be in 20 yearsR16:A4: Settingoperational targets for .805firms
R17:A5: Assessingrecords against standard .768goalsR15:A3: Integrating
.661conflicting pespectivesR14:Evaluating
.655critically proposed projectR5:T1: Influencing
.739decisions at lower levelsR7:T3: Making trade off
.722decisionR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on .369 .689problemsR8:T4: Focusing on
.572 Iresults
Component 1 2 3 41 .520 .524 .482 .4722 .593 -.662 .359 -.2863 . .549 -.050 -.793 .2594 -.275 -.534 .102 .793
Figure C3.9
Pattern Matrixa
)
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Oblimin with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 8 iterations.
381
Corn!.onent1 2 3 4
R11 :M3: Challengingpeople with new goals and .797aspirationR19:M5: Showingconcerns for the needs of .789staffsR3:M1: Creating a sense .705. of excitementR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .676eventsR12:M4: Short-circuit the
.593hierachyR1:V1: Concentrating onbasic purpose and -.824directionR20:V5 : Analyzing the -.779competitors's policiesR2:V2: Nurturing external -.775contactR10:V4: Stu.dyingemerging social and -.774economic trendsR9:V3: ommunicatinga .sense of where the firm -.414 .313will be in 20 years '. .,
R16:A4: Settingoperational targets for -.806firmsR17:A5: Assessingrecords against standard .. -.777goalsR15:A3: Integrating -.640conflicting pespectivesR14:A2: Evaluating -.633critically proposed projectR5:T1: Influencing .763decisions at lower levelsR7:T3: Making trade off .699decisionR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on -.339 .692problemsR8:T4: Focusing on .537results
Figure C3.10
Total Variance Explained
.~- )Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
382
InitialEiaenvafuesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 5.234 30.788 30.7882 1.943 11.429 42.2163 1.674 9.847 52.0634 1.453 8.546 60.6095 .880 5.175 65.7846 .834 4.907 70.6917 .754 4.437 75.1288 .692 4.070 79.1989 .589 3.463 82.66110 .564 3.317 85.97811 .469 2.761 88.73812 .416 2.445 91.18313 .377 2.220 93.40314 .331 1.949 95.35215 .296 1.740 97.09216 .255 1.502 98.59417 .239 1.406 100.000
Extraction Sums of Sauared Loadinas Rotation Sums of Squared LoadinasComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative.%1 5.234 30.788 30.788 2.795 16.439 .. 16.4392 1.943 11.429 42.216 2.628 15.461 31.9003 1.674 9.847 52.063 2.569 15.111 47.0104 1.453 8.546 60.609 2.312 13.599 60.609567891011121314151617
Figure C3.11
Scree Plot6
5
4
"'-,
3
2ID::I~ 1cIDC>ill 0T
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
_.~) Component Number
383
,c.
Figure C3.12Rotated Component Matrix a
.-,
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 5 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method:Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
384
Component1 2 3 4
R11:M3: Challengingpeople with newgoalsand .790aspirationR19:M5: Showingconcerns for the needs of .778staffsR3:M1: Creating a sense .717of excitementR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .666 .335eventsR12:M4: Short-circuit the .578hierachyR1:V1: Concentrating onbasic purpose and .813 .327directionR10:V4: Studyingemerging social and .778economic trends
., R2:V2: Nurturing extemal .777contactR20:V5 : Analyzing the .730competitors's policiesR16:A4: Settingoperational .targets for .789firmsR17:A5: Assessingrecords against standard .774goalsR14:A2: Evaluating .674critically proposed project -R15:A3: Integrating .673conflicting pespectivesR5:T1: Influencing .744decisions at lower levelsR7:T3: Making trade off .736decisionR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on .341 .70problemsR8:T4: Focusing on .565results
Component 1 2 3 41 .535 , .501 .499 .4622 .662 :'.676 .202 -.2513 .448 .077 -.838 .3014 -.272 -.534 .091 .795
Figure C3.13PatternMatrixa
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Obliminwith Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 7 iterations.
385
Com( onent1 2 3 4
R11:M3:Challengingpeople with new goals and .796aspirationR19:M5: Showingconcems for the needs of .783staffsR3:M1: Creating a sense .708of excitementR4:M2: Emphasizingcompany value through .682eventsR12:M4: Short-circuit the .586hierachyR1:V1: Concentrating onbasic purpose and. -.831directionR2:V2: Nurturing external -.794contactR10:V4: Studying
) emergingsocialand -.782economic trendsR20:V5 : Analyzing the -.763competitors's policiesR16:A4:Settingoperational targts for -.799firmsR17:A5:Assessingrecords against standard -.796goalsR14:A2: Evaluating -.663criticallyproposed projectR15:A3: Integrating -.662conflicting pespectivesR5:T1: Influencing .767decisions at lower levelsR7:T3: Makingtrade off .707decisionR6:T2: Contributingspecific knowledge on -.311 .698problemsR8:T4: Focusing on .530results
Figure C3.14
Statistics
~
-'\
386
Extended Extended Extended Extendedstudy: Mean study: Mean study: Mean study: Mean ofof vision of motivator of analvser task master
N Valid 123 123 123 123Missing 0 0 0 0
Mean 3.9654 3.7821 3.7398 3.5915Std. Error of Mean .05966 .05580 .05487 .05463Median 4.0000 3.8000 3.7500 3.5000Mode 4.00 3.40 3.50 3.50Std. Deviation .66169 .61883 .60851 .60587Variance .43783 .38296 .37029 .36708Skewness -.363 -.111 .208 .061Std. Error of Skewness .218 .218 .218 .218Kurtosis -.113 -.049 -.319 -.121Std. Error of Kurtosis .433 .433 .433 .433Range 3.00 3.20 2.75 3.00
\ Minimum 2.00 1.80 2.25 2.00Maximum 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00Sum 487.75 465.20 460.00 441.75
Appendix C4: Organisational Performance
Thai Replication of Hart and Quinn’s (1993) Study
1. Introduction
This section aims to provide the results of factor analysis of the eight items (the same
instrument employed by Hart and Quinn, 1993) included in the organisational
performance. The purpose of this analysis was to test the underlying dimensions
(factors) developed by Hart and Quinn, 1993. The analysis procedure was performed
through the evaluation of data, factor extraction, and factor rotation.
2. Data Evaluation
The initial PCA was performed and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the
existing data. The results indicated that it was reasonable to proceed with the factor
analysis as follows:
1. 18 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was 0.742, which is middling.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [444.230 (p=. 000)].
3. Procedures and Results
The PCA was performed for eight performance items. The adequacy of extraction and
the number of factor was evaluated in several tests. Figure C4.1 revealed that the
maximum number of factors with eigenvalue larger than one was three factors.
Approximately 77.34% of the total variance was attributed to the first three factors, and
the remaining factors together accounted for the rest of the variance. The scree plot in
Figure C4.2 demonstrates the steep slop of the curve on the third factor.
387
Figure C4.3 shows the result of the first run with PCA and Varimax rotation. One item
(P9) was loaded on more than one factor but this run generated a simple and
interpretable structure since all items loaded on the factors that theoretically were
sensible. Most of the items loaded similarly when compared to the original study. These
same items were used to replicate Hart and Quinn study. The replication column in
Table 5.8 (p.136) refers to the factors that were calculated by summing the same items
that they used. The descriptive statistics for these factors is presented in Figure C4.4.
These factors were used replicate Hart and Quinn study in chapter 7.
388
Figure C4.1
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
it
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
389
Initial EiaenvaluesComponent Total % ofVariance Cumulative %1 3.629 45.364 45.3642 1.449 18.117 63.4813 1.109 13.862 77.3434 .633 7.915 85.2585 .424 5.297 90.5556 .323 4.038 94.5937 :231 2.884 97.4778 .202 2.523 100.000
Extraction Sums of Squared LoadinQs Rotation Sums of Sauared LoadinasComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 3.629 45.364 45.364 2.242 28.025 28.0252 1.449 18.117 63.481 2.042 25.523 53.5483 1.109 13.862 77.343 1.904 23.795 77.3434
.5678
Figure C4.3
. Rotated Component Matrixa
ExtractionMethod:PrincipalComponentAnalysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 4 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
391
ComDonent1 2 3
P5B: Businessperformance: Market .882shareP4B: Businessperformance: Sales .869growthP6B: Businessperformance:: Technical .728product'servicedevelopmentP80: Organisationaleffectiveness: Employee .823satisfactionP70: Organisationaleffectiveness: Quality of .822product and serviceP90: Organisationaleffectiveness: Overall .721 .405company performanceP2F: Financial .943performance: Cash flowP1F: Financialperformance: Profitability .875levell ROA
Component 1 2 31 .636 .608 .4752 -.578 -.032 .8153 .511 -.793 .331
Figure C4.4
Statistics
a. Multiple modes exist. The smallest value is shown
392
H&Q: Mean of H&Q: Mean of H&Q: Mean offinancial business organisational
performance performance effectivenessN Valid 123 123 123
Missing 0 0 0Mean 4.6789 4.6369 5.2114Std. Error of Mean .10677 .08387 .06488Median 5.0000 4.6667 5.3333Mode 5.00a 4.00 5.33Std. Deviation 1.18413 .93017 .71958Variance 1.40217 .86522 .51779Skewness -.403 .089 -.708Std. Error of Skewness .218 .218 .218Kurtosis -.540 -.410 .171Std. Error of Kurtosis .433 .433 .433Range 5.00 4.67 3.67Minimum 2.00 2.33 3.00Maximum 7.00 7.00 6.67Sum 575.50 570.33 641.00
Appendix C5: Organisational Performance
Thai Replication of Zakliki’s (1996) Study
1. Introduction
This section aims to provide the results of factor analysis of the eleven items (the same
instrument employed by Zakliki, 1996) included in the organisational performance. The
purpose of this analysis was to test the underlying dimensions (factors) used in Zakliki’s
(1996) study. The analysis procedure was performed through evaluating the existing
data, extracting, and rotating the factors.
2. Data Evaluation
The initial PCA was performed and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the
existing data. The results indicated that it was reasonable to proceed with the factor
analysis as follows:
1. 27 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was .788, which is middling.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [647.551 (p=. 000)].
3. Procedures and Results
The initial PCA was performed for eleven performance items. The results of the first
run with PCA revealed that the maximum number of factors with eigenvalue larger than
one was three factors (refer Figure C5.1). Approximately 69.31% of the total variance
was attributed to the first three factors, and the remaining factors together accounted for
the rest of the variance. The scree plot in Figure C5.2 demonstrates the steep slop of the
curve on the third factor. Figure C5.3 showed the result of the first run with PCA and
Varimax rotation. Two performance items (P7, P9) were loaded on more than one factor
393
but this run generated a simple structure as predicted or as theoretically interpretable.
However, some items were loaded differently when compared with the Zakliki study.
For example, the first factor contained five high loading items (P10, P7, P8, P11, P9)
belonging to organisational effectiveness performance, while in the Zakliki study the
four loading items of this performance were P7, P8, P9, R11. Since the run did not
generate the same items as Zakliki study, to achieve the replication of Zakliki study, the
same structure and the same items that Zakliki used were constructed. The replication
column in Table 5.9 (p.137) refers to these factors that were calculated by summing the
same items that Zakliki used. The descriptive statistics for these factors is presented in
Figure C5.4. They were used to replicate Zakliki study in chapter 8.
394
Figure CS.1
Total Variance Exptained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Total Variance Exptained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
395
Initial Eiqenvalues
Component Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 4.375 39.771 39.7712 1.789 16.262 56.0333 1.460 13.273 69.3064 .752 6.837 76.1445 .735 6.679 82.8236 .453 4.121 86.944 .7 .386 3.511 90.4558 .369 3.357 93.8129 .314 2.857 96.670
.10 .228 2.077 98.74711 .138 1.253 100.000
Extraction Sums of Sauared Loadinqs Rotation Sums of Sauared LoadinasComponent Total % ofVariance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 4.375 39.771 39.771 2.678 24.344 24.3442 1.789 16.262 56.033 2.6Q6 23.693 48.0373 1.460 13.273 69.306 2.340 21.269 69.30645 0
67891011
Figure C5.3Rotated Component Matrixa
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 4 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
397
Component1 2 3
P100: Organisationaleffectiveness: Personnel .840developmentP70: Organisationaleffectiveness: Quality of .707 .324product and serviceP80: Organisationaleffectiveness: Employee .698satisfactionP110: Organisationaleffectiveness: Public .668image and goodwillP90: Organisationaleffectiveness: Overall .654 .438company performanceP1F: Financialperformance: Profitability .921level! ROAP2F: Financial
.863performance: Cash flowP3F: Financial
.815performance: Share priceP5B: Businessperformance: Market .875shareP4B: Businessperformance: Sales .863growthP6B: Businessperformance: Technical .738product/servicedevelocment
Component 1 2 31 .615 .568 .5472 .591 -.791 .1573 .522 .227 -.822
Figure C5.4
Statistics
~
~ ./
398
z: Meanof Z: Meanof Z: Meanoffinancial business organisational
performance performance effectivenessN Valid 123 123 123
Missing 0 0 0Mean 4.5556 4.5854 5.1890Std. Errorof Mean .10055 .09176 .06740Median 4.6667 4.5000 5.2500Mode 5.00 4.00 5.75Std. Deviation 1.11511 1.01769 .74750Variance 1.24347 1.03569 .55875Skewness -.384 .037 -.547Std. Errorof Skewness .218 .218 .218Kurtosis -.368 -.349 -.108Std. Errorof Kurtosis .433 .433 .433Range 5.00 5.00 3.50Minimum 1.67 2.00 3.00Maximum 6.67 7.00 6.50Sum 560.33 564.00 638.25
Appendix C6: Organisational Performance
Extended Thai Study
1. Introduction
This section aims to provide the results of factor analysis of the eleven items of
organisational performance in the extended Thai questionnaire. Since the results were in
partial agreement with the previous research, further work was performed to construct
appropriate scales for the Thai extended study. The analysis procedure was performed
again through evaluating the existing data, extracting, and rotating the factors.
2. Data Evaluation
The initial PCA was performed again and gave the descriptive statistics to evaluate the
existing data. The initial results indicated the same data as Zakliki’ replication study as
follows:
1. 27 correlations coefficient between pairs of variables were greater than 0.3.
2. KMO was .788, which is middling.
3.The value of Bartlett’s test was large and significant [647.551 (p=. 000)].
3. Procedures and Results
The initial PCA was performed again for eleven performance items. The result of the
first run with PCA revealed that the maximum number of factors with eigenvalue larger
than one was three factors (refer Figure C6.1). Approximately 69.31% of the total
variance was attributed to the first three factors, and the remaining factors together
accounted for the rest of the variance. The scree plot demonstrates the steep slop of the
curve on the third factor (refer Figure C6.2). The result of the first run with PCA and
Varimax rotation is shown (refer Figure C6.3). Two performance items (P7, P9) were
399
loaded on more than one factor but this run generated a simple structure as predicted or
as theoretically interpretable. However, further analysis was carried out for this
research.
The final run with PCA and Oblimin rotation is presented in Figure C6.4. The results
produced nearly the same pattern as the second run with PCA and Varimax rotation and
only one variable (P9) was loaded on more than one factor. This run also generated the
same structure and the same items. The difference between the run with PCA and
Varimax rotation and PCA and Oblimin rotation was not considerable. Table 5.10
(p.138) was developed to construct the reliability and mean of scales as well as describe
each firm performance items in this research. The descriptive statistics for these factors
is presented in Figure C6.5. They were used to examine the relationship of executive
leadership and organisational performance in chapter 9.
400
Figure C6.1
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis. ",.
Total Variance Explained
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis. .
401
.. Initial EiQenvaluesComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 4.375 39.771 39.7712 1.789 16.262 56.0333 1.460 13.273 69.3064 .752 6.837 76.1445 .735 6.679 82.8236 .453 4.121 86.944 .7 .386 3.511 90.4558 .369 3.357 93.8129 .314 2.857 96.67010 .228 2.077 98.74711 .138 1.253 100.000
Extraction Sums of Sauared LoadinQs Rotation Sums of Squared LoadinQsComponent Total % of Variance Cumulative % Total % of Variance Cumulative %1 4.375 . 39.771 39.771 2.678 24.344 24.3442 1.789 16.262 56.033 2.606 23.693 48.0373 1.460 13.273 69.306 2.340 21.269 69.3064567891011
Scree Plot- .) 5
4
3
2
Q)
~ 1>c:Q).0>ill 0
T
1 2 3
Component Number
Figure C6.2
4 5 6
402
7 8 9
...
10 11
Figure C6.3
Rotated Component Matrixa
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 4 iterations.
Component Transformation Matrix
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
403
Comoonent1 2 3
P100: Organisationaleffectiveness: Personnel .840developmentP70: Organisationaleffectiveness: Quality of .707 .324product and serviceP80: Organisationaleffectiveness: Employee .698satisfactionP110: Organisationaleffectiveness: Public .668image and goodwillP90: Organisationaleffectiveness: Overall .654 .438company performanceP1F: Financialperformance: Profitability .921leveV ROAP2F: Financial .863performance: Cash flowP3F: Financial .815performance: Share priceP5B: Businessperformance: Market .875shareP4B: Businessperformance: Sales .863growthP6B: Businessperformance: Technical .738product'servicedevelocment
Component 1 2 31 .615 .568 .5472 .591 -.791 .1573 .522 .227 -.822
Figure C6.4
Pattern Matrixa
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.Rotation Method: Oblimin with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 5 iterations.
404
Component1 2 3
P100: Organisationaleffectiveness: Personnel .885developmentP110: Organisationaleffectiveness: Public .697image and goodwillP80: Organisationaleffectiveness: Employee .681satisfactionP70: Organisationaleffectiveness: Quality of .681product and serviceP90: Organisationaleffectiveness: Overall .601 -.360company performanceP1F: Financialperformance: Profitability -.927levell ROAP2F: Financial
-.894performance: Cash flowP3F: Financial
-.813performance: Share priceP4B: Businessperformance: Sales -.903growthP5B: Businessperformance: Market -.897shareP6B: Businessperformance: Technical
-.746product/servicedevelopment
Figure C6.5
Statistics
405
Extended Extended Extendedstudy: Mean of study: Mean of study: Mean of
financial business organisationalperformance performance effectiveness
N Valid 123 123 123Missing 0 0 0
Mean 4.5556 4.6369 5.1886Std. Error of Mean .10055 .08387 .06503Median 4.6667 4.6667 5.2000Mode 5.00 4.00 5.80Std. Deviation 1.11511 .93017 .72125Variance 1.24347 .86522 .52020Skewness -.384 .089 -.587Std. Error of Skewness .218 .218 .218Kurtosis -.368 -.410 .048Std. Error of Kurtosis .433 .433 .433Range 5.00 4.67 3.40Minimum 1.67 2.33 3.00Maximum 6.67 7.00 6.40Sum 560.33 570.33 638.20
Industry Classification by SET Code
Code Industry Type 1 Agribusiness 2 Banking 3 Building and Furnishing Materials 4 Chemicals and Plastics 5 Commerce 6 Communication 7 Electrical Products and Computer 8 Electrical Components 9 Energy 10 Entertainment and Recreation 11 Finance and Securities 12 Food and Beverages 13 Health Care Services 14 Hotel and Travel Services 15 Household Goods 16 Insurance 17 Companies Under Rehabilitation 18 Jewelry and Ornaments 19 Machinery and Equipment 20 Mining 21 Packing 22 Pharmaceutical Products and Cosmetics 23 Printing and Publishing 24 Professional Services 25 Property Development 26 Pulp and Paper 27 Textiles, Clothing and Footwear 28 Transportation 29 Vehicles and Parts 30 Warehouse and Silo 31 Others
407
Industry Classification by SIC Code
Code Industry Type 1 Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 2 Mining 3 Manufacturing 4 Electricity, Gas and Water Supply 5 Construction 6 Wholesale Trade 7 Retail Trade 8 Accommodation, Cafes, Restaurants 9 Transports and Storage 10 Communication Services 11 Finance and Insurance 12 Property and Business Services 13 Government Administration and Defence 14 Education 15 Health and Community Services 16 Cultural and Recreational Services 17 Personal and Other Services
408